CA2102892A1 - Lubricating compositions and concentrates - Google Patents
Lubricating compositions and concentratesInfo
- Publication number
- CA2102892A1 CA2102892A1 CA002102892A CA2102892A CA2102892A1 CA 2102892 A1 CA2102892 A1 CA 2102892A1 CA 002102892 A CA002102892 A CA 002102892A CA 2102892 A CA2102892 A CA 2102892A CA 2102892 A1 CA2102892 A1 CA 2102892A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- acid
- mixture
- hydrocarbyl
- substituted
- succinic
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 373
- 230000001050 lubricating effect Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 19
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 title claims description 12
- -1 amine compound Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 204
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 171
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 153
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 141
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 124
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 124
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 99
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims abstract description 81
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 66
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 58
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 50
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 49
- 239000010687 lubricating oil Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 46
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 44
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 88
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 68
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 67
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 66
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 claims description 66
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 63
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 claims description 61
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 41
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 claims description 28
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 25
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 claims description 21
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 claims description 21
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 claims description 15
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 15
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 15
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 10
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000001384 succinic acid Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000004982 aromatic amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims 2
- XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium benzoate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 157
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 124
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 115
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 89
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 77
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 76
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 63
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 58
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 56
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 56
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 54
- 229940042472 mineral oil Drugs 0.000 description 53
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 53
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 51
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 51
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 51
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 45
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 43
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 42
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 40
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 40
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 39
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 35
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 34
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 33
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 33
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 32
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 31
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 30
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 30
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical class 0.000 description 27
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 27
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 27
- NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N dithiophosphoric acid Chemical class OP(O)(S)=S NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 25
- 238000007664 blowing Methods 0.000 description 25
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 24
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 24
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 24
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 23
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 22
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 21
- 229960004424 carbon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 21
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 21
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 21
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 21
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 19
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 19
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 19
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 19
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 19
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 18
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 18
- VQTUBCCKSQIDNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isobutene Chemical compound CC(C)=C VQTUBCCKSQIDNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 17
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 17
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 17
- 235000011044 succinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 17
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 16
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 16
- FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(chloromethyl)pyridine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound ClCC1=NC=CC=C1C#N FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 229940014800 succinic anhydride Drugs 0.000 description 15
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- CYQAYERJWZKYML-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus pentasulfide Chemical compound S1P(S2)(=S)SP3(=S)SP1(=S)SP2(=S)S3 CYQAYERJWZKYML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 13
- FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N maleic anhydride Chemical compound O=C1OC(=O)C=C1 FPYJFEHAWHCUMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 235000019271 petrolatum Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 150000001639 boron compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000005909 Kieselgur Substances 0.000 description 11
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 11
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 11
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 11
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229920002367 Polyisobutene Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 150000001733 carboxylic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229920001083 polybutene Polymers 0.000 description 10
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 10
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 10
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 150000001339 alkali metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 150000002440 hydroxy compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229940095050 propylene Drugs 0.000 description 9
- BWDBEAQIHAEVLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-methylheptan-1-ol Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCO BWDBEAQIHAEVLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butadiene Chemical compound C=CC=C KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 8
- RRHGJUQNOFWUDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoprene Chemical compound CC(=C)C=C RRHGJUQNOFWUDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 8
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 150000002924 oxiranes Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 229950000688 phenothiazine Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 239000010665 pine oil Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000007127 saponification reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 150000003444 succinic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenothiazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical compound S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 235000011054 acetic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 150000001993 dienes Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229910000037 hydrogen sulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)CO ZXEKIIBDNHEJCQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 150000002763 monocarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 7
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 235000008733 Citrus aurantifolia Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 235000011941 Tilia x europaea Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 6
- 229960005069 calcium Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- ZSIAUFGUXNUGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCO ZSIAUFGUXNUGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004571 lime Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000002736 metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000002762 monocarboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 229940075566 naphthalene Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 6
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- GHMLBKRAJCXXBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N resorcinol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC(O)=C1 GHMLBKRAJCXXBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003784 tall oil Substances 0.000 description 6
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- XFNJVJPLKCPIBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCCN XFNJVJPLKCPIBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- JWZZKOKVBUJMES-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+-)-Isoprenaline Chemical compound CC(C)NCC(O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 JWZZKOKVBUJMES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000005698 Diels-Alder reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethylenetriamine Chemical compound NCCNCCN RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dodecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 5
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical compound [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 150000001447 alkali salts Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K dioxido-sulfanylidene-sulfido-$l^{5}-phosphane Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([S-])=S NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 5
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 5
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 150000002790 naphthalenes Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 235000007586 terpenes Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 150000003751 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- OBETXYAYXDNJHR-SSDOTTSWSA-M (2r)-2-ethylhexanoate Chemical compound CCCC[C@@H](CC)C([O-])=O OBETXYAYXDNJHR-SSDOTTSWSA-M 0.000 description 4
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VXNZUUAINFGPBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Butene Chemical compound CCC=C VXNZUUAINFGPBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-naphthol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(O)=CC=CC2=C1 KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VILCJCGEZXAXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-tetramine Chemical compound NCCNCCNCCN VILCJCGEZXAXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FIWYWGLEPWBBQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-heptylphenol Chemical class CCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1O FIWYWGLEPWBBQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JWAZRIHNYRIHIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-naphthol Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(O)=CC=C21 JWAZRIHNYRIHIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZXENURKTAAQNOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-tert-butyl-4-octylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 ZXENURKTAAQNOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LJKQIQSBHFNMDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-thiabicyclo[4.1.0]hepta-2,4-dien-6-ol Chemical class C1=CC=CC2(O)C1S2 LJKQIQSBHFNMDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aniline Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1 PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orthosilicate Chemical compound [O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241001163743 Perlodes Species 0.000 description 4
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-ethylcaproic acid Natural products CCCCC(CC)C(O)=O OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- QVQLCTNNEUAWMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium oxide Chemical compound [Ba]=O QVQLCTNNEUAWMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004327 boric acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-2-ol Chemical compound CCC(C)O BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 4
- AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Ca+2] AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 239000000920 calcium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000011116 calcium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229910001861 calcium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- HRKQOINLCJTGBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxidosulfur Chemical compound OSO HRKQOINLCJTGBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCO LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KWKXNDCHNDYVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecylbenzene Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1 KWKXNDCHNDYVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UYMKPFRHYYNDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenamine Chemical compound NC=C UYMKPFRHYYNDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000011087 fumaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- NAQMVNRVTILPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diamine Chemical compound NCCCCCCN NAQMVNRVTILPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 4
- WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaerythritol Chemical class OCC(CO)(CO)CO WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000003333 secondary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- FWMUJAIKEJWSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur dichloride Chemical compound ClSCl FWMUJAIKEJWSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000005987 sulfurization reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- FAGUFWYHJQFNRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraethylenepentamine Chemical compound NCCNCCNCCNCCN FAGUFWYHJQFNRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960001124 trientine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- WMYJOZQKDZZHAC-UHFFFAOYSA-H trizinc;dioxido-sulfanylidene-sulfido-$l^{5}-phosphane Chemical compound [Zn+2].[Zn+2].[Zn+2].[O-]P([O-])([S-])=S.[O-]P([O-])([S-])=S WMYJOZQKDZZHAC-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 4
- OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-NTGFUMLPSA-N (9Z,12Z)-9,10,12,13-tetratritiooctadeca-9,12-dienoic acid Chemical compound C(CCCCCCC\C(=C(/C\C(=C(/CCCCC)\[3H])\[3H])\[3H])\[3H])(=O)O OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-NTGFUMLPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PMJHHCWVYXUKFD-SNAWJCMRSA-N (E)-1,3-pentadiene Chemical compound C\C=C\C=C PMJHHCWVYXUKFD-SNAWJCMRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N (R)-(-)-Propylene glycol Chemical class C[C@@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WUOACPNHFRMFPN-SECBINFHSA-N (S)-(-)-alpha-terpineol Chemical compound CC1=CC[C@@H](C(C)(C)O)CC1 WUOACPNHFRMFPN-SECBINFHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RZRNAYUHWVFMIP-KTKRTIGZSA-N 1-oleoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO RZRNAYUHWVFMIP-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-diethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCO BFSVOASYOCHEOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IHQZONJYGAQKGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-tert-butyl-4-dodecylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 IHQZONJYGAQKGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WVYWICLMDOOCFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-2-pentanol Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)O WVYWICLMDOOCFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Abietic-Saeure Natural products C12CCC(C(C)C)=CC2=CCC2C1(C)CCCC2(C)C(O)=O RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QGJOPFRUJISHPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon disulfide Chemical compound S=C=S QGJOPFRUJISHPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Decanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 3
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000004264 Petrolatum Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene oxide Chemical compound CC1CO1 GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IKHGUXGNUITLKF-XPULMUKRSA-N acetaldehyde Chemical compound [14CH]([14CH3])=O IKHGUXGNUITLKF-XPULMUKRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012445 acidic reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCC(O)=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000004703 alkoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000004996 alkyl benzenes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- OVKDFILSBMEKLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-Terpineol Natural products CC(=C)C1(O)CCC(C)=CC1 OVKDFILSBMEKLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940088601 alpha-terpineol Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- UDSAIICHUKSCKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromophenol blue Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C1C1(C=2C=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=2)C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)O1 UDSAIICHUKSCKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 3
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 3
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- JKWMSGQKBLHBQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N diboron trioxide Chemical compound O=BOB=O JKWMSGQKBLHBQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001991 dicarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 3
- USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl ether Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1OC1=CC=CC=C1 USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 3
- JRBPAEWTRLWTQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecylamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCN JRBPAEWTRLWTQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 3
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011133 lead Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000000395 magnesium oxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium oxide Inorganic materials [Mg]=O CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[Mg+2] AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N methanone Chemical compound O=[14CH2] WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000004780 naphthols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N neopentyl glycol Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)CO SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 229940049964 oleate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000021313 oleic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940066842 petrolatum Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000003017 phosphorus Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- PMJHHCWVYXUKFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperylene Natural products CC=CC=C PMJHHCWVYXUKFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920001748 polybutylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003138 primary alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N sebacic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000010802 sludge Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L sulfite Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011135 tin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000013638 trimer Substances 0.000 description 3
- DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N (+)-borneol Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CIRMGZKUSBCWRL-LHLOQNFPSA-N (e)-10-[2-(7-carboxyheptyl)-5,6-dihexylcyclohex-3-en-1-yl]dec-9-enoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCC1C=CC(CCCCCCCC(O)=O)C(\C=C\CCCCCCCC(O)=O)C1CCCCCC CIRMGZKUSBCWRL-LHLOQNFPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RHUYHJGZWVXEHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Dimethyhydrazine Chemical compound CN(C)N RHUYHJGZWVXEHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GEYOCULIXLDCMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1N GEYOCULIXLDCMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BGJSXRVXTHVRSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-trioxane Chemical compound C1OCOCO1 BGJSXRVXTHVRSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LIKMAJRDDDTEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hexene Chemical compound CCCCC=C LIKMAJRDDDTEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XDOFQFKRPWOURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 16-methylheptadecanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O XDOFQFKRPWOURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ICKWICRCANNIBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-di-tert-butylphenol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 ICKWICRCANNIBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- URRHKOYTHDCSDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5,8,11-tetramethyldodec-2-ene Chemical group CC(C)CCC(C)CCC(C)CC=C(C)C URRHKOYTHDCSDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UWNADWZGEHDQAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dimethylhexane Chemical group CC(C)CCC(C)C UWNADWZGEHDQAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Propenoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000022 2-aminoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- GJYCVCVHRSWLNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butylphenol Chemical compound CCCCC1=CC=CC=C1O GJYCVCVHRSWLNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YIWUKEYIRIRTPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylhexan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)CO YIWUKEYIRIRTPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N D-gluconic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylamine Chemical compound CNC ROSDSFDQCJNGOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004386 Erythritol Substances 0.000 description 2
- UNXHWFMMPAWVPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Erythritol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)CO UNXHWFMMPAWVPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZFMSMUAANRJZFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Estragole Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(CC=C)C=C1 ZFMSMUAANRJZFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acrylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=C JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylamine Chemical compound CCN QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LHXDLQBQYFFVNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fenchone Chemical compound C1CC2(C)C(=O)C(C)(C)C1C2 LHXDLQBQYFFVNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Guanidine Chemical compound NC(N)=N ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroquinone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical class ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000877 Melamine resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Pentanol Chemical compound CCCCCO AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBBJYMSMWIIQGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propionic aldehyde Chemical compound CCC=O NBBJYMSMWIIQGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KHPCPRHQVVSZAH-HUOMCSJISA-N Rosin Natural products O(C/C=C/c1ccccc1)[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 KHPCPRHQVVSZAH-HUOMCSJISA-N 0.000 description 2
- VKCLPVFDVVKEKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N S=[P] Chemical class S=[P] VKCLPVFDVVKEKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphur dioxide Chemical compound O=S=O RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000950638 Symphysodon discus Species 0.000 description 2
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical class C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(S)=O RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007933 aliphatic carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005037 alkyl phenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229940045714 alkyl sulfonate alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000008052 alkyl sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000002152 alkylating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- DTOSIQBPPRVQHS-PDBXOOCHSA-N alpha-linolenic acid Chemical compound CC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O DTOSIQBPPRVQHS-PDBXOOCHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000020661 alpha-linolenic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000001491 aromatic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000010533 azeotropic distillation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003819 basic metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=CC=C1 HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000008107 benzenesulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229950011260 betanaphthol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 2
- FQUNFJULCYSSOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisoctrizole Chemical compound N1=C2C=CC=CC2=NN1C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)=CC(CC=2C(=C(C=C(C=2)C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)N2N=C3C=CC=CC3=N2)O)=C1O FQUNFJULCYSSOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CKDOCTFBFTVPSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N borneol Natural products C1CC2(C)C(C)CC1C2(C)C CKDOCTFBFTVPSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001638 boron Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron trifluoride Chemical compound FB(F)F WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001642 boronic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000001649 bromium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 2
- 210000001217 buttock Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- CQEYYJKEWSMYFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C=C CQEYYJKEWSMYFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YTIVTFGABIZHHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N butynedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C#CC(O)=O YTIVTFGABIZHHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyric aldehyde Natural products CCCC=O ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N catechol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1O YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000002485 combustion reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010924 continuous production Methods 0.000 description 2
- LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-NSCUHMNNSA-N crotonic acid Chemical compound C\C=C\C(O)=O LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-NSCUHMNNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexene Chemical compound C1CCC=CC1 HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- PAFZNILMFXTMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexylamine Chemical compound NC1CCCCC1 PAFZNILMFXTMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LPIQUOYDBNQMRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentene Chemical compound C1CC=CC1 LPIQUOYDBNQMRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MWKFXSUHUHTGQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N decan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCO MWKFXSUHUHTGQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- IYYZUPMFVPLQIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibenzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 IYYZUPMFVPLQIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VJHINFRRDQUWOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioctyl sebacate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC VJHINFRRDQUWOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-isoborneol Natural products C1CC2(C)C(O)CC1C2(C)C DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- UNXHWFMMPAWVPI-ZXZARUISSA-N erythritol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO UNXHWFMMPAWVPI-ZXZARUISSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940009714 erythritol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019414 erythritol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000446 fuel Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZZUFCTLCJUWOSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N furosemide Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(S(=O)(=O)N)=CC(C(O)=O)=C1NCC1=CC=CO1 ZZUFCTLCJUWOSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- QNVRIHYSUZMSGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexan-2-ol Chemical compound CCCCC(C)O QNVRIHYSUZMSGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZOCHHNOQQHDWHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexan-3-ol Chemical compound CCCC(O)CC ZOCHHNOQQHDWHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000004679 hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003949 imides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- PHTQWCKDNZKARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoamylol Chemical compound CC(C)CCO PHTQWCKDNZKARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000010699 lard oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960004488 linolenic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- KQQKGWQCNNTQJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N linolenic acid Natural products CC=CCCC=CCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O KQQKGWQCNNTQJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N melamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(N)=N1 JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 239000010688 mineral lubricating oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000005673 monoalkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- LSHROXHEILXKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-[2-[2-[2-(2-aminoethylamino)ethylamino]ethylamino]ethyl]ethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound NCCNCCNCCNCCNCCN LSHROXHEILXKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- APVPOHHVBBYQAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(4-aminophenyl)sulfonyloctadecanamide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 APVPOHHVBBYQAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-propyl alcohol Natural products CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WTEVQBCEXWBHNA-YFHOEESVSA-N neral Chemical compound CC(C)=CCC\C(C)=C/C=O WTEVQBCEXWBHNA-YFHOEESVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000018 nitroso group Chemical group N(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- FBUKVWPVBMHYJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC(O)=O FBUKVWPVBMHYJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 2
- SECPZKHBENQXJG-FPLPWBNLSA-N palmitoleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O SECPZKHBENQXJG-FPLPWBNLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JYVLIDXNZAXMDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentan-2-ol Chemical compound CCCC(C)O JYVLIDXNZAXMDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pent‐4‐en‐2‐one Natural products CC(=O)CC=C PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002990 phenothiazines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- AQSJGOWTSHOLKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphite(3-) Chemical class [O-]P([O-])[O-] AQSJGOWTSHOLKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003018 phosphorus compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004885 piperazines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920001281 polyalkylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920006389 polyphenyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005077 polysulfide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001021 polysulfide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000008117 polysulfides Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- IJNJLGFTSIAHEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-ynal Chemical compound O=CC#C IJNJLGFTSIAHEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCCCO YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IOVGROKTTNBUGK-SJCJKPOMSA-N ritodrine Chemical compound N([C@@H](C)[C@H](O)C=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)CCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IOVGROKTTNBUGK-SJCJKPOMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003870 salicylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- NDVLTYZPCACLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[Ag+].[Ag+] NDVLTYZPCACLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052712 strontium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- CIOAGBVUUVVLOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N strontium atom Chemical compound [Sr] CIOAGBVUUVVLOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TYFQFVWCELRYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N suberic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCC(O)=O TYFQFVWCELRYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 2
- 239000010689 synthetic lubricating oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003505 terpenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RUVINXPYWBROJD-ONEGZZNKSA-N trans-anethole Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(\C=C\C)C=C1 RUVINXPYWBROJD-ONEGZZNKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KHPCPRHQVVSZAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-cinnamyl beta-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 KHPCPRHQVVSZAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-crotonic acid Natural products CC=CC(O)=O LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012808 vapor phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- LHXDLQBQYFFVNW-XCBNKYQSSA-N (+)-Fenchone Natural products C1C[C@]2(C)C(=O)C(C)(C)[C@H]1C2 LHXDLQBQYFFVNW-XCBNKYQSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006727 (-)-endo-fenchol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- REPVLJRCJUVQFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N (-)-isopinocampheol Natural products C1C(O)C(C)C2C(C)(C)C1C2 REPVLJRCJUVQFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCAUVGPOEXLTJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-cyclohexyl-4,6-dinitrophenyl) acetate Chemical compound C1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C(OC(=O)C)=C1C1CCCCC1 BCAUVGPOEXLTJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NMRPBPVERJPACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3S)-octan-3-ol Natural products CCCCCC(O)CC NMRPBPVERJPACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GGQQNYXPYWCUHG-RMTFUQJTSA-N (3e,6e)-deca-3,6-diene Chemical compound CCC\C=C\C\C=C\CC GGQQNYXPYWCUHG-RMTFUQJTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSSYKIVIOFKYAU-XCBNKYQSSA-N (R)-camphor Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(C)C(=O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DSSYKIVIOFKYAU-XCBNKYQSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUJPNZNXGCHGID-UHFFFAOYSA-N (Z)-beta-Terpineol Natural products CC(=C)C1CCC(C)(O)CC1 RUJPNZNXGCHGID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CRSBERNSMYQZNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1 -dodecene Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=C CRSBERNSMYQZNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-difluorocyclohexane Chemical compound FC1(F)CCCCC1 ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RBACIKXCRWGCBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Epoxybutane Chemical compound CCC1CO1 RBACIKXCRWGCBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YEYQUBZGSWAPGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-di(nonyl)benzene Chemical class CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1CCCCCCCCC YEYQUBZGSWAPGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFSHUZFNMVJNKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-di-(9Z-octadecenoyl)glycerol Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(CO)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC AFSHUZFNMVJNKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJECKFZULSWXPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-didodecylbenzene Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1CCCCCCCCCCCC WJECKFZULSWXPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNVKBJFZIOOWKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dioctylcyclopentane-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC1CCCC1(CCCCCCCC)C(O)=O ZNVKBJFZIOOWKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFSHUZFNMVJNKX-LLWMBOQKSA-N 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](CO)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC AFSHUZFNMVJNKX-LLWMBOQKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MARCAKLHFUYDJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-xylene;hydrate Chemical compound O.CC1=CC=CC=C1C MARCAKLHFUYDJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZJTUOGZUKFLQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5,7-tetramethylcyclooctane Chemical group CC1CC(C)CC(C)CC(C)C1 BZJTUOGZUKFLQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GWYPDXLJACEENP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-cycloheptadiene Chemical class C1CC=CC=CC1 GWYPDXLJACEENP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLCJVQFFSUNDMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-diphenylbut-2-yne-1,4-dione Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C#CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 BLCJVQFFSUNDMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWGJDPKCLMLPJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-diaminooctane Chemical compound NCCCCCCCCN PWGJDPKCLMLPJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZGEGCLOFRBLKSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Heptene Chemical group CCCCCC=C ZGEGCLOFRBLKSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Octanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCO KBPLFHHGFOOTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GYSCBCSGKXNZRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(C(=O)N)=CC2=C1 GYSCBCSGKXNZRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RMSGQZDGSZOJMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butyl-2-phenylbenzene Chemical group CCCCC1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 RMSGQZDGSZOJMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZAWGBZNXDUTBLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dodecylsulfanylethanol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCSC(C)O ZAWGBZNXDUTBLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BYMMVYUYWOHLMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihexadecylthianthrene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical class S1C2=CC=CC=C2SC2=C1C=C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)=C2S(O)(=O)=O BYMMVYUYWOHLMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXNDIJDIPNCZQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,4-trimethylpent-1-ene Chemical group CC(=C)CC(C)(C)C FXNDIJDIPNCZQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OPLCSTZDXXUYDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-dimethyl-6-tert-butylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 OPLCSTZDXXUYDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XPUJOEOXHUYRPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-ditert-butyl-4-methylcyclohexa-1,5-dien-1-ol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=C(O)C=CC(C)(C(C)(C)C)C1 XPUJOEOXHUYRPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KUFFULVDNCHOFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-xylenol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C(C)=C1 KUFFULVDNCHOFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKCPKDPYUFEZCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-di-tert-butylphenol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1O DKCPKDPYUFEZCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZSRBBMJRBPUNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-ylamino)-N-[3-oxo-3-(2,4,6,7-tetrahydrotriazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-5-yl)propyl]pyrimidine-5-carboxamide Chemical compound C1C(CC2=CC=CC=C12)NC1=NC=C(C=N1)C(=O)NCCC(N1CC2=C(CC1)NN=N2)=O VZSRBBMJRBPUNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IBWLXNDOMYKTAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-chlorophenyl)oxirane Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1C1OC1 IBWLXNDOMYKTAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUZUMVNATYKTJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-ethylphenyl)oxirane Chemical compound C1=CC(CC)=CC=C1C1OC1 RUZUMVNATYKTJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIJDSYMOBYNHOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(ethylamino)ethanol Chemical compound CCNCCO MIJDSYMOBYNHOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBEVSMZJMIQVBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(hydroxymethyl)guanidine Chemical compound NC(N)=NCO MBEVSMZJMIQVBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOFPPJOZXUTRAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Ethyl-1-hexanol Natural products CCCCC(O)CCC WOFPPJOZXUTRAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNVRIHYSUZMSGM-LURJTMIESA-N 2-Hexanol Natural products CCCC[C@H](C)O QNVRIHYSUZMSGM-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- SYVQPYHKGMFXJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2-hydroxy-5-octylphenyl)methyl]-4-octylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(O)C(CC=2C(=CC=C(CCCCCCCC)C=2)O)=C1 SYVQPYHKGMFXJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTJWCLYPVFJWMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO PTJWCLYPVFJWMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VADKRMSMGWJZCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromophenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1Br VADKRMSMGWJZCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHNBDXQTMPYBAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butyloxirane Chemical compound CCCCC1CO1 WHNBDXQTMPYBAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SZTBMYHIYNGYIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloroacrylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(Cl)=C SZTBMYHIYNGYIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBIQQQGBSDOWNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1S(O)(=O)=O WBIQQQGBSDOWNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYEJMVLDXAUOPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-dodecylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1O CYEJMVLDXAUOPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethanol Chemical compound CCOCCO ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WROUWQQRXUBECT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylacrylic acid Chemical compound CCC(=C)C(O)=O WROUWQQRXUBECT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIKQNMXWCYQNCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxybutanal Chemical class CCC(O)C=O UIKQNMXWCYQNCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASUDFOJKTJLAIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxyethanamine Chemical compound COCCN ASUDFOJKTJLAIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MRXPNWXSFCODDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-2-phenyloxirane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C1(C)CO1 MRXPNWXSFCODDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RCJMVGJKROQDCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpenta-1,3-diene Chemical compound CC=CC(C)=C RCJMVGJKROQDCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylphenol;3-methylphenol;4-methylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1O QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHDZTIZBSYDZSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylprop-2-enoyl bromide Chemical compound CC(=C)C(Br)=O SHDZTIZBSYDZSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WPFCHJIUEHHION-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-nitronaphthalene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical class C1=CC=C2C(S(=O)(=O)O)=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=CC2=C1 WPFCHJIUEHHION-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WCRKLZYTQVZTMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-octadecylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1O WCRKLZYTQVZTMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONPJWQSDZCGSQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylprop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(=C)C1=CC=CC=C1 ONPJWQSDZCGSQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHGXZPQWZJUGEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-prop-1-enylphenol Chemical compound CC=CC1=CC=CC=C1O WHGXZPQWZJUGEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XPQIPUZPSLAZDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-pyridylethylamine Chemical class NCCC1=CC=CC=N1 XPQIPUZPSLAZDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XCIGNJPXXAPZDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-tert-butyl-4-heptylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC1=CC=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 XCIGNJPXXAPZDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CNC=C21 VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDVOLDOITVSJGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,7-dihydroxy-2,4,6,8,9-pentaoxa-1,3,5,7-tetraborabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane Chemical compound O1B(O)OB2OB(O)OB1O2 XDVOLDOITVSJGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YYAYTNPNFKPFNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)propan-1-amine Chemical compound CC1CCCCN1CCCN YYAYTNPNFKPFNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMTQQYYKAHVGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3,4-DICHLOROPHENYL)-1,1-DIMETHYLUREA Chemical class CN(C)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1 XMTQQYYKAHVGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NUCFNMOPTGEHQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-bromo-2h-pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridine Chemical compound C1=NC=C2C(Br)=NNC2=C1 NUCFNMOPTGEHQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KCDFHCLOYLFCDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-heptylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC1=CC=CC(O)=C1 KCDFHCLOYLFCDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FAXDZWQIWUSWJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methoxypropan-1-amine Chemical compound COCCCN FAXDZWQIWUSWJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIKUBYKUYUSRSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-morpholinopropylamine Chemical compound NCCCN1CCOCC1 UIKUBYKUYUSRSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BTXXTMOWISPQSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4,4-trifluorobutan-2-one Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(F)(F)F BTXXTMOWISPQSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VTNJMWWFAYKMHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4-dihexadecylthiane Chemical compound C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)C1(CCSCC1)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC VTNJMWWFAYKMHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MEUAVGJWGDPTLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(5-benzenesulfonylamino-1-methyl-1h-benzoimidazol-2-ylmethyl)-benzamidine Chemical compound N=1C2=CC(NS(=O)(=O)C=3C=CC=CC=3)=CC=C2N(C)C=1CC1=CC=C(C(N)=N)C=C1 MEUAVGJWGDPTLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJWMCPYEODZESQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dodecylphenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 KJWMCPYEODZESQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDNVYHWHCVTDIV-ZENIWSRCSA-N 4-[[(2s)-2-amino-3-hydroxy-2-methylpropanoyl]amino]-n-[1-[(2r,5s,6r)-5-[(2r,3r,4s,5s,6r)-5-(dimethylamino)-3,4-dihydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl]oxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl]-2-oxopyrimidin-4-yl]benzamide Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@@H](O[C@@H]1C)N1C(N=C(NC(=O)C=2C=CC(NC(=O)[C@@](C)(N)CO)=CC=2)C=C1)=O)[C@H]1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](N(C)C)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O HDNVYHWHCVTDIV-ZENIWSRCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PGRGJEXJULUCSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromodecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCC(Br)CCCO PGRGJEXJULUCSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBEISWFADZYVSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-butyl-2-tert-butyl-6-[(5-butyl-3-tert-butyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]phenol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(CCCC)=CC(CC=2C(=C(C=C(CCCC)C=2)C(C)(C)C)O)=C1O CBEISWFADZYVSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGENWPANMZLPIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-decylaniline Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 WGENWPANMZLPIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YOTDWOZBFUIUIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-dodecyl-2-[(5-dodecyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]phenol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=C(O)C(CC=2C(=CC=C(CCCCCCCCCCCC)C=2)O)=C1 YOTDWOZBFUIUIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MNVMYTVDDOXZLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methoxyguaiacol Natural products COC1=CC=C(O)C(OC)=C1 MNVMYTVDDOXZLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004920 4-methyl-2-pentyl group Chemical group CC(CC(C)*)C 0.000 description 1
- XESZUVZBAMCAEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-tert-butylcatechol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 XESZUVZBAMCAEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUBDBMMJDZJVOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-methoxy-2-{[(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethylpyridin-2-yl)methyl]sulfinyl}-1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound N=1C2=CC(OC)=CC=C2NC=1S(=O)CC1=NC=C(C)C(OC)=C1C SUBDBMMJDZJVOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQACOLQNOUYJCE-FYZZASKESA-N Abietic acid Natural products CC(C)C1=CC2=CC[C@]3(C)[C@](C)(CCC[C@@]3(C)C(=O)O)[C@H]2CC1 BQACOLQNOUYJCE-FYZZASKESA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000017060 Arachis glabrata Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000105624 Arachis hypogaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010777 Arachis hypogaea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000018262 Arachis monticola Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000969130 Atthis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007319 Avena orientalis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000075850 Avena orientalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007558 Avena sp Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aziridine Chemical compound C1CN1 NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910015900 BF3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000021357 Behenic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- NYQDCVLCJXRDSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromofos Chemical class COP(=S)(OC)OC1=CC(Cl)=C(Br)C=C1Cl NYQDCVLCJXRDSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FIPWRIJSWJWJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl carbitol 6-propylpiperonyl ether Chemical compound C1=C(CCC)C(COCCOCCOCCCC)=CC2=C1OCO2 FIPWRIJSWJWJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMTAFVWTTFSTOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylate Chemical compound CCSC(=O)N(CC(C)C)CC(C)C BMTAFVWTTFSTOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[CH]O Chemical group C[CH]O GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005632 Capric acid (CAS 334-48-5) Substances 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N Cinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000723346 Cinnamomum camphora Species 0.000 description 1
- WTEVQBCEXWBHNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Citral Natural products CC(C)=CCCC(C)=CC=O WTEVQBCEXWBHNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000320892 Clerodendrum phlomidis Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910021503 Cobalt(II) hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JJLJMEJHUUYSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-L Copper hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Cu+2] JJLJMEJHUUYSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000005750 Copper hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-gluconic acid Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQJKPEGWNLWLTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dapsone Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MQJKPEGWNLWLTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQIUGAXCHLFZKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Di-n-octyl phthalate Natural products CCCCCCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCCCCCCCC MQIUGAXCHLFZKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epichlorohydrin Chemical compound ClCC1CO1 BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GXBYFVGCMPJVJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epoxybutene Chemical compound C=CC1CO1 GXBYFVGCMPJVJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAIHUHQCLTYTSF-MRTMQBJTSA-N Fenchyl alcohol Chemical compound C1C[C@]2(C)[C@H](O)C(C)(C)[C@H]1C2 IAIHUHQCLTYTSF-MRTMQBJTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000068988 Glycine max Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HSRJKNPTNIJEKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Guaifenesin Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1OCC(O)CO HSRJKNPTNIJEKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000243251 Hydra Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000257303 Hymenoptera Species 0.000 description 1
- DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-MRTMQBJTSA-N Isoborneol Natural products C1C[C@@]2(C)[C@H](O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-MRTMQBJTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005639 Lauric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanethiol Chemical compound SC LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KEQFTVQCIQJIQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Phenyl-2-naphthylamine Chemical compound C=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1NC1=CC=CC=C1 KEQFTVQCIQJIQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methyl-guanidine Natural products CNC(N)=N CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJXLKPRQBAPEKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC=1SN=NC=1S Chemical class NC=1SN=NC=1S BJXLKPRQBAPEKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Niacin Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JPYPZXAFEOFGSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N O.[B]=O Chemical compound O.[B]=O JPYPZXAFEOFGSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SWYYYSRRSNGOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=NSN=O Chemical compound O=NSN=O SWYYYSRRSNGOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- REYJJPSVUYRZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Octadecylamine Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCN REYJJPSVUYRZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAPVYZRWKDXNDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N P,P-Dioctyldiphenylamine Chemical compound C1=CC(CCCCCCCC)=CC=C1NC1=CC=C(CCCCCCCC)C=C1 QAPVYZRWKDXNDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QVHMSMOUDQXMRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N PPG n4 Chemical class CC(O)COC(C)COC(C)COC(C)CO QVHMSMOUDQXMRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021319 Palmitoleic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000005643 Pelargonic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenanthrene Natural products C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283222 Physeter catodon Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001131 Pulp (paper) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GLOYGJPNNKTDIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N SC=1N=NSC=1S Chemical class SC=1N=NSC=1S GLOYGJPNNKTDIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000212342 Sium Species 0.000 description 1
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 244000186561 Swietenia macrophylla Species 0.000 description 1
- YSMRWXYRXBRSND-UHFFFAOYSA-N TOTP Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1OP(=O)(OC=1C(=CC=CC=1)C)OC1=CC=CC=C1C YSMRWXYRXBRSND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XSTXAVWGXDQKEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trichloroethylene Chemical compound ClC=C(Cl)Cl XSTXAVWGXDQKEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- TTZKGYULRVDFJJ-GIVMLJSASA-N [(2r)-2-[(2s,3r,4s)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]-2-[(z)-octadec-9-enoyl]oxyethyl] (z)-octadec-9-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O TTZKGYULRVDFJJ-GIVMLJSASA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical class C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPWHDDKQSYOYBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ac1l2u0q Chemical compound Br[Br-]Br GPWHDDKQSYOYBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZOIORXHNWRGPMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;zinc Chemical compound [Zn].CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O ZOIORXHNWRGPMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003377 acid catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008043 acidic salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001361 adipic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011037 adipic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007824 aliphatic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008044 alkali metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000272 alkali metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005024 alkenyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001409 amidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940011037 anethole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000008378 aryl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052728 basic metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000015278 beef Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940116226 behenic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002511 behenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940095076 benzaldehyde Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001555 benzenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940092714 benzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001559 benzoic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001565 benzotriazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VCCBEIPGXKNHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N biphenyl-4,4'-diol Chemical group C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VCCBEIPGXKNHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004074 biphenyls Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BJQHLKABXJIVAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC BJQHLKABXJIVAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OTBHHUPVCYLGQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(3-aminopropyl)amine Chemical compound NCCCNCCCN OTBHHUPVCYLGQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLLCYXDFVBWGBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(8-methylnonyl) nonanedioate Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCOC(=O)CCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCCCCCC(C)C WLLCYXDFVBWGBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- UORVGPXVDQYIDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N borane Chemical class B UORVGPXVDQYIDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940116229 borneol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052810 boron oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N boronic acid Chemical compound OBO ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LUEHNHVFDCZTGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-2-ynoic acid Chemical compound CC#CC(O)=O LUEHNHVFDCZTGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YIEXROAWVNRRMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N buta-1,3-diene;butyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC=C.CCCCOC(=O)C=C YIEXROAWVNRRMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MTAZNLWOLGHBHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N butadiene-styrene rubber Chemical class C=CC=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 MTAZNLWOLGHBHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAQRGUVFOMOMEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N butene Natural products CC=CC IAQRGUVFOMOMEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEXXLIKDYGCVGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl 8-(3-octyloxiran-2-yl)octanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC1OC1CCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCC FEXXLIKDYGCVGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XRGPFNGLRSIPSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyn-2-one Chemical compound CC(=O)C#C XRGPFNGLRSIPSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PLLZRTNVEXYBNA-UHFFFAOYSA-L cadmium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Cd+2] PLLZRTNVEXYBNA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- CXKCTMHTOKXKQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium oxide Inorganic materials [Cd]=O CXKCTMHTOKXKQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFEAAQFZALKQPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium(2+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[Cd+2] CFEAAQFZALKQPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011148 calcium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002713 calcium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BRPQOXSCLDDYGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[Ca+2] BRPQOXSCLDDYGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000292 calcium oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODINCKMPIJJUCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium oxide Inorganic materials [Ca]=O ODINCKMPIJJUCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930008380 camphor Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229960000846 camphor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DKVNPHBNOWQYFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbamodithioic acid Chemical compound NC(S)=S DKVNPHBNOWQYFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGJOPFRUJISHPQ-NJFSPNSNSA-N carbon disulfide-14c Chemical compound S=[14C]=S QGJOPFRUJISHPQ-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005587 carbonate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001734 carboxylic acid salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003610 charcoal Substances 0.000 description 1
- XTEGARKTQYYJKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloric acid Chemical compound OCl(=O)=O XTEGARKTQYYJKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940005991 chloric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YACLQRRMGMJLJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroprene Chemical compound ClC(=C)C=C YACLQRRMGMJLJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- SECPZKHBENQXJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N cis-palmitoleic acid Natural products CCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O SECPZKHBENQXJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WTEVQBCEXWBHNA-JXMROGBWSA-N citral A Natural products CC(C)=CCC\C(C)=C\C=O WTEVQBCEXWBHNA-JXMROGBWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid group Chemical class C(CC(O)(C(=O)O)CC(=O)O)(=O)O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003245 coal Substances 0.000 description 1
- ASKVAEGIVYSGNY-UHFFFAOYSA-L cobalt(ii) hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Co+2] ASKVAEGIVYSGNY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940125810 compound 20 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004696 coordination complex Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001956 copper hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BERDEBHAJNAUOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper(I) oxide Inorganic materials [Cu]O[Cu] BERDEBHAJNAUOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NWFNSTOSIVLCJA-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper;diacetate;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Cu+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O NWFNSTOSIVLCJA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930003836 cresol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000001896 cresols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940112669 cuprous oxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KRFJLUBVMFXRPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cuprous oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[Cu+].[Cu+] KRFJLUBVMFXRPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001924 cycloalkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001925 cycloalkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexa-1,3-diene Chemical class C1CC=CC=C1 MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PDXRQENMIVHKPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,1-diol Chemical compound OC1(O)CCCCC1 PDXRQENMIVHKPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NZNMSOFKMUBTKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanecarboxylic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C1CCCCC1 NZNMSOFKMUBTKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZHGASCUQXLPSDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanesulfonic acid Chemical class OS(=O)(=O)C1CCCCC1 ZHGASCUQXLPSDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPXRVTGHNJAIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanol Chemical compound OC1CCCCC1 HPXRVTGHNJAIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHBJNBBNAAXQKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclonona-1,3,5-triene Chemical class C1CC=CC=CC=CC1 FHBJNBBNAAXQKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDUIUFJBNGTBMD-VXMYFEMYSA-N cyclooctatetraene Chemical compound C1=C\C=C/C=C\C=C1 KDUIUFJBNGTBMD-VXMYFEMYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentadiene Chemical class C1C=CC=C1 ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JBDSSBMEKXHSJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentanecarboxylic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C1CCCC1 JBDSSBMEKXHSJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PYRZPBDTPRQYKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentene-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CCCC1 PYRZPBDTPRQYKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XOVJAYNMQDTIJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentobarbital Chemical compound C1CC=CC1C1(CC=C)C(=O)NC(=O)NC1=O XOVJAYNMQDTIJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- JJCFRYNCJDLXIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyproheptadine Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCC1=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JJCFRYNCJDLXIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DZQISOJKASMITI-UHFFFAOYSA-N decyl-dioxido-oxo-$l^{5}-phosphane;hydron Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCP(O)(O)=O DZQISOJKASMITI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000593 degrading effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000881 depressing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- TXCDCPKCNAJMEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibenzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TXCDCPKCNAJMEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001990 dicarboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005028 dihydroxyaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MCWXGJITAZMZEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethoate Chemical compound CNC(=O)CSP(=S)(OC)OC MCWXGJITAZMZEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylaminoamidine Natural products CN(C)C(N)=N SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LTYMSROWYAPPGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl sulfide Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1SC1=CC=CC=C1 LTYMSROWYAPPGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004119 disulfanediyl group Chemical group *SS* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002019 disulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010981 drying operation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001651 emery Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002169 ethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WJDXXMQCSSBFNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethene oxolane-2,5-dione Chemical group C=C.C=C.C=C.C=C.C1(CCC(=O)O1)=O WJDXXMQCSSBFNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HQQADJVZYDDRJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethene;prop-1-ene Chemical group C=C.CC=C HQQADJVZYDDRJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006266 etherification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- SUPCQIBBMFXVTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)=C SUPCQIBBMFXVTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNJIEGIFACGWOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl mercaptane Natural products CCS DNJIEGIFACGWOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UPCIBFUJJLCOQG-UHFFFAOYSA-L ethyl-[2-[2-[ethyl(dimethyl)azaniumyl]ethyl-methylamino]ethyl]-dimethylazanium;dibromide Chemical compound [Br-].[Br-].CC[N+](C)(C)CCN(C)CC[N+](C)(C)CC UPCIBFUJJLCOQG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930006735 fenchone Natural products 0.000 description 1
- IAIHUHQCLTYTSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N fenchyl alcohol Natural products C1CC2(C)C(O)C(C)(C)C1C2 IAIHUHQCLTYTSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RAQDACVRFCEPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-L ferrous carbonate Chemical compound [Fe+2].[O-]C([O-])=O RAQDACVRFCEPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 239000008098 formaldehyde solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003948 formamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003250 fulvenyl group Chemical class C1(=CC=CC1=C)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000008570 general process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000174 gluconic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012208 gluconic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RZRNAYUHWVFMIP-HXUWFJFHSA-N glycerol monolinoleate Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](O)CO RZRNAYUHWVFMIP-HXUWFJFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JAXFJECJQZDFJS-XHEPKHHKSA-N gtpl8555 Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](B1O[C@@]2(C)[C@H]3C[C@H](C3(C)C)C[C@H]2O1)CCC1=CC=C(F)C=C1 JAXFJECJQZDFJS-XHEPKHHKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008282 halocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002140 halogenating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002382 heptanals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KSJAIMUFADDAOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hex-1-yn-3-one Chemical compound CCCC(=O)C#C KSJAIMUFADDAOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UCQNRUHGBZEFQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N hex-4-en-1-yn-3-one Chemical compound CC=CC(=O)C#C UCQNRUHGBZEFQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004836 hexamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCC)(=O)O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHMZKMOWTURMQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexyl-(4-methylpentan-2-yloxy)-silyloxysilane Chemical compound CCCCCC[SiH](O[SiH3])OC(C)CC(C)C AHMZKMOWTURMQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036571 hydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006703 hydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052809 inorganic oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(III) oxide Inorganic materials O=[Fe]O[Fe]=O JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940035429 isobutyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- RGXCTRIQQODGIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-O isodesmosine Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CCCC[N+]1=CC(CCC(N)C(O)=O)=CC(CCC(N)C(O)=O)=C1CCCC(N)C(O)=O RGXCTRIQQODGIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- HOQADATXFBOEGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isofenphos Chemical compound CCOP(=S)(NC(C)C)OC1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OC(C)C HOQADATXFBOEGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QRXWMOHMRWLFEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoniazide Chemical compound NNC(=O)C1=CC=NC=C1 QRXWMOHMRWLFEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003350 kerosene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000464 lead oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021514 lead(II) hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002628 limonene derivativess Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000020778 linoleic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-HZJYTTRNSA-N linoleic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC)(=O)O OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-HZJYTTRNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JILPJDVXYVTZDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium methoxide Chemical compound [Li+].[O-]C JILPJDVXYVTZDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003879 lubricant additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002689 maleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006078 metal deactivator Substances 0.000 description 1
- OJURWUUOVGOHJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 2-[(2-acetyloxyphenyl)methyl-[2-[(2-acetyloxyphenyl)methyl-(2-methoxy-2-oxoethyl)amino]ethyl]amino]acetate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(OC(C)=O)C=1CN(CC(=O)OC)CCN(CC(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1OC(C)=O OJURWUUOVGOHJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KWKAKUADMBZCLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl heptene Natural products CCCCCCC=C KWKAKUADMBZCLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl p-hydroxycinnamate Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930003658 monoterpene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000002577 monoterpenes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MKQLBNJQQZRQJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N morpholin-4-amine Chemical compound NN1CCOCC1 MKQLBNJQQZRQJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940113083 morpholine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000010705 motor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- QHJABUZHRJTCAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-methylpropane-1,3-diamine Chemical compound CNCCCN QHJABUZHRJTCAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQLZCNHPJNMDIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(4-octylphenyl)naphthalen-1-amine Chemical compound C1=CC(CCCCCCCC)=CC=C1NC1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 BQLZCNHPJNMDIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DUWWHGPELOTTOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(5-chloro-2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-3-oxobutanamide Chemical compound COC1=CC(OC)=C(NC(=O)CC(C)=O)C=C1Cl DUWWHGPELOTTOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOVZXURTCKPRDQ-CQSZACIVSA-N n-[4-[chloro(difluoro)methoxy]phenyl]-6-[(3r)-3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl]-5-(1h-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridine-3-carboxamide Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)CCN1C1=NC=C(C(=O)NC=2C=CC(OC(F)(F)Cl)=CC=2)C=C1C1=CC=NN1 VOVZXURTCKPRDQ-CQSZACIVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWIVICVCHVMHMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-aminoethylmorpholine Chemical compound NCCN1CCOCC1 RWIVICVCHVMHMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- QQZOPKMRPOGIEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butyl methyl ketone Natural products CCCCC(C)=O QQZOPKMRPOGIEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- SEGJNMCIMOLEDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-methyloctan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCNC SEGJNMCIMOLEDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZLNMGXQGGUZIJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-octyl-n-phenylnaphthalen-1-amine Chemical compound C=1C=CC2=CC=CC=C2C=1N(CCCCCCCC)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZLNMGXQGGUZIJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005608 naphthenic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004957 naphthylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000480 nickel oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000008 nickel(II) carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZULUUIKRFGGGTL-UHFFFAOYSA-L nickel(ii) carbonate Chemical compound [Ni+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZULUUIKRFGGGTL-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- BFDHFSHZJLFAMC-UHFFFAOYSA-L nickel(ii) hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Ni+2] BFDHFSHZJLFAMC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- YCWSUKQGVSGXJO-NTUHNPAUSA-N nifuroxazide Chemical group C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C(=O)N\N=C\C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)O1 YCWSUKQGVSGXJO-NTUHNPAUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002823 nitrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002826 nitrites Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- SNQQPOLDUKLAAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonylphenol Chemical class CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1O SNQQPOLDUKLAAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005064 octadecenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M octanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC([O-])=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940099990 ogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001117 oleyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])/C([H])=C([H])\C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940113162 oleylamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002898 organic sulfur compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002103 osmometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- VGTPKLINSHNZRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoborinic acid Chemical compound OB=O VGTPKLINSHNZRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YEXPOXQUZXUXJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxolead Chemical compound [Pb]=O YEXPOXQUZXUXJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNRSAWUEBMWBQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxonickel Chemical compound [Ni]=O GNRSAWUEBMWBQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005702 oxyalkylene group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N para-ethylbenzaldehyde Natural products CCC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUVINXPYWBROJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N para-methoxyphenyl Natural products COC1=CC=C(C=CC)C=C1 RUVINXPYWBROJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010690 paraffinic oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 1
- SQYNKIJPMDEDEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N paraldehyde Chemical compound CC1OC(C)OC(C)O1 SQYNKIJPMDEDEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003868 paraldehyde Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020232 peanut Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentamethylene Natural products C1CCCC1 RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004817 pentamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentanoic acid group Chemical group C(CCCC)(=O)O NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005325 percolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- WRAQQYDMVSCOTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 WRAQQYDMVSCOTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 1
- 229930015698 phenylpropene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphinic acid Chemical compound O[PH2]=O ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNQULTQRGBXLIA-UHFFFAOYSA-O phosphonic anhydride Chemical compound O[P+](O)=O XNQULTQRGBXLIA-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003016 phosphoric acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001392 phosphorus oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- LFGREXWGYUGZLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl Chemical class [P]=O LFGREXWGYUGZLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L phthalate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- DOIRQSBPFJWKBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid di-n-butyl ester Natural products CCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCCCC DOIRQSBPFJWKBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003022 phthalic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LTEKQAPRXFBRNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperidin-4-ylmethanamine Chemical compound NCC1CCNCC1 LTEKQAPRXFBRNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005235 piperonyl butoxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001921 poly-methyl-phenyl-siloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002685 polymerization catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003505 polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010491 poppyseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- RPDAUEIUDPHABB-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium ethoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC[O-] RPDAUEIUDPHABB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IKNCGYCHMGNBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-olate Chemical compound CCC[O-] IKNCGYCHMGNBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- AOHJOMMDDJHIJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylenediamine Chemical compound CC(N)CN AOHJOMMDDJHIJH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UORVCLMRJXCDCP-UHFFFAOYSA-M propynoate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C#C UORVCLMRJXCDCP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UORVCLMRJXCDCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N propynoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C#C UORVCLMRJXCDCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010926 purge Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003222 pyridines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SBMSLRMNBSMKQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidin-1-amine Chemical compound NN1CCCC1 SBMSLRMNBSMKQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012429 reaction media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003303 reheating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WBHHMMIMDMUBKC-XLNAKTSKSA-N ricinelaidic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC[C@@H](O)C\C=C\CCCCCCCC(O)=O WBHHMMIMDMUBKC-XLNAKTSKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003656 ricinoleic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FEUQNCSVHBHROZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ricinoleic acid Natural products CCCCCCC(O[Si](C)(C)C)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC FEUQNCSVHBHROZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007142 ring opening reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005713 safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003813 safflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116351 sebacate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-L sebacate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CXMXRPHRNRROMY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000000467 secondary amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003079 shale oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001923 silver oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ODZPKZBBUMBTMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium amide Chemical compound [NH2-].[Na+] ODZPKZBBUMBTMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- KKCBUQHMOMHUOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[Na+].[Na+] KKCBUQHMOMHUOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001948 sodium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001593 sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940035049 sorbitan monooleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011069 sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003048 styrene butadiene rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003440 styrenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003011 styrenyl group Chemical group [H]\C(*)=C(/[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- RINCXYDBBGOEEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinic anhydride Chemical group O=C1CCC(=O)O1 RINCXYDBBGOEEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YOEWQQVKRJEPAE-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinylcholine chloride (anhydrous) Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].C[N+](C)(C)CCOC(=O)CCC(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C YOEWQQVKRJEPAE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfanyl Chemical class [SH] PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008054 sulfonate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003463 sulfur Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003464 sulfur compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XTQHKBHJIVJGKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur monoxide Chemical compound S=O XTQHKBHJIVJGKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AKEJUJNQAAGONA-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur trioxide Inorganic materials O=S(=O)=O AKEJUJNQAAGONA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XTHPWXDJESJLNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfurochloridic acid Chemical class OS(Cl)(=O)=O XTHPWXDJESJLNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000020238 sunflower seed Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- QJVXKWHHAMZTBY-GCPOEHJPSA-N syringin Chemical compound COC1=CC(\C=C\CO)=CC(OC)=C1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 QJVXKWHHAMZTBY-GCPOEHJPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940066767 systemic antihistamines phenothiazine derivative Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003760 tallow Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001911 terphenyls Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N tetradecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC[14C](O)=O TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZALLXAUNPOCEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecylbenzene Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1 JZALLXAUNPOCEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCO UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQHSFMJHURNQIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrakis(2-ethylhexyl) silicate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)CO[Si](OCC(CC)CCCC)(OCC(CC)CCCC)OCC(CC)CCCC MQHSFMJHURNQIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000383 tetramethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- AGGKEGLBGGJEBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylenedisulfotetramine Chemical compound C1N(S2(=O)=O)CN3S(=O)(=O)N1CN2C3 AGGKEGLBGGJEBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VRORTNGXAKZJML-UHFFFAOYSA-N thyropropic acid Chemical compound IC1=CC(CCC(=O)O)=CC(I)=C1OC1=CC=C(O)C(I)=C1 VRORTNGXAKZJML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950000464 thyropropic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101150095744 tin-9.1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CMQCNTNASCDNGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene;hydrate Chemical compound O.CC1=CC=CC=C1 CMQCNTNASCDNGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003613 toluenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004992 toluidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007056 transamidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- YNDXUCZADRHECN-JNQJZLCISA-N triamcinolone acetonide Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@H]3OC(C)(C)O[C@@]3(C(=O)CO)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O YNDXUCZADRHECN-JNQJZLCISA-N 0.000 description 1
- FAQYAMRNWDIXMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroborane Chemical compound ClB(Cl)Cl FAQYAMRNWDIXMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCO ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004418 trolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002383 tung oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021122 unsaturated fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004670 unsaturated fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002966 varnish Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004034 viscosity adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010698 whale oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010497 wheat germ oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003738 xylenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004246 zinc acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- UGZADUVQMDAIAO-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Zn+2] UGZADUVQMDAIAO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910021511 zinc hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940007718 zinc hydroxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004711 α-olefin Substances 0.000 description 1
- DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N β‐Mercaptoethanol Chemical compound OCCS DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M163/00—Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being a mixture of a compound of unknown or incompletely defined constitution and a non-macromolecular compound, each of these compounds being essential
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M129/00—Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing oxygen
- C10M129/02—Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing oxygen having a carbon chain of less than 30 atoms
- C10M129/04—Hydroxy compounds
- C10M129/10—Hydroxy compounds having hydroxy groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M129/00—Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing oxygen
- C10M129/02—Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing oxygen having a carbon chain of less than 30 atoms
- C10M129/26—Carboxylic acids; Salts thereof
- C10M129/28—Carboxylic acids; Salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms
- C10M129/38—Carboxylic acids; Salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms having 8 or more carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M133/00—Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen
- C10M133/02—Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen having a carbon chain of less than 30 atoms
- C10M133/04—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
- C10M133/12—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M133/00—Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen
- C10M133/52—Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen having a carbon chain of 30 or more atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M133/00—Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen
- C10M133/52—Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen having a carbon chain of 30 or more atoms
- C10M133/56—Amides; Imides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M135/00—Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M135/00—Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium
- C10M135/02—Sulfurised compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M137/00—Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing phosphorus
- C10M137/02—Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing phosphorus having no phosphorus-to-carbon bond
- C10M137/04—Phosphate esters
- C10M137/10—Thio derivatives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M159/00—Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being of unknown or incompletely defined constitution
- C10M159/12—Reaction products
- C10M159/20—Reaction mixtures having an excess of neutralising base, e.g. so-called overbasic or highly basic products
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M159/00—Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being of unknown or incompletely defined constitution
- C10M159/12—Reaction products
- C10M159/20—Reaction mixtures having an excess of neutralising base, e.g. so-called overbasic or highly basic products
- C10M159/24—Reaction mixtures having an excess of neutralising base, e.g. so-called overbasic or highly basic products containing sulfonic radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2201/00—Inorganic compounds or elements as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2201/06—Metal compounds
- C10M2201/062—Oxides; Hydroxides; Carbonates or bicarbonates
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2201/00—Inorganic compounds or elements as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2201/08—Inorganic acids or salts thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2201/00—Inorganic compounds or elements as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2201/08—Inorganic acids or salts thereof
- C10M2201/081—Inorganic acids or salts thereof containing halogen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2201/00—Inorganic compounds or elements as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2201/08—Inorganic acids or salts thereof
- C10M2201/082—Inorganic acids or salts thereof containing nitrogen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2201/00—Inorganic compounds or elements as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2201/08—Inorganic acids or salts thereof
- C10M2201/082—Inorganic acids or salts thereof containing nitrogen
- C10M2201/083—Inorganic acids or salts thereof containing nitrogen nitrites
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2201/00—Inorganic compounds or elements as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2201/08—Inorganic acids or salts thereof
- C10M2201/084—Inorganic acids or salts thereof containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2201/00—Inorganic compounds or elements as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2201/085—Phosphorus oxides, acids or salts
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2201/00—Inorganic compounds or elements as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2201/087—Boron oxides, acids or salts
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2207/00—Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2207/02—Hydroxy compounds
- C10M2207/023—Hydroxy compounds having hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2207/00—Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2207/02—Hydroxy compounds
- C10M2207/023—Hydroxy compounds having hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
- C10M2207/024—Hydroxy compounds having hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having at least two phenol groups but no condensed ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2207/00—Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2207/02—Hydroxy compounds
- C10M2207/023—Hydroxy compounds having hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
- C10M2207/026—Hydroxy compounds having hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings with tertiary alkyl groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2207/00—Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2207/02—Hydroxy compounds
- C10M2207/023—Hydroxy compounds having hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
- C10M2207/027—Neutral salts thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2207/00—Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2207/02—Hydroxy compounds
- C10M2207/023—Hydroxy compounds having hydroxy groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
- C10M2207/028—Overbased salts thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2207/00—Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2207/10—Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof
- C10M2207/12—Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms
- C10M2207/125—Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms having hydrocarbon chains of eight up to twenty-nine carbon atoms, i.e. fatty acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2207/00—Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2207/10—Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof
- C10M2207/12—Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms
- C10M2207/129—Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms having hydrocarbon chains of thirty or more carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2207/00—Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2207/10—Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof
- C10M2207/14—Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
- C10M2207/144—Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings containing hydroxy groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2207/00—Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2207/10—Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof
- C10M2207/14—Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
- C10M2207/146—Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membeered aromatic rings having a hydrocarbon substituent of thirty or more carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2207/00—Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2207/26—Overbased carboxylic acid salts
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2207/00—Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2207/26—Overbased carboxylic acid salts
- C10M2207/262—Overbased carboxylic acid salts derived from hydroxy substituted aromatic acids, e.g. salicylates
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/02—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
- C10M2215/04—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/02—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
- C10M2215/04—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms
- C10M2215/042—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms containing hydroxy groups; Alkoxylated derivatives thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/02—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
- C10M2215/06—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/02—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
- C10M2215/06—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
- C10M2215/064—Di- and triaryl amines
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/02—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
- C10M2215/06—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
- C10M2215/064—Di- and triaryl amines
- C10M2215/065—Phenyl-Naphthyl amines
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/02—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
- C10M2215/06—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
- C10M2215/066—Arylene diamines
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/02—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
- C10M2215/06—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
- C10M2215/067—Polyaryl amine alkanes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/02—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
- C10M2215/06—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
- C10M2215/068—Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings having amino groups bound to polycyclic aromatic ring systems, i.e. systems with three or more condensed rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/08—Amides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/08—Amides
- C10M2215/082—Amides containing hydroxyl groups; Alkoxylated derivatives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/086—Imides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/12—Partial amides of polycarboxylic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/22—Heterocyclic nitrogen compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/22—Heterocyclic nitrogen compounds
- C10M2215/221—Six-membered rings containing nitrogen and carbon only
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/22—Heterocyclic nitrogen compounds
- C10M2215/225—Heterocyclic nitrogen compounds the rings containing both nitrogen and oxygen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/22—Heterocyclic nitrogen compounds
- C10M2215/225—Heterocyclic nitrogen compounds the rings containing both nitrogen and oxygen
- C10M2215/226—Morpholines
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/24—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions having hydrocarbon substituents containing thirty or more carbon atoms, e.g. nitrogen derivatives of substituted succinic acid
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/26—Amines
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/28—Amides; Imides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2215/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant Compositions
- C10M2215/30—Heterocyclic compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2217/00—Organic macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2217/04—Macromolecular compounds from nitrogen-containing monomers obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
- C10M2217/046—Polyamines, i.e. macromoleculars obtained by condensation of more than eleven amine monomers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2217/00—Organic macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2217/06—Macromolecular compounds obtained by functionalisation op polymers with a nitrogen containing compound
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2219/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2219/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2219/02—Sulfur-containing compounds obtained by sulfurisation with sulfur or sulfur-containing compounds
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2219/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2219/02—Sulfur-containing compounds obtained by sulfurisation with sulfur or sulfur-containing compounds
- C10M2219/022—Sulfur-containing compounds obtained by sulfurisation with sulfur or sulfur-containing compounds of hydrocarbons, e.g. olefines
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2219/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2219/02—Sulfur-containing compounds obtained by sulfurisation with sulfur or sulfur-containing compounds
- C10M2219/024—Sulfur-containing compounds obtained by sulfurisation with sulfur or sulfur-containing compounds of esters, e.g. fats
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2219/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2219/04—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions containing sulfur-to-oxygen bonds, i.e. sulfones, sulfoxides
- C10M2219/044—Sulfonic acids, Derivatives thereof, e.g. neutral salts
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2219/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2219/04—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions containing sulfur-to-oxygen bonds, i.e. sulfones, sulfoxides
- C10M2219/046—Overbased sulfonic acid salts
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2219/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2219/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium compounds in the ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2219/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2219/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium compounds in the ring
- C10M2219/104—Heterocyclic compounds containing sulfur, selenium or tellurium compounds in the ring containing sulfur and carbon with nitrogen or oxygen in the ring
- C10M2219/108—Phenothiazine
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2223/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing phosphorus as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2223/02—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing phosphorus as ingredients in lubricant compositions having no phosphorus-to-carbon bonds
- C10M2223/04—Phosphate esters
- C10M2223/045—Metal containing thio derivatives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10M—LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
- C10M2227/00—Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing atoms of elements not provided for in groups C10M2203/00, C10M2207/00, C10M2211/00, C10M2215/00, C10M2219/00 or C10M2223/00 as ingredients in lubricant compositions
- C10M2227/09—Complexes with metals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10N—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
- C10N2010/00—Metal present as such or in compounds
- C10N2010/02—Groups 1 or 11
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10N—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
- C10N2010/00—Metal present as such or in compounds
- C10N2010/04—Groups 2 or 12
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10N—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
- C10N2010/00—Metal present as such or in compounds
- C10N2010/06—Groups 3 or 13
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10N—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
- C10N2010/00—Metal present as such or in compounds
- C10N2010/08—Groups 4 or 14
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10N—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
- C10N2010/00—Metal present as such or in compounds
- C10N2010/10—Groups 5 or 15
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10N—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
- C10N2010/00—Metal present as such or in compounds
- C10N2010/12—Groups 6 or 16
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10N—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
- C10N2010/00—Metal present as such or in compounds
- C10N2010/14—Group 7
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10N—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
- C10N2010/00—Metal present as such or in compounds
- C10N2010/16—Groups 8, 9, or 10
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C10—PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
- C10N—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
- C10N2070/00—Specific manufacturing methods for lubricant compositions
- C10N2070/02—Concentrating of additives
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Lubricants (AREA)
Abstract
A lubricating oil composition is described which comprises a major amount of an oil of lubricating viscosity and (A) at least about 1 % by weight of at least one carboxylic derivative composition produced by reacting (A-1) at least one substituted succinic acylating agent containing at least about 50 carbon atoms in the substituent with (A-2) from about 0.5 equivalent up to about 2 moles, per equivalent of acylating agent (A-1), of at least one amine compound characterized by the presence within its structure of at least one HN< group; and (B) at least one alkali metal overbased salt of a hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid or a mixture of a hydrocarbyl carboxylic acid and a hydrocarbyl-substituted sulfonic acid having a metal ratio of greater than 2 in an amount sufficient to provide at least about 0.002 equivalent of alkali metal per 100 grams of the lubricating oil composition wherein the hydrocarbyl substituent of the carboxylic acid contains at least about 50 carbon atoms, provided that when the alkali metal salt comprises a mixture of overbased alkali metal salts of a hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid and a hydrocarbyl-substituted sulfonic acid, then the carboxylic acid comprises more than 50 % of the acid equivalents of the mixture, and provided further that when the substituted succinic acylating agent (A-1) consists of substituent groups and succinic groups and said acylating agent is characterized by the presence within its structure of an average of at least 1.3 succinic groups for each equivalent weight of substituent groups the metal ratio of the alkali metal overbased salt (B) is greater than 1.
Description
WO g3/23~0~ P~/U~9~/0~71 J ;
Title: LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS AND CONCENTE~Al~
This appllcation is a continustion-ln-part of pending U.S. Serial No.
07/688,195, filed April 19, 19911 and pending IJ.S. Serial No. 07/69û,1791 filcdApril 199 1991. The disclosures of said prior applicatlons are incorporated here~n ~n their entirety.
Ficld of the Invention This invention relates to lubricating oil compositions and concentrates, and more particularly, to lubricating oil co~npositions containingalkali metal overbased salts of hydrocarbyl-substituted c~rboxylic acids~
As engines, specifically, spark-ignited and diesel engines have increased power outpu~ and complexity, the performance requirements of lubricating oils have been increased to require lubricating oils that exhibi~ a reduced tendency: to deteriorate under conditions of use and thereby to reduce wear, rust, corosion and the formatio~ of such undesirable deposits as varnish, sludge, carbanaceous materials and resinous:materials which tend to adhere to various engine parts and reduce the efficiency of engines. Various materials 1" 1 ! ` ` i , ~ , have been included in the lubricating oil compositions to enable the oil composi~ions to meet the various performance requirements, and these include :
dispe~an~s, detergents, friction modifiers, corrosion inhibitors, antioxidants, viscosity modifiers, etc. ~ ~
Dispersants ~ are emplo~ed in lubricants to maintain impurities, ~5 partieularly those formed during operatlon of an internal combustion engine, in W093/~3504 æ~,~3y~'`J',~' PCr/US~/0~718 suspension ra~her than allowing ~hem to deposit as sludge. Dispersant additives for lubricants cQmprising the reaction products of hydroxy compounds or amines with substituted succinic acids or their derivatives have been described in ~he prior art, and typical dispersions of this type are disclosed in, for example, ll.S.
Paten~ 3,272,746; 3,522,179; 3,219,666; and 4,~34,435. When incorporated into lubricating oils, the compos~tions described ln the '435 patent function primarily as dispersants/detergents and ~rlscosity-index improvers.
Alk~11ne earth metal desergents have been lncluded in lubricating oil compositions to suspend degradativn products of a motor oil and to neutralize acid products withln the oil In the engines. 1`he alkaline earth metals may be calcium, magnesium, bariurn or strontium, and mixtures of such met~ls can be used. The alkaline earth metal detergents generall3~ are basic. Alkali metal detergents also ha~e been used In lubrlcsting oll compositions to provide improved detergency.
Alkali metal sal~s, including basic salts, have been described in the general literaturc ~nd in patents. For example, Canadian Patent t,055,700 describes basic alkali metal sulfcnate dispersions and processes. More particular-ly, the patent describes solutions and/or stable dispersions of basic lithiurn sulfonates, basic sodium sulfonat2s and basic potassium sulfonates having metal ratios ln the range of from sbout 4 to abou~ 40. In the procedure utllized for the preparation of these overbased sulfonates, the reaction mixture which is contacted with an acidic gaseous material such as carbon dloxide comprises in addition to one or more oil-soluble sulfonic acids or deriYatives thereof, one or more alkali metals or metal compounds, one or morei lower aliphatic mono- or dihydric alcohols, and one or more oil-soluble carboxylic acids or deri~atives thereof. These carboxylic acids include mono- and polycarboxylic acids.
U.S. Patent 3,271,310 (LeSuer) describes metal salts of an alkenyl succinic acid having at least about 50 aliphatic carbon atoms in the alkenyl substituent. The salts include acidic salts, neutral salts or basic salts, and the metals are selected from the class consisting of Group I metals, Group 11 metals, WO 93J23504 PCI/US92~1)871~
aluminurn, lead, tin, cobalt and nickel. Th~i metal salts of the alkenyl succinic acids are reported to be useful as lubricating additives and rnay be included inlubricating oils in amounts of from abuut 0.1% to about 20% by weight. Other additives which may be included in the lubricating oils include, for example, other detergents and dispersants, oxidation-inhibiting agents, corroslon-inhlblting agents, extreme pressure agents, etc.
U.S. Patent 3,312,618 ~LeSuer~ describes a process for preparing an oil-soluble highly basiic metal s81t of an orgarlic acid utllizing anhydrous conditions and certain promoters. The organic ~cids may be sulfonic acids, phosphorus acids, carboxylic acids or mix~ures thereof. The carboxylic acids include fatty acids contairling at least lZ carbon atoms such as palmi~ic acid, or cyclic acids such as those containing a benzenoid structure~ fsr example, benzene, an oil-soluble group or groups having a total of at least about 15 carbon atoms and preferably from about 15 to about 200 carbon atoms. The metal compounds utilized to form the metsl salts include alkali and alkaline esrth metals.
U.S. Patent 4,283,294 (Clarke) describes lubricating oll composi-tions useful in mari~e diesel engines, and the compositions comprise in additionto oil, a mixt~Lre of ~ Group la metal o~rerbased detergent, a Group lla metal overbased detergent, and an antloxidant provided that the weight ratio of the overbased detergent mixture to the antioxidant is between 7.5:1 ~nd 50:1. The Group la and lla detergent additives include metal salts of phenols, phenol sulfides, phosphosulfurized palyolefins, organic sulfonates and carboxylic acids.
The carboxylic acids sre long chain, mono- or dicarboxylic acids such as those wherein the acid radical contains at least 50 carbon atoms per molecule. Thus, the metal salts include salts of long chain succinic acids such as those having molecular weights of 850 to 1~200. The antioxidants described in this patent include alkylated hindered phenols, organic amines, organic sulfur compounds, metal thlophosphates, etc. Optlonal additives in the lubricating oil compositions :
WO 93/23504 PCr/US92/0~718 . .
Title: LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS AND CONCENTE~Al~
This appllcation is a continustion-ln-part of pending U.S. Serial No.
07/688,195, filed April 19, 19911 and pending IJ.S. Serial No. 07/69û,1791 filcdApril 199 1991. The disclosures of said prior applicatlons are incorporated here~n ~n their entirety.
Ficld of the Invention This invention relates to lubricating oil compositions and concentrates, and more particularly, to lubricating oil co~npositions containingalkali metal overbased salts of hydrocarbyl-substituted c~rboxylic acids~
As engines, specifically, spark-ignited and diesel engines have increased power outpu~ and complexity, the performance requirements of lubricating oils have been increased to require lubricating oils that exhibi~ a reduced tendency: to deteriorate under conditions of use and thereby to reduce wear, rust, corosion and the formatio~ of such undesirable deposits as varnish, sludge, carbanaceous materials and resinous:materials which tend to adhere to various engine parts and reduce the efficiency of engines. Various materials 1" 1 ! ` ` i , ~ , have been included in the lubricating oil compositions to enable the oil composi~ions to meet the various performance requirements, and these include :
dispe~an~s, detergents, friction modifiers, corrosion inhibitors, antioxidants, viscosity modifiers, etc. ~ ~
Dispersants ~ are emplo~ed in lubricants to maintain impurities, ~5 partieularly those formed during operatlon of an internal combustion engine, in W093/~3504 æ~,~3y~'`J',~' PCr/US~/0~718 suspension ra~her than allowing ~hem to deposit as sludge. Dispersant additives for lubricants cQmprising the reaction products of hydroxy compounds or amines with substituted succinic acids or their derivatives have been described in ~he prior art, and typical dispersions of this type are disclosed in, for example, ll.S.
Paten~ 3,272,746; 3,522,179; 3,219,666; and 4,~34,435. When incorporated into lubricating oils, the compos~tions described ln the '435 patent function primarily as dispersants/detergents and ~rlscosity-index improvers.
Alk~11ne earth metal desergents have been lncluded in lubricating oil compositions to suspend degradativn products of a motor oil and to neutralize acid products withln the oil In the engines. 1`he alkaline earth metals may be calcium, magnesium, bariurn or strontium, and mixtures of such met~ls can be used. The alkaline earth metal detergents generall3~ are basic. Alkali metal detergents also ha~e been used In lubrlcsting oll compositions to provide improved detergency.
Alkali metal sal~s, including basic salts, have been described in the general literaturc ~nd in patents. For example, Canadian Patent t,055,700 describes basic alkali metal sulfcnate dispersions and processes. More particular-ly, the patent describes solutions and/or stable dispersions of basic lithiurn sulfonates, basic sodium sulfonat2s and basic potassium sulfonates having metal ratios ln the range of from sbout 4 to abou~ 40. In the procedure utllized for the preparation of these overbased sulfonates, the reaction mixture which is contacted with an acidic gaseous material such as carbon dloxide comprises in addition to one or more oil-soluble sulfonic acids or deriYatives thereof, one or more alkali metals or metal compounds, one or morei lower aliphatic mono- or dihydric alcohols, and one or more oil-soluble carboxylic acids or deri~atives thereof. These carboxylic acids include mono- and polycarboxylic acids.
U.S. Patent 3,271,310 (LeSuer) describes metal salts of an alkenyl succinic acid having at least about 50 aliphatic carbon atoms in the alkenyl substituent. The salts include acidic salts, neutral salts or basic salts, and the metals are selected from the class consisting of Group I metals, Group 11 metals, WO 93J23504 PCI/US92~1)871~
aluminurn, lead, tin, cobalt and nickel. Th~i metal salts of the alkenyl succinic acids are reported to be useful as lubricating additives and rnay be included inlubricating oils in amounts of from abuut 0.1% to about 20% by weight. Other additives which may be included in the lubricating oils include, for example, other detergents and dispersants, oxidation-inhibiting agents, corroslon-inhlblting agents, extreme pressure agents, etc.
U.S. Patent 3,312,618 ~LeSuer~ describes a process for preparing an oil-soluble highly basiic metal s81t of an orgarlic acid utllizing anhydrous conditions and certain promoters. The organic ~cids may be sulfonic acids, phosphorus acids, carboxylic acids or mix~ures thereof. The carboxylic acids include fatty acids contairling at least lZ carbon atoms such as palmi~ic acid, or cyclic acids such as those containing a benzenoid structure~ fsr example, benzene, an oil-soluble group or groups having a total of at least about 15 carbon atoms and preferably from about 15 to about 200 carbon atoms. The metal compounds utilized to form the metsl salts include alkali and alkaline esrth metals.
U.S. Patent 4,283,294 (Clarke) describes lubricating oll composi-tions useful in mari~e diesel engines, and the compositions comprise in additionto oil, a mixt~Lre of ~ Group la metal o~rerbased detergent, a Group lla metal overbased detergent, and an antloxidant provided that the weight ratio of the overbased detergent mixture to the antioxidant is between 7.5:1 ~nd 50:1. The Group la and lla detergent additives include metal salts of phenols, phenol sulfides, phosphosulfurized palyolefins, organic sulfonates and carboxylic acids.
The carboxylic acids sre long chain, mono- or dicarboxylic acids such as those wherein the acid radical contains at least 50 carbon atoms per molecule. Thus, the metal salts include salts of long chain succinic acids such as those having molecular weights of 850 to 1~200. The antioxidants described in this patent include alkylated hindered phenols, organic amines, organic sulfur compounds, metal thlophosphates, etc. Optlonal additives in the lubricating oil compositions :
WO 93/23504 PCr/US92/0~718 . .
2~ ?~ 'JJ
are dispersants such as polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride-tetraethylene pentamine reaction products.
Lubricating oil compositions containing basic alkali metal salts of sulfonic or carboxylic acids, and carboxyllc derivative compositions obtained byreacting substituted succinlc acylating agents wlth at least one amine compound are described in U.S. Patents 4,904,401; 4,93~,881; and 4,952,238. The c~rboxylic sclds rnay be either monocarboxylic acilds or polycarboxylic acids including dicarboxylic acids such as substituted succinic acid~. Sui~able carboxylic scidsfrom which useful alkali metal salts can be prepared include aliphatic~
cycloaliphatic and arnmatic mono- and polycarboxylic acids including naphthenic acidls, alkenyl-substituted aromatic a~ids, and allcenyl succinic acids. The aliphatic acids genel ally contain from about 8 to ~bout 50, and preferably fromabout 12 to about 25 carbon at~ms. These patents also describe basic alkali metal salts, mixtures of sulfonic scids and carboxylic acids wherein the ratio of equivalents of the carboxyllc acid when present to the organic sulfonlc acid in the mixture generally is from about 1:1 to about 1:20 and preferably from abnut 1:2 to about 1:10. The amount of the alkali metal overbased sulfonate or carboxylate included in these oil compositions may range from about 0~01 to about 2% by weight. .The oil composition~ may contain other desirable additives such ss metal salts of dihydrocarbylphosphorodithioic acids, antioxidants, friction modifiers, neutral and basic salts of phenol sulfides, sulfur-containing compounds useful in improving antiwear? extreme pressure antioxidant properties, and neutral or basic alkaline ea~ th me~al salt detergents.
U~K. Patent Application 2,062,672 (Zalar) describes additive !~ ' 25 ~ compositions ~or lubricating oils which comprise sulfurized alkyl phenol and high molecular weight dispersants. The dispersants are oil-soluble carboxylic dispersants containing a hydrocarbon-based radical having a number average molecular weight of a~ least 1300 attached to a polar group such as succinic acid or derivative tbereof. Generally, the carboxylic dispersants are reaction products of carboxylic acids or derivativ~s thereof with ~a) nitrogen-containing .. . , . . ... ,".. , .. ,~ .. . .. , i WO 93/~351)4 PCI/US92/08718 f j ~ ~ ,' ,' j ,;, ,_ !
_S_ compounds having at least one ~NH group, (b) organic hydroxy compounds such as phenols and alcohols, and/or (c) reactive metals or metal-reactive compounds.The carboxylic dispersants may be post-~rested wlth various reagents including sulfur and sulfur compoundis, urea, thiourea~ aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, epoxides, boron compounds, phosphorus compounds, etc. The carboxylic acid which is utilized in the preparation of the dispersanl:s are referred to as acylating agents. The acyla~ing agent may be prepsred by the alkylat{on of an acid such as maleic acid or anhydride. The alkylating sgent ma~ be a polymer containing at least one olefinic bond or a halogen. Thc nwnber a~erage mole~ular weight of the polymer is at least 1300 and usually is in the range of about 1500 to about 5000. The ratio of Mw to Mn may be from about 1.5 to about 6 ~nd is usually from 1.5 to about 4. I~epending upon tbe ~nount of the reactants utilized to form the substituted succinic aclds~ and depending upon the type of dispersant desired, the mole ratio of the polyrner to the malcic acid or anhydride in the reaction mixture may be equal to, greater than or less than 1, In some applications, the dispersant is produced containing an a~rerage of at least 1.3 succinic moieties per polymer moiety. Among the reactivë metal compounds which may be used to produce the dispersants are alkali metal compounds su,ch as alkali metal hydroxides, carb~nates, alkoxides, oxides, etc. The patentees indicate that the lubri~ating oil compositions may also contain other additives încluding auxiliary detergents and dispersants, corrosion and oxidation-inhibiting agents, pour point depressing agen~s, extreme pressure agents, etc.
Sum~of the Invention A lubricating oll~ composition is described which comprises a major amount of an oil of lubricsting viscosity and (A) ~ at least about 1% by weight of at Icast one carboxylic derivati-re composition produced by reacting (A- I ) at least one substituted succinic acylating agent containin~ at leas~ about 50 carbon atoms in the substituent with WO 93/23504 PCr/~S92~871X~
2 ~ Q ~ ~ -6-(A-2) from abnut 0.5 equivalent up to about 2 moles, per equivalent of acylating a~ent (A-l), of at least one arnine compound character-ized by the presence within its structure of at least one HN~ group; and (B) at least one alkali metal overbased salt of a hydrocarbyl-subs~ituted carboxylic acid or a mixtwre of a hydrocarbyl carboxylic acld and a hydrocarbyl-substituted sulfonic acld havlng a me~al ratio of greater than 2 in an amount sufficient to provide at least about 0.002 equivalent of alkall metal per 100 grams of the lubricating oil composi~ion wher~in the hydrocarbyl substituent of ~he carboxylic acid cunt~ns a~ least about 50 carbon atoms, provided that when the alkali metal salt comprises a mixture of overbased alkalimetal salts of a hydrocarbyl-subs~ituted carboxylic acid and a hydrocarbyl-subs~ituted sulfonic: acid, then the carboxylic acid coTnprise~ more than 50% ofthe AICid equivslents of the mixture, and provided further that when the substituted succinic acylating agent (A-1) consist of substitu~nt groups and succinic groups and said scylating agent is characterized by the presence witbinits structure of an average of at least 1.3 succinic gro1Jps for e~ch equivalentweight of substituent groups tbe metal ratio of the alkali metal overbased salt (B) is greater than 1.
DescriDtion of the eferred Embodiments T~roughout this specification and claims, references to percentages by weight of the various components are on a chemicallbasis unless otherwise indicated. For example, when the oll compositions of the invention are describedas cont~ining at least 2% by weight of (A), the oil composition comprises at least 2% by weigh~ of ~A) on a chemical basis. Thus, if component (A) is available as ~ a 50% by weight oil solution, at least 4% by wéight of the oil solution would be included in the lubricant composition.:
The nwnber of equivalents of the acylating agent depends on the total number of carboxylic functions present. In determining ~he number of equivalents for the acylating agents, those carboxyl functions which are not capable of reacting as a carboxylic acid acylating agent are excluded. In WV 93/23504 P~/US92/08718 general, however, there is one equivalent of acylating agent for each carboxy group in these acylating agents. For example, there are two equivalents in an anhydride derived from the reaction of one mole ofolefin polymerand one mole of maleic anhydride. Conventional technlques are readlly av~ilable for determin-ing the numb~r of carboxyl functions (e.g., acld number, saponiflcation nurnber)and, thus, the number of equivalents of the acylating agent can be readily deter-mined by one skilled in the art.
An equivalent weight of an amlne or a polyarnine is the molecular weight of the amine or polyamine divided by the total number of nitrogens present in the molecule. Thus, ethylene dlamine has an equivalen~ weight equal to one-half of its molecular weight; diethylene triamine has an equivalent weight equal to one-third its molecular welght. The equivalent welght of a commer-cially available mixture of polyalkylene polyamlne can be determined by dividingthe a~omic weight of nitrogen (14) by the %N c~ntalned in the polyamine and multiplyi~g by 1009 thus, a polyamine mixture containing 34~ nitrogen would have an equivalent weight of 41.2. An equivalent weight of ammonia or a monoamine is the molecular w~ight.
An equivalent weight of a hydroxyl-substituted amine to be react~d with the acyla~ing agents to form the carboxylic derivative (A) is its molecularweight divided by the total number of nitrogen groups present in the molecule.
For the purpose of this invention in preparing component (~, the hydroxyl groupsare ig~lored when calculating equivalent weight. Thus, ethanolamine would have an equivalent weight equal to its molecular weight, and diethanolamine has an equivalent weight (based on nitrogen) equal to its molecular weight.
The terms "substituent", "acylating agent" and "substituted succinic acylating agent" are to be given their norrnal meanings. For example, a substituent is an a~om or group of atoms that has replaced another atom or groupin a molecule as a result of a reaction. The terrns acylating agent or substituted succinic acylating agent refer to the compound per se and does not include WO 93/23504 PCI /US92/0~718 d~s, unreacted reactarlts used to forrn the acylating agent or substituted succirlic acylating agent.
The term "hydrocarbyl" includes hydrocarbon, as well as substan-tially hydrocarbon, groups~ Substantlall~f hydrocarbon describes groups which contain non-hydrucarbon substituents which do not alter the predominately hydrocarbon nature of the group.
Ex~mples of hydrocarbyl groups Include the followlng:
~1) hydrocarbun subst~tuentsJ ~hat is, aliphatlc (e.g.t alkyl or alkenyl), al~cyclic ~e.g., ~ycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl) substituents, aromatic-, aliphatic- and alicyclic-substituted arom~tic subst~tuents and the like as well as cyclic substltuents wherein the ring is completed through ~nother portion of ~hemolecule (that is, for example, any two indicated substituents may together formar. alicyclic radical);
(2) substituted hydrocarbon substituents, that is, those substituents containing non-hydrocarbon groups which, in ~he context of thls invention, do not alter the predominantly hydrocarbon substituent; those skillled in the art will be aware of such groups ~e.g., halo (especially chloro and fluoro), hydroxy, alkoxy, mercapto, alkylmercapto, nitro, nitroso, sulfoxy, etc.);
~3) hetero substituents9 that is, substituents which will, while having a predominantly hydrocarborll character within the context of this invention, contain other than carbon present in a ring or chain otherwise composed of carbon atoms. Suitable heteroatoms will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art and include, for exsrnple, sulfllr, vxygen, nitrogen and such substituents as, e.g., pyridyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, etc. In general, no more than about 2, preferably oo more than one, non-hydrocarbon substituent will be present for every 10 carbon atoms in the hydrocarbyl group. Often, therewill be no such non-hydrocarborl subssituents in the hydrocarbyl group and the hydrocarbyl group is purely hydrocarbon.
WO 93/23504 PCT/US~2/08718 ~ ~ s3 Oil of Lubricatin~ Viscosit~
The o~l which is utilized in the preparation of the lubricants of the invention may be based on natural oils, synthetic oils, or mixtures thereof.
Natural oils include animal oll~ and vegetablc olls (e.g., castor oil, lard oil) as well as mineral lubricating oils such as li~uid petrcleum oils and sol-~rent treated or acid treated mineral lubricating oils of the paraffinic, naphthenic or mixed paraffinic-naphthenic t~pes. C)ils of lubrlcating viscoslty derived from coal or shale are also useful. Synthetic lubricating uils include hydrocarbon oils and halo-substituted hydrocarbon oils ~uch as polymerized and ~nterpolyrnerized olefins ~e.g., polybutylenes, polyprowlenes, propylelle-isobutylene copolymers, chlorinated polybutylenes, etc.); poly(l-hexenes), poly(1-octenes), poly(l-dec-enes), etc. and mixtures thereof; alkylbenzenes (e.g., dodecylbenzenes, tetradecylbenzenes, dinonylbenzenes, di-(2-ethylhexyl)-benæenes, etc.);
polyphenyls (e.g., biphenyls, terphenyls, alkylated polyphenyls, etc.); alkylated diphenyl ethers and alkyl~ted diphenyl sulfides and the derivatives, analogs andhomologs thereof and th~ llke.
Alkylene oxide polymers and interpolymers and derivatives thereof where the terminal hydroxyl groups have been modified by esterification, etherification, etc., constitute another class Or known syn~hetic lubricating oils that can be used. These are exemplified by the oils prepared through polymer-ization of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide, the alkyl and aryl ethers of thesepolyoxyalkylene polymers ~e.g.9 methylpoiyisopropylene ~Iycol ether having an average molecular weight of about 10009 diphenyl ether of polyethylene glycol ha~ving a molecular weight of about 500-1000, diethyl ether of polypropylene ` 25 glycol having a molecular weight of about 1000-1500, etc.) ~r mono- and polycar-boxylic ~esters thereof, for example, the acetic acid ~;sters, mixed C3-Cg fattyacid esters, or the C13 Oxo acid diester of tetraethylene glycol.
Another suitable class of synthetic lubricating oils that can be used comprises the esters of dicarboxylic acids (e.g., phthalic acid, succinic acid, alkyl succinic acids, alkenyl succinic acids, maleic acid, a~elaic acid, suberic acid, WO 93/2351M PCI'/lJS92J0871g~r.~
~ ~ S~ ~3~
sebacic acid, fumaric acid, adipic acid, linoleic acid dimer, malonic acid, alkyl malonic acids, alkenyl malonic ~cids, etc.) with a variety of slcohols (e.g., butyl alcohol, hexyl alcohol, dodecyl alco~s)l, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, etlhylene glycol, diethylene glycol m~noether, propylene glycol, etc.) Specifîc examples of these esters include dibu~yl ~dipate, di(2-ethylhexyl) sebacate, di-n-hexyl furnarate,dioctyl sebacate, diisooctyl azelate, diisodecyl azelate, dioctyl phthalate, dide~fl phthalate, dieicosyl sebacate, the 2-ethylhexyl diester of linolelc acid dimer, the complex ester formed by reacting one mole oî ~baclc acid with ~wo moles of te~raethylene glycol and two moles of 2-ethylhexanoic acid antl the likc.
Esters useful as syn~hetlc oils also include those made from Cs to C12monocarboxylic acids and polyols and polyol ethers such as neopentyl glycol, trimethylol propane, pen~aerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripen~aerythritol, etc.
Sllicor~-based oils such ~s the polyalkyl-, polyaryl-7 polyalkoxy-, or polyaryloxy-siloxane oils and silicate oils cumprise another useful class of 15 synthetic lubricants (e.g., tetraethyl silic~te, tetraisoprowl silicate, tetra-(2-ethylhexyl)silicate, tetra-(4-methylhexyl)silicate, tetra-~p~tert-butylphenyl)sili-cate, hexyl-(4-methyl-2-pentoxy)disiloxane, poly~methyl)siloxanes, poly-(methylphenyl)siloxanes, etc.). Other synthetic lubricating oils include liquid esters of phosphor~ containing acids ~e.g., tricresyl phosphate, trioctyl phos-20 phate, diethyl ester of decane phosphonic acid, etc.), polymeric tetrahydrofurans and the iike.
Unrefined, refined and rerefined oils, either natural or synthetic (as well as mixtures of two or more of any of these) of the type disclosed hereinabove can be used in the concentrates of the present invention. Unrefined 25 oils are those obtained directly from a natural or synthetic source without fur~her purification treatment. For example9 a shale oil obtained directly from retorting operat~onst a petrvleum oil obtained directly from primary distillation or es~er oil obtained directly from an esterification process and used without further treatment would be an unrefined oll. Refined oils are similar tO the 30 unrefined oils except they have been further treated in one or more purification WO 93t23504 PCr/l~S92~8718 ', , ,,", .. ..
steps to improve one or more properties. Many such purification techni~ues are known to those skilled in the art such as solvent extraction, hydrotreating, ~econdary distillation, acid or base ex~raction, filtration, percolation, etc.
Rerefilled oils are ob~ained by processes similar to tho~se used to obtain refined oils applied to refined oils which have been already used in service. Such rerefined oils are also known as reclaimed, recycled or reprocessed oils and often are additionally processed by techniques directed to r~noval of spent addltives,oil contaminants such ~s water and fuel, and oil breakdown products.
(A) Carbox~ c D~rivatives.
Compvnent (A) which is utilized in the lubricatlng oils of the present invention is at least one carboxylic derivative composition produced by reacting ~A-1! at least one substitu~ed succinic acylating agent containing at least about 50 carbon atoms in the substituent with (A-2) at least one amine compound containing at least one HN~ group~ Generally ~he reaction involves about 0.5 equlvalent up to about 2 moles of the amine compourld per equivalent of acylating sgent. In one preferred embodiment, the acylating agent (A-1) consists of substitue~ groups and succinic groups wherein the substituent groupsare derived from a polyaikene characterized by an Mn Yalue of about 1300 ,to about 5000 and an Mw/Mn ratio of about 1.5 to about 4.5, and said acylating agents are further~ ch~racterized by the presence within their structure of an average of at least about 1.3 succinic groups for each equivalent weight of substituent groups.
The carboxylic derivatives (A) are included in the oil compositions to improve dispersancy and Vl properties of the oil compositions. In general from about 1% andmore often from about 1.5% or 2~ to about 10 or 15% by weight of component (A) can be included in the oil compositions, although the oil compositions preferably will contain at least 2.5% and often at least 3% by weight of component (A)~
The substituted succinic acylating agent (A- 1 ) utilized in the preparation of the carboxylic derivatlve (A) can be characterized by the presence .
WO 93~23504 PC~/US92/087 within its structure of two groups or moieties. The first group or moiety is referred to hereinafter, for convenience, as the "substituent group(s)" and is derived from a polyalkene. The poly~lkene from which the substltuted groups are derived is characterized in onei embodiment as containing at least about 50 carbon atoms and by ~n Mn ~number sverage molecular welght) v~lue of from about 900 to ab~ut 5000 or even 10,000 ar hlgher. In one preferred embodiment the Mn is from abuut 1300 to about 5000, and an Mw/Mn value of at least about 1.5 or at least 2.0 up to about 4.0 or 4.5. The abbreviation Mw Is the conYen-tional symbol representing the weight average molecular we~ght. Gel permeation chromatography ~GPC) is a method which provides both weight average and nurnber aYerage molecular weights as well as the entire molecular weight dis-~ribution of the polymers. For purpcse of this lnvention a serie~s af fract~onated polymer~s of isobutene, polyisobutene, is used as the calibration s~andard in the GPC.
The techniques for determining Mn and Mw values of polymers ~re well known and are described in numerous books and articles. ~or exarnple, methods îar the determination of Mn and molecular weight distribution of poly-mers is described in W.W. Yan, J.J. Kirkland and D.D. Bly~ "Modern Size Exclusion Liquid Chromatographs", J.Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1979.
The second group cr moiety in the acylating agent is refelTed to herein as the "succinic group(s)".~ The succlnic groups ~re those groups characterized by the structure ;
O O
1 ! X C C C C
wherein X and X' are the same or different provided at least one oî X and X' is such that the substituted succinic acylating agent can function as carboxylic acylating agent. That is, at least one of X and X' must be such that the substituted acylating agent ~can form amides or amine salts with amino WO 93/2350q PCI'/USg2/1)8718 2 ~ ~
compounds, and otherwise functivn as a conventional carboxylic acid acylating agent. Transesterificstion and transamidation reactions are considered, Por purposes of this invention, as conventional ~cylating reactions.
Thus, ~C and/or X' is usually -OH, -O-hy~rocarbyl, -O-M~ where 1~+
represents one equivalen~ of a metal, amrnonium or amine ca~ian, -NH2, -Cl~ -Br,and together, X and X' can be ~O- so as to form the anhydrlde. The specific identity of any X or X' group whlch is not one of the above is not critical so long as its presence does not prevent the remalning group froJn entering into acylation reactions. Prefersbly, however, ~C and X' are each such that both carboxyl functions of the succinic group ~i.e., both ~C~)X ~nd -C(O)X' can enter into scylation reactions.
One of the unsatisfied ~alences in the grouping I , I
-C-C-of Formula I forms a carbon bond wi~h a carbon atom in the substituent group.
While other such unsatisfied ~slence may be satisfied by a similar bond with thesame or different substituent group, all but ~he said one such valence is usually satisfied by hydrogen; i.e., -H.
In one embodiment, the substituted succinic acylating ~gents are characterized by the presence within their structure of at least one succinic group (that is, groups corresponding to Formula 1) for each equivalent weight ofsubstituent groups. In a preferred embodiment the substituted succinic acylatingagents are characterized by the presence of an average of at least 1.3 succinic groups for each ~quivalent weight of substituent groups. For pur;poses of this invention, the equivalent weight of substltuent groups is deemed to be the number obtained by dividing the Mn value of the polyalkene from which the substituent is derived into the total weight of the substituent groups present in the substituted succinic acylating agents. Thus, if a substituted succinic acylating agent is characterized by a total weight of substituent group of 5000 WO 93/2350q pcr/us92/o871x 2 ~ æ 1 ~ ~
and the Mn value for the polyalkene from which the substituent groups are derived is 2aoo, then that substituted succinic acylating agent is characterizedby a total 4f 2O5 (5000/2000=2.5) equivalent weights of substituent groups.
Therefore, that particular succinic acylating ~gent wlll be characterized by thepresence within i~s structure of at le~st 3.25 succinic groups to meet one of the requlrements of the succinic acylating agents used in this imention.
Another requirement for ~e substltuted succinic acylating agents in a preferred embodiment is that the subs~ituent groups mus~ have been derived from a polyalkene characterîzed by an Mw/Mn value of at least about 1.5 or 2~0.
-The upper limit of Mw/Mn will generally be about 4.0 or 4.5. Values of from 1.5 to sbout 4.5 are useful, and a ratio of 2 to about 4.5 i5 particularly useful.
Polyalkenes having the Mrl and Mw values discussed above are known in the art and c~n be prepared according to conven~ional procedures. For example, some of these polyalkenes are described and cxemplified in U.S. Paten~
4,234,435, and the disclosure of this patent relati~e to such polyalkenes is hereby incorporated by reference. Several such polyalkenes, especially polybutenes, arecommerclally available.
In one preferred embodiment, the succinic groups will normally correspond to the formula --CH--C~O)R
CH2- C(O)R' (Il) wherein R ~nd R' are each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -Cl, -O-lower alkyl, and when taken together, R and R' are -O-. In the latter casel the succinic group is a succinic anhydride group. All the succinic ~5 groups in a par~icular sucl inic acylating agent need not be the same, but they can be the same. Preferably, the succinic groups will correspond to WO 93/23504 P~r/US~2~08718 ~ J ~. ',Y 1~ J j 5~ ~
-CH--C~OH -CH~ C ~
CH2- C~OH or ¦ / O (III) O CH2- C~
~0 (A~ (B) and mixtures of (Ill(A)) snd (111(B)). ProYlding substituted succinic acylat ag agents whereln the succlnic groups are ~e same or differe~t ls wlthin the ordinarg skill of the art and can be accompllshed through conrentiunal procedures such 8S treating the substltuted succinic ~cylating agents themselves(for ex~nple, hydrolyzlng the anhydride ~o the free ~cid or converting the free acid to an acid chloride with thionyl chloride) ~nd/or ~electing the appropriatemaleic ~r fuTnaric react~nts.
As prev~ously mentionsd, the rninimwn number of æuccinic groups for each equivalent weight of substltuent group is at least 1 ~nd preferably 1.3.
The maximum number generally will not exceed 4.5. In another preferred embodim¢nt~ the mlnlmlun wlll be abollt 1.4 succinic groups for each equivalent weight of substituent group. A rarlge based on this minimum is at least 1.4 to about 3.S~ and more :specificslly about 1.4 to about 2.5 succinic groups per equivalent weight of substituent groups~
In addition to preferled substituted succlnic groups where the preference depends on the number snd identity of succinic groups for each ..
equivalent weight of substituent groups, still further preferences are based on the identity and characterization of the polyalkenes from which the substituent ':
25 ~ ~ groups are derived. ~
With respect to the value of Mn for example~ a minimum of about 00 and a maximurn ~of about~5000 are preferred with an Mn value in the range of from about 1500 to about 5000~also be:ng preferred. A more preferred Mn : ~
WO 93/23s04 pcr/uss2/o8718 value is orle in ~he range of from about 1500 to about 2800. A most preferred , range of Mn values is from about 1500 to about 2400.
Before proceeding to a further discussion of the polyalkenes from which the substituent groups ~re derived, lt should be pointed out that these preferred characteristics of the succinic ac~latlng agents ~e intended to be understood as belng bothindep~ndent and dependent. They arQ in~ended to be independen~in the s~nse that, for example1 a preference for a minlmum of 1.4 or 1.5 succinic groups per equivalent weight of substituent groups is not tied to a more preferred value of Mn or Mw/Mn. They a~e Intended to be dependent in the sense that, for ex~nple, whea a preferen~e for a minimum of 1.4 or 1.5 succinic groups is combined with more preferred values of Mn and/or Mw/Mn, the combination of preferences does in fact descrlbe 5tili further more preferred embodiments of the invention. Tbus, the various parame~ers are ~ntended to stand alone with respect to the particular parameter being discu~sed but can also be combined with other parameters to iden~ify fuu ther preferences. This ssrne concept ls intended to appl~lr throughout the specification with respec~ to the description of preferred values, ranges, ratios, reactants, and the like unJess a contrary intent is clearly demonstrated or apparent.
In one embodiment, when the Mn of a polyalkene is at the lower end of the range, e~g., about 1300,~the ratio of succinlc groups to substituent groups derived from said polyalkene in the acylating agent is preferably higher than the ratio when the Mn is, for example, 1500. ConYersely when the Mn of the polyalkene is higher, e.g.9 2000, the ratio may be lower than when the Mrl of ~he polyalkene is, e.g., 1~00.
' 25 The polyalkenes from which the substituent groups are derived are homopolymers and interpolyrners of pol~nerizable olefin monomers of 2 to about 16 carbon atoms, ususlly 2 to about 6 carbon atoms. The interpolymers are those in which two or more olefin monomers; are interpolymerized according to well-known conYentional procedures to forrn polyalkenes having units within their structure derived from each of said two ~ or more olefin monomers. Thus, .
WO 93/23504 PCI/US92/0~718 " .. I,; . ~, . ..
. i _7~ J i.~' "in~erpol~ner(s)" as used herein is inclusive of copolymers, terpol~nners, tetrapolyrners, and the like. As will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art, the polyalkenes from which the substituent groups are derived are often conventionalty referred to as "polynlefin~s)".
The olefln monomers frorn which the polyalkenes ~re derived are polymerizable olefln monomer~ characterlzed by ~he pre~ence of one or more ethylenicaliy unsa~urated g20ups ~i.e., ~C=Cs); tbat ls, they are monoolefinic monomers such as ethylene, propylene, butene-1, Isobuterle? ssld octene-1 or polyolefinic monomers (ususlly dioleflnlc nnonomers) such as butadlene-1,3 ~nd isoprene.
These olç:fin monomers are usually polyrnerizable teIminal olefins;
that is,, olefins characterized by the presence in ~heir structure of the group ~C=CH2. However, polymerizable intemal olefin monomers (sometimes referred to in the literature as medial olefins) characterizRd by the presence within their sl:ructure of the group -C-C=C-C-can slso be used to form the polyalkenes. when internal olefin monomers are employed, they normally will be employed with t~ninal olefins to produce -polyalkenes which are irlterpolymers. For purposes of this invention, when a particular pol~nerized olefin mo~omer can be classified as both a tem~inal olefin and an in~ernal olefin3 it will be deemed to be a terminal olefin. Thus, 1,3-penta-diene (i.e., piperylene) is deemed to be 8 terminal olefin for pw~po5es of this invention.
Some of the substituted succinic acylating agents (A-1) useful in preparing the carboxylic derivatives ~A) are known in the art and are described in, for example, U.S. Paten~s 3,087,936 (LeSuer), 3,219,666 (Norrnan) and 4,234,435 (Meinhardt), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference. The acylating agents described in the '435 patent are characterized WO 93/23504 PCl/US92~0X71X
2~ 2~,r~
as containing substituent groups derived from polyalkenes having an Mn value of about 1300 ~o about 5000, and an MwlMn value of about 1.5 to about 4.
There i5 a general preference for aliphatic, hydrocarbon polyalk enes free from aroma~ic and cycloaliphatic groups. Wlthin this general preference, there is a further preference for polyalkenes which are derived fromthe group consisting ot homopolymers an~ interpolyrners of ~erminal hydrocarbon olefins of 2 to about lfi carbon atoms. Th~s further preference is quallfied by the proviso that, while interpolymers of terminal olefins are usually preferred, interpolymers optionslly csntaining up to about 40% of polymer unlts derived from tnternal olefins of up to about 16 carbon atoms are also within a preferredgroup. A more preferred class of polyalkenes are those selected from the group consisting of homopolymers and interpolymers of terminal olefins of 2 to about 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms. However, another preferred class of polyalkenes are the lat~er more preferred polyalkenes optionally containing up to about 25% of polyrner units derived from internal olefins of up to about 6 carbon atoms.
Vbviously, preparing polyalkenes as described above which meet the various criteria for Mn and Mw/Mn is within the skill of the art and does no,t comprise part of the present invention. Techniques readily apparent to those in the art include contrclling polymerization temperatures, regulating the amount and type of polymerization initiator and/or catalyst, employing chain terrninating groups in the polymerization procedure, and the like. Other conventional techniques such as stripping ~including ~acuum str}pping) a very light end and/or oxidatively or mechanically degrading high rnolecular weight polyalkene to i ` 25 produce lower molecular weight polyalkenes can also be used.
In preparing the substituted succinic acylating agents of this invention9 one or more of the above-described polyalkenes (or halogenated deravatives thereof) is reacted with one or more acidic reactants selected from the group eonsistislg of maleiF or fumarlc reactants of the general formula WO ~3/23504 Pclr/USg2/0871~
, . . , , . ~ ; , X(O)C-CH=CH-C(O)X' (IV) wherein X and X' are as defined hereinbefore in Formula 1. Freferably th~
malei~ and fumallc re~ctat~ts will be one or more compottnds correspondlng to the formula RC(O)-CH~CH-C~O)R' (V) wherein R and R' are a~ prev~ously defined In Formula 11 herein. Ordinarily, themaleic or fwn~rlc reactan~, wlll be maleic acid, fumaric acid, maleic anhydride,or a mlxture oî ~wo or more of these. The maleic reactan~s are usually preferred over the fumaric reac~ants because the former are more readily available and are, in general, more readily reacted with the polyalkenes (or de~ivatives thereof) to prepare the substituted succinic acylating agents of thepresent invention. The especially preferred reac~an~, are maleie acid, maleic anhydride, and mixtures of these. Due to availability and ea~e of reaction, malei~ anhydride will usually ~ empioyed.
Examples of patents describlng various procedlLres for prepariqg useful acyla~ing agents include U.S. Patents 39215,707 ~Rense3; 3,219,666 (Norman et al); 3,231,587 (Rerlse); 3,912,764 (Palmer3; 4,110,349 (Cohen); and 4,234,435 ~Meinhardt et 81), and U.IC. 1,440,219, The disclosu~es of these patents are hereby Incorporated by reference.
The relative amount ~of the polyalkene and maleic reactant used in preparing the hydrocarbyl-substituted succinic acids will var~r according to theproportion of the succmic acid groups de3ired in the product. Thus, for each mole of the polynner employed, one or more moles of maleic reactant may be used depending upon whether one or more succinic acld ~roups are to be incorporated in each polymer molecule. In general, the higher the m olecular weight ofthe polymer,the greater the proportion of nnaleic reactant which may be used. On the other hand,if a molar excess of the polymer reactantis used, WV 93/~3504 PCI/US92/0871X ~
2 i ~ a I J
the excess polymer will simply remain in the product as diiuent without adverse effect.
For convenience and brevity, the terrn "rnaleic reactant" is often used hereinafter~ When used, it should be understood that the term is generic toacidic reactants selected from maleic and fumaric reactants corresponding to Formulae (IV~ and (V) ~bove including a mlxture oî such reactants.
The acylating reagents described above are intermedintes in processes for preparing the carboxyli~ deriv~tive compositions (A) comprising reacting (A-1) one or more acyl~ting reagents wi~h (A-~) at least nne amino compound characterized by the presence within Its structure o~ at least one HN~
group.
The amino compound (A-2~ characterized by the pre~cence within its structure of at least one HN< group can be a monoamlne or polyamine compour~d. Mixtures of two or more amino compounds can be used in the reaction with one or more acylating reagents of thls invention. Preferably, the amino compound con~ains at least one primary amino group (i.e., -NH2) and more preferably the amine is a polyamine, especlally a ~olyamine containing at least ~wo -NH- groups, either or both o~ which are primary or secondary amines. The amines may be aliphatic, cycloaliphatic. aromatic or heterocyclic amines. The polyamines not only result in carbo~ylic acid derivative compositions which are usually more effective as dispersant/detergent additives, relative to derivativecompositions derlYed from monoamines, but these preferred polyamines result in carboxylic derivative compositions which exhibit more pronounced Vl improving propertiesO
~nong the preferred amines are the alkylene polyarnines, including the polyalkylene polyamlnes. The alkylene polyamines include those conforming to the forrnula ` ~ ~
R3N-~U-NI )n~R3 (Vl) `
. :
WO ~3/23504 Pcr/US92/~871~
t ~ , . ". ., . ~ , wherein n is from 1 to ~out 10; each R3 is independently a hydrogen atom, a hydrocar~yl group or a hydroxy-substituted or amine-subs~ituted hydrocarbyl group having up to ab~ut 30 atosrls, sr two R3 graups un different ni~;rogen atoms can be joined together to form a U group, with the proviso that at least one R3 group is a hydrogeo atom and U is an alkylene group of about 2 to about 10 carbon atoms. Preferably U i5 ethylene or propylene. Especlally preferred are the alkylene polyamines where each ~3 is hydrogen or an amino-substituted hydrocarbyl group with the ethylene polyamine~s and mixtures of ethylene poly~mines being the most preferred. Usually n will have an aver~ge value of from about 2 to about 7. Such alkylene polyamines include methylene polyamille, ethylene polyamines, butylene polyamines~ propylene polyamines, pentylene poly~nines, hexylene polyamines, heptylene poly~nines, et~. The higher homo-logs of such amines and related amino alkyl-substituted piperazines are also included.
lS Alkylene polyamines useful in preparing th¢ csrboxylic derivative compositions (A) include ethylene dl~nlne, triethylene tetramine, propylene diamine, trimethylene diamine, hexamethylene diamine, decamethylene diamineJ
hexamethylene diamine, dec~rnethylene diamine, octamethylene diamine, di(heptametbylene) triamine, tripropylene tetrarnine, tetraethylene pentamine, trimethylene diamine, pentaethylene hexamine, di(trimethylene)triamine, N-(2~ oethyl)piperazine,~ 1 ~4-bis(2-sminoethyl)piperazin¢, and the like. Higherhomologs as are obtained by condensing two or more of the above-illustrated alkylene amines are useful, as are mixtures of two or more of any of ~he afore-described polyamines.
Ethylene polyamines, such as those mentioned above, are especially useful for reasons of cost and effectiveness. Such polyamines are described in detail under the heading !'Diamines and Hig31er Amines" in The Encyclapedia of Chemical Technology, Second Edition, Kirk and Othmer, Volurne 7, pages 27-39, Interscience Publishers, Dlvision of John Wilcy and Sons, 196~, which is hereby incorporatcd by referFnce for the disciosure of useful polyamines. Such : ~ :
WO 93/23504 PCr/~JS92/~871~ .
are dispersants such as polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride-tetraethylene pentamine reaction products.
Lubricating oil compositions containing basic alkali metal salts of sulfonic or carboxylic acids, and carboxyllc derivative compositions obtained byreacting substituted succinlc acylating agents wlth at least one amine compound are described in U.S. Patents 4,904,401; 4,93~,881; and 4,952,238. The c~rboxylic sclds rnay be either monocarboxylic acilds or polycarboxylic acids including dicarboxylic acids such as substituted succinic acid~. Sui~able carboxylic scidsfrom which useful alkali metal salts can be prepared include aliphatic~
cycloaliphatic and arnmatic mono- and polycarboxylic acids including naphthenic acidls, alkenyl-substituted aromatic a~ids, and allcenyl succinic acids. The aliphatic acids genel ally contain from about 8 to ~bout 50, and preferably fromabout 12 to about 25 carbon at~ms. These patents also describe basic alkali metal salts, mixtures of sulfonic scids and carboxylic acids wherein the ratio of equivalents of the carboxyllc acid when present to the organic sulfonlc acid in the mixture generally is from about 1:1 to about 1:20 and preferably from abnut 1:2 to about 1:10. The amount of the alkali metal overbased sulfonate or carboxylate included in these oil compositions may range from about 0~01 to about 2% by weight. .The oil composition~ may contain other desirable additives such ss metal salts of dihydrocarbylphosphorodithioic acids, antioxidants, friction modifiers, neutral and basic salts of phenol sulfides, sulfur-containing compounds useful in improving antiwear? extreme pressure antioxidant properties, and neutral or basic alkaline ea~ th me~al salt detergents.
U~K. Patent Application 2,062,672 (Zalar) describes additive !~ ' 25 ~ compositions ~or lubricating oils which comprise sulfurized alkyl phenol and high molecular weight dispersants. The dispersants are oil-soluble carboxylic dispersants containing a hydrocarbon-based radical having a number average molecular weight of a~ least 1300 attached to a polar group such as succinic acid or derivative tbereof. Generally, the carboxylic dispersants are reaction products of carboxylic acids or derivativ~s thereof with ~a) nitrogen-containing .. . , . . ... ,".. , .. ,~ .. . .. , i WO 93/~351)4 PCI/US92/08718 f j ~ ~ ,' ,' j ,;, ,_ !
_S_ compounds having at least one ~NH group, (b) organic hydroxy compounds such as phenols and alcohols, and/or (c) reactive metals or metal-reactive compounds.The carboxylic dispersants may be post-~rested wlth various reagents including sulfur and sulfur compoundis, urea, thiourea~ aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, epoxides, boron compounds, phosphorus compounds, etc. The carboxylic acid which is utilized in the preparation of the dispersanl:s are referred to as acylating agents. The acyla~ing agent may be prepsred by the alkylat{on of an acid such as maleic acid or anhydride. The alkylating sgent ma~ be a polymer containing at least one olefinic bond or a halogen. Thc nwnber a~erage mole~ular weight of the polymer is at least 1300 and usually is in the range of about 1500 to about 5000. The ratio of Mw to Mn may be from about 1.5 to about 6 ~nd is usually from 1.5 to about 4. I~epending upon tbe ~nount of the reactants utilized to form the substituted succinic aclds~ and depending upon the type of dispersant desired, the mole ratio of the polyrner to the malcic acid or anhydride in the reaction mixture may be equal to, greater than or less than 1, In some applications, the dispersant is produced containing an a~rerage of at least 1.3 succinic moieties per polymer moiety. Among the reactivë metal compounds which may be used to produce the dispersants are alkali metal compounds su,ch as alkali metal hydroxides, carb~nates, alkoxides, oxides, etc. The patentees indicate that the lubri~ating oil compositions may also contain other additives încluding auxiliary detergents and dispersants, corrosion and oxidation-inhibiting agents, pour point depressing agen~s, extreme pressure agents, etc.
Sum~of the Invention A lubricating oll~ composition is described which comprises a major amount of an oil of lubricsting viscosity and (A) ~ at least about 1% by weight of at Icast one carboxylic derivati-re composition produced by reacting (A- I ) at least one substituted succinic acylating agent containin~ at leas~ about 50 carbon atoms in the substituent with WO 93/23504 PCr/~S92~871X~
2 ~ Q ~ ~ -6-(A-2) from abnut 0.5 equivalent up to about 2 moles, per equivalent of acylating a~ent (A-l), of at least one arnine compound character-ized by the presence within its structure of at least one HN~ group; and (B) at least one alkali metal overbased salt of a hydrocarbyl-subs~ituted carboxylic acid or a mixtwre of a hydrocarbyl carboxylic acld and a hydrocarbyl-substituted sulfonic acld havlng a me~al ratio of greater than 2 in an amount sufficient to provide at least about 0.002 equivalent of alkall metal per 100 grams of the lubricating oil composi~ion wher~in the hydrocarbyl substituent of ~he carboxylic acid cunt~ns a~ least about 50 carbon atoms, provided that when the alkali metal salt comprises a mixture of overbased alkalimetal salts of a hydrocarbyl-subs~ituted carboxylic acid and a hydrocarbyl-subs~ituted sulfonic: acid, then the carboxylic acid coTnprise~ more than 50% ofthe AICid equivslents of the mixture, and provided further that when the substituted succinic acylating agent (A-1) consist of substitu~nt groups and succinic groups and said scylating agent is characterized by the presence witbinits structure of an average of at least 1.3 succinic gro1Jps for e~ch equivalentweight of substituent groups tbe metal ratio of the alkali metal overbased salt (B) is greater than 1.
DescriDtion of the eferred Embodiments T~roughout this specification and claims, references to percentages by weight of the various components are on a chemicallbasis unless otherwise indicated. For example, when the oll compositions of the invention are describedas cont~ining at least 2% by weight of (A), the oil composition comprises at least 2% by weigh~ of ~A) on a chemical basis. Thus, if component (A) is available as ~ a 50% by weight oil solution, at least 4% by wéight of the oil solution would be included in the lubricant composition.:
The nwnber of equivalents of the acylating agent depends on the total number of carboxylic functions present. In determining ~he number of equivalents for the acylating agents, those carboxyl functions which are not capable of reacting as a carboxylic acid acylating agent are excluded. In WV 93/23504 P~/US92/08718 general, however, there is one equivalent of acylating agent for each carboxy group in these acylating agents. For example, there are two equivalents in an anhydride derived from the reaction of one mole ofolefin polymerand one mole of maleic anhydride. Conventional technlques are readlly av~ilable for determin-ing the numb~r of carboxyl functions (e.g., acld number, saponiflcation nurnber)and, thus, the number of equivalents of the acylating agent can be readily deter-mined by one skilled in the art.
An equivalent weight of an amlne or a polyarnine is the molecular weight of the amine or polyamine divided by the total number of nitrogens present in the molecule. Thus, ethylene dlamine has an equivalen~ weight equal to one-half of its molecular weight; diethylene triamine has an equivalent weight equal to one-third its molecular welght. The equivalent welght of a commer-cially available mixture of polyalkylene polyamlne can be determined by dividingthe a~omic weight of nitrogen (14) by the %N c~ntalned in the polyamine and multiplyi~g by 1009 thus, a polyamine mixture containing 34~ nitrogen would have an equivalent weight of 41.2. An equivalent weight of ammonia or a monoamine is the molecular w~ight.
An equivalent weight of a hydroxyl-substituted amine to be react~d with the acyla~ing agents to form the carboxylic derivative (A) is its molecularweight divided by the total number of nitrogen groups present in the molecule.
For the purpose of this invention in preparing component (~, the hydroxyl groupsare ig~lored when calculating equivalent weight. Thus, ethanolamine would have an equivalent weight equal to its molecular weight, and diethanolamine has an equivalent weight (based on nitrogen) equal to its molecular weight.
The terms "substituent", "acylating agent" and "substituted succinic acylating agent" are to be given their norrnal meanings. For example, a substituent is an a~om or group of atoms that has replaced another atom or groupin a molecule as a result of a reaction. The terrns acylating agent or substituted succinic acylating agent refer to the compound per se and does not include WO 93/23504 PCI /US92/0~718 d~s, unreacted reactarlts used to forrn the acylating agent or substituted succirlic acylating agent.
The term "hydrocarbyl" includes hydrocarbon, as well as substan-tially hydrocarbon, groups~ Substantlall~f hydrocarbon describes groups which contain non-hydrucarbon substituents which do not alter the predominately hydrocarbon nature of the group.
Ex~mples of hydrocarbyl groups Include the followlng:
~1) hydrocarbun subst~tuentsJ ~hat is, aliphatlc (e.g.t alkyl or alkenyl), al~cyclic ~e.g., ~ycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl) substituents, aromatic-, aliphatic- and alicyclic-substituted arom~tic subst~tuents and the like as well as cyclic substltuents wherein the ring is completed through ~nother portion of ~hemolecule (that is, for example, any two indicated substituents may together formar. alicyclic radical);
(2) substituted hydrocarbon substituents, that is, those substituents containing non-hydrocarbon groups which, in ~he context of thls invention, do not alter the predominantly hydrocarbon substituent; those skillled in the art will be aware of such groups ~e.g., halo (especially chloro and fluoro), hydroxy, alkoxy, mercapto, alkylmercapto, nitro, nitroso, sulfoxy, etc.);
~3) hetero substituents9 that is, substituents which will, while having a predominantly hydrocarborll character within the context of this invention, contain other than carbon present in a ring or chain otherwise composed of carbon atoms. Suitable heteroatoms will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art and include, for exsrnple, sulfllr, vxygen, nitrogen and such substituents as, e.g., pyridyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, etc. In general, no more than about 2, preferably oo more than one, non-hydrocarbon substituent will be present for every 10 carbon atoms in the hydrocarbyl group. Often, therewill be no such non-hydrocarborl subssituents in the hydrocarbyl group and the hydrocarbyl group is purely hydrocarbon.
WO 93/23504 PCT/US~2/08718 ~ ~ s3 Oil of Lubricatin~ Viscosit~
The o~l which is utilized in the preparation of the lubricants of the invention may be based on natural oils, synthetic oils, or mixtures thereof.
Natural oils include animal oll~ and vegetablc olls (e.g., castor oil, lard oil) as well as mineral lubricating oils such as li~uid petrcleum oils and sol-~rent treated or acid treated mineral lubricating oils of the paraffinic, naphthenic or mixed paraffinic-naphthenic t~pes. C)ils of lubrlcating viscoslty derived from coal or shale are also useful. Synthetic lubricating uils include hydrocarbon oils and halo-substituted hydrocarbon oils ~uch as polymerized and ~nterpolyrnerized olefins ~e.g., polybutylenes, polyprowlenes, propylelle-isobutylene copolymers, chlorinated polybutylenes, etc.); poly(l-hexenes), poly(1-octenes), poly(l-dec-enes), etc. and mixtures thereof; alkylbenzenes (e.g., dodecylbenzenes, tetradecylbenzenes, dinonylbenzenes, di-(2-ethylhexyl)-benæenes, etc.);
polyphenyls (e.g., biphenyls, terphenyls, alkylated polyphenyls, etc.); alkylated diphenyl ethers and alkyl~ted diphenyl sulfides and the derivatives, analogs andhomologs thereof and th~ llke.
Alkylene oxide polymers and interpolymers and derivatives thereof where the terminal hydroxyl groups have been modified by esterification, etherification, etc., constitute another class Or known syn~hetic lubricating oils that can be used. These are exemplified by the oils prepared through polymer-ization of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide, the alkyl and aryl ethers of thesepolyoxyalkylene polymers ~e.g.9 methylpoiyisopropylene ~Iycol ether having an average molecular weight of about 10009 diphenyl ether of polyethylene glycol ha~ving a molecular weight of about 500-1000, diethyl ether of polypropylene ` 25 glycol having a molecular weight of about 1000-1500, etc.) ~r mono- and polycar-boxylic ~esters thereof, for example, the acetic acid ~;sters, mixed C3-Cg fattyacid esters, or the C13 Oxo acid diester of tetraethylene glycol.
Another suitable class of synthetic lubricating oils that can be used comprises the esters of dicarboxylic acids (e.g., phthalic acid, succinic acid, alkyl succinic acids, alkenyl succinic acids, maleic acid, a~elaic acid, suberic acid, WO 93/2351M PCI'/lJS92J0871g~r.~
~ ~ S~ ~3~
sebacic acid, fumaric acid, adipic acid, linoleic acid dimer, malonic acid, alkyl malonic acids, alkenyl malonic ~cids, etc.) with a variety of slcohols (e.g., butyl alcohol, hexyl alcohol, dodecyl alco~s)l, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, etlhylene glycol, diethylene glycol m~noether, propylene glycol, etc.) Specifîc examples of these esters include dibu~yl ~dipate, di(2-ethylhexyl) sebacate, di-n-hexyl furnarate,dioctyl sebacate, diisooctyl azelate, diisodecyl azelate, dioctyl phthalate, dide~fl phthalate, dieicosyl sebacate, the 2-ethylhexyl diester of linolelc acid dimer, the complex ester formed by reacting one mole oî ~baclc acid with ~wo moles of te~raethylene glycol and two moles of 2-ethylhexanoic acid antl the likc.
Esters useful as syn~hetlc oils also include those made from Cs to C12monocarboxylic acids and polyols and polyol ethers such as neopentyl glycol, trimethylol propane, pen~aerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripen~aerythritol, etc.
Sllicor~-based oils such ~s the polyalkyl-, polyaryl-7 polyalkoxy-, or polyaryloxy-siloxane oils and silicate oils cumprise another useful class of 15 synthetic lubricants (e.g., tetraethyl silic~te, tetraisoprowl silicate, tetra-(2-ethylhexyl)silicate, tetra-(4-methylhexyl)silicate, tetra-~p~tert-butylphenyl)sili-cate, hexyl-(4-methyl-2-pentoxy)disiloxane, poly~methyl)siloxanes, poly-(methylphenyl)siloxanes, etc.). Other synthetic lubricating oils include liquid esters of phosphor~ containing acids ~e.g., tricresyl phosphate, trioctyl phos-20 phate, diethyl ester of decane phosphonic acid, etc.), polymeric tetrahydrofurans and the iike.
Unrefined, refined and rerefined oils, either natural or synthetic (as well as mixtures of two or more of any of these) of the type disclosed hereinabove can be used in the concentrates of the present invention. Unrefined 25 oils are those obtained directly from a natural or synthetic source without fur~her purification treatment. For example9 a shale oil obtained directly from retorting operat~onst a petrvleum oil obtained directly from primary distillation or es~er oil obtained directly from an esterification process and used without further treatment would be an unrefined oll. Refined oils are similar tO the 30 unrefined oils except they have been further treated in one or more purification WO 93t23504 PCr/l~S92~8718 ', , ,,", .. ..
steps to improve one or more properties. Many such purification techni~ues are known to those skilled in the art such as solvent extraction, hydrotreating, ~econdary distillation, acid or base ex~raction, filtration, percolation, etc.
Rerefilled oils are ob~ained by processes similar to tho~se used to obtain refined oils applied to refined oils which have been already used in service. Such rerefined oils are also known as reclaimed, recycled or reprocessed oils and often are additionally processed by techniques directed to r~noval of spent addltives,oil contaminants such ~s water and fuel, and oil breakdown products.
(A) Carbox~ c D~rivatives.
Compvnent (A) which is utilized in the lubricatlng oils of the present invention is at least one carboxylic derivative composition produced by reacting ~A-1! at least one substitu~ed succinic acylating agent containing at least about 50 carbon atoms in the substituent with (A-2) at least one amine compound containing at least one HN~ group~ Generally ~he reaction involves about 0.5 equlvalent up to about 2 moles of the amine compourld per equivalent of acylating sgent. In one preferred embodiment, the acylating agent (A-1) consists of substitue~ groups and succinic groups wherein the substituent groupsare derived from a polyaikene characterized by an Mn Yalue of about 1300 ,to about 5000 and an Mw/Mn ratio of about 1.5 to about 4.5, and said acylating agents are further~ ch~racterized by the presence within their structure of an average of at least about 1.3 succinic groups for each equivalent weight of substituent groups.
The carboxylic derivatives (A) are included in the oil compositions to improve dispersancy and Vl properties of the oil compositions. In general from about 1% andmore often from about 1.5% or 2~ to about 10 or 15% by weight of component (A) can be included in the oil compositions, although the oil compositions preferably will contain at least 2.5% and often at least 3% by weight of component (A)~
The substituted succinic acylating agent (A- 1 ) utilized in the preparation of the carboxylic derivatlve (A) can be characterized by the presence .
WO 93~23504 PC~/US92/087 within its structure of two groups or moieties. The first group or moiety is referred to hereinafter, for convenience, as the "substituent group(s)" and is derived from a polyalkene. The poly~lkene from which the substltuted groups are derived is characterized in onei embodiment as containing at least about 50 carbon atoms and by ~n Mn ~number sverage molecular welght) v~lue of from about 900 to ab~ut 5000 or even 10,000 ar hlgher. In one preferred embodiment the Mn is from abuut 1300 to about 5000, and an Mw/Mn value of at least about 1.5 or at least 2.0 up to about 4.0 or 4.5. The abbreviation Mw Is the conYen-tional symbol representing the weight average molecular we~ght. Gel permeation chromatography ~GPC) is a method which provides both weight average and nurnber aYerage molecular weights as well as the entire molecular weight dis-~ribution of the polymers. For purpcse of this lnvention a serie~s af fract~onated polymer~s of isobutene, polyisobutene, is used as the calibration s~andard in the GPC.
The techniques for determining Mn and Mw values of polymers ~re well known and are described in numerous books and articles. ~or exarnple, methods îar the determination of Mn and molecular weight distribution of poly-mers is described in W.W. Yan, J.J. Kirkland and D.D. Bly~ "Modern Size Exclusion Liquid Chromatographs", J.Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1979.
The second group cr moiety in the acylating agent is refelTed to herein as the "succinic group(s)".~ The succlnic groups ~re those groups characterized by the structure ;
O O
1 ! X C C C C
wherein X and X' are the same or different provided at least one oî X and X' is such that the substituted succinic acylating agent can function as carboxylic acylating agent. That is, at least one of X and X' must be such that the substituted acylating agent ~can form amides or amine salts with amino WO 93/2350q PCI'/USg2/1)8718 2 ~ ~
compounds, and otherwise functivn as a conventional carboxylic acid acylating agent. Transesterificstion and transamidation reactions are considered, Por purposes of this invention, as conventional ~cylating reactions.
Thus, ~C and/or X' is usually -OH, -O-hy~rocarbyl, -O-M~ where 1~+
represents one equivalen~ of a metal, amrnonium or amine ca~ian, -NH2, -Cl~ -Br,and together, X and X' can be ~O- so as to form the anhydrlde. The specific identity of any X or X' group whlch is not one of the above is not critical so long as its presence does not prevent the remalning group froJn entering into acylation reactions. Prefersbly, however, ~C and X' are each such that both carboxyl functions of the succinic group ~i.e., both ~C~)X ~nd -C(O)X' can enter into scylation reactions.
One of the unsatisfied ~alences in the grouping I , I
-C-C-of Formula I forms a carbon bond wi~h a carbon atom in the substituent group.
While other such unsatisfied ~slence may be satisfied by a similar bond with thesame or different substituent group, all but ~he said one such valence is usually satisfied by hydrogen; i.e., -H.
In one embodiment, the substituted succinic acylating ~gents are characterized by the presence within their structure of at least one succinic group (that is, groups corresponding to Formula 1) for each equivalent weight ofsubstituent groups. In a preferred embodiment the substituted succinic acylatingagents are characterized by the presence of an average of at least 1.3 succinic groups for each ~quivalent weight of substituent groups. For pur;poses of this invention, the equivalent weight of substltuent groups is deemed to be the number obtained by dividing the Mn value of the polyalkene from which the substituent is derived into the total weight of the substituent groups present in the substituted succinic acylating agents. Thus, if a substituted succinic acylating agent is characterized by a total weight of substituent group of 5000 WO 93/2350q pcr/us92/o871x 2 ~ æ 1 ~ ~
and the Mn value for the polyalkene from which the substituent groups are derived is 2aoo, then that substituted succinic acylating agent is characterizedby a total 4f 2O5 (5000/2000=2.5) equivalent weights of substituent groups.
Therefore, that particular succinic acylating ~gent wlll be characterized by thepresence within i~s structure of at le~st 3.25 succinic groups to meet one of the requlrements of the succinic acylating agents used in this imention.
Another requirement for ~e substltuted succinic acylating agents in a preferred embodiment is that the subs~ituent groups mus~ have been derived from a polyalkene characterîzed by an Mw/Mn value of at least about 1.5 or 2~0.
-The upper limit of Mw/Mn will generally be about 4.0 or 4.5. Values of from 1.5 to sbout 4.5 are useful, and a ratio of 2 to about 4.5 i5 particularly useful.
Polyalkenes having the Mrl and Mw values discussed above are known in the art and c~n be prepared according to conven~ional procedures. For example, some of these polyalkenes are described and cxemplified in U.S. Paten~
4,234,435, and the disclosure of this patent relati~e to such polyalkenes is hereby incorporated by reference. Several such polyalkenes, especially polybutenes, arecommerclally available.
In one preferred embodiment, the succinic groups will normally correspond to the formula --CH--C~O)R
CH2- C(O)R' (Il) wherein R ~nd R' are each independently selected from the group consisting of -OH, -Cl, -O-lower alkyl, and when taken together, R and R' are -O-. In the latter casel the succinic group is a succinic anhydride group. All the succinic ~5 groups in a par~icular sucl inic acylating agent need not be the same, but they can be the same. Preferably, the succinic groups will correspond to WO 93/23504 P~r/US~2~08718 ~ J ~. ',Y 1~ J j 5~ ~
-CH--C~OH -CH~ C ~
CH2- C~OH or ¦ / O (III) O CH2- C~
~0 (A~ (B) and mixtures of (Ill(A)) snd (111(B)). ProYlding substituted succinic acylat ag agents whereln the succlnic groups are ~e same or differe~t ls wlthin the ordinarg skill of the art and can be accompllshed through conrentiunal procedures such 8S treating the substltuted succinic ~cylating agents themselves(for ex~nple, hydrolyzlng the anhydride ~o the free ~cid or converting the free acid to an acid chloride with thionyl chloride) ~nd/or ~electing the appropriatemaleic ~r fuTnaric react~nts.
As prev~ously mentionsd, the rninimwn number of æuccinic groups for each equivalent weight of substltuent group is at least 1 ~nd preferably 1.3.
The maximum number generally will not exceed 4.5. In another preferred embodim¢nt~ the mlnlmlun wlll be abollt 1.4 succinic groups for each equivalent weight of substituent group. A rarlge based on this minimum is at least 1.4 to about 3.S~ and more :specificslly about 1.4 to about 2.5 succinic groups per equivalent weight of substituent groups~
In addition to preferled substituted succlnic groups where the preference depends on the number snd identity of succinic groups for each ..
equivalent weight of substituent groups, still further preferences are based on the identity and characterization of the polyalkenes from which the substituent ':
25 ~ ~ groups are derived. ~
With respect to the value of Mn for example~ a minimum of about 00 and a maximurn ~of about~5000 are preferred with an Mn value in the range of from about 1500 to about 5000~also be:ng preferred. A more preferred Mn : ~
WO 93/23s04 pcr/uss2/o8718 value is orle in ~he range of from about 1500 to about 2800. A most preferred , range of Mn values is from about 1500 to about 2400.
Before proceeding to a further discussion of the polyalkenes from which the substituent groups ~re derived, lt should be pointed out that these preferred characteristics of the succinic ac~latlng agents ~e intended to be understood as belng bothindep~ndent and dependent. They arQ in~ended to be independen~in the s~nse that, for example1 a preference for a minlmum of 1.4 or 1.5 succinic groups per equivalent weight of substituent groups is not tied to a more preferred value of Mn or Mw/Mn. They a~e Intended to be dependent in the sense that, for ex~nple, whea a preferen~e for a minimum of 1.4 or 1.5 succinic groups is combined with more preferred values of Mn and/or Mw/Mn, the combination of preferences does in fact descrlbe 5tili further more preferred embodiments of the invention. Tbus, the various parame~ers are ~ntended to stand alone with respect to the particular parameter being discu~sed but can also be combined with other parameters to iden~ify fuu ther preferences. This ssrne concept ls intended to appl~lr throughout the specification with respec~ to the description of preferred values, ranges, ratios, reactants, and the like unJess a contrary intent is clearly demonstrated or apparent.
In one embodiment, when the Mn of a polyalkene is at the lower end of the range, e~g., about 1300,~the ratio of succinlc groups to substituent groups derived from said polyalkene in the acylating agent is preferably higher than the ratio when the Mn is, for example, 1500. ConYersely when the Mn of the polyalkene is higher, e.g.9 2000, the ratio may be lower than when the Mrl of ~he polyalkene is, e.g., 1~00.
' 25 The polyalkenes from which the substituent groups are derived are homopolymers and interpolyrners of pol~nerizable olefin monomers of 2 to about 16 carbon atoms, ususlly 2 to about 6 carbon atoms. The interpolymers are those in which two or more olefin monomers; are interpolymerized according to well-known conYentional procedures to forrn polyalkenes having units within their structure derived from each of said two ~ or more olefin monomers. Thus, .
WO 93/23504 PCI/US92/0~718 " .. I,; . ~, . ..
. i _7~ J i.~' "in~erpol~ner(s)" as used herein is inclusive of copolymers, terpol~nners, tetrapolyrners, and the like. As will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art, the polyalkenes from which the substituent groups are derived are often conventionalty referred to as "polynlefin~s)".
The olefln monomers frorn which the polyalkenes ~re derived are polymerizable olefln monomer~ characterlzed by ~he pre~ence of one or more ethylenicaliy unsa~urated g20ups ~i.e., ~C=Cs); tbat ls, they are monoolefinic monomers such as ethylene, propylene, butene-1, Isobuterle? ssld octene-1 or polyolefinic monomers (ususlly dioleflnlc nnonomers) such as butadlene-1,3 ~nd isoprene.
These olç:fin monomers are usually polyrnerizable teIminal olefins;
that is,, olefins characterized by the presence in ~heir structure of the group ~C=CH2. However, polymerizable intemal olefin monomers (sometimes referred to in the literature as medial olefins) characterizRd by the presence within their sl:ructure of the group -C-C=C-C-can slso be used to form the polyalkenes. when internal olefin monomers are employed, they normally will be employed with t~ninal olefins to produce -polyalkenes which are irlterpolymers. For purposes of this invention, when a particular pol~nerized olefin mo~omer can be classified as both a tem~inal olefin and an in~ernal olefin3 it will be deemed to be a terminal olefin. Thus, 1,3-penta-diene (i.e., piperylene) is deemed to be 8 terminal olefin for pw~po5es of this invention.
Some of the substituted succinic acylating agents (A-1) useful in preparing the carboxylic derivatives ~A) are known in the art and are described in, for example, U.S. Paten~s 3,087,936 (LeSuer), 3,219,666 (Norrnan) and 4,234,435 (Meinhardt), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference. The acylating agents described in the '435 patent are characterized WO 93/23504 PCl/US92~0X71X
2~ 2~,r~
as containing substituent groups derived from polyalkenes having an Mn value of about 1300 ~o about 5000, and an MwlMn value of about 1.5 to about 4.
There i5 a general preference for aliphatic, hydrocarbon polyalk enes free from aroma~ic and cycloaliphatic groups. Wlthin this general preference, there is a further preference for polyalkenes which are derived fromthe group consisting ot homopolymers an~ interpolyrners of ~erminal hydrocarbon olefins of 2 to about lfi carbon atoms. Th~s further preference is quallfied by the proviso that, while interpolymers of terminal olefins are usually preferred, interpolymers optionslly csntaining up to about 40% of polymer unlts derived from tnternal olefins of up to about 16 carbon atoms are also within a preferredgroup. A more preferred class of polyalkenes are those selected from the group consisting of homopolymers and interpolymers of terminal olefins of 2 to about 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms. However, another preferred class of polyalkenes are the lat~er more preferred polyalkenes optionally containing up to about 25% of polyrner units derived from internal olefins of up to about 6 carbon atoms.
Vbviously, preparing polyalkenes as described above which meet the various criteria for Mn and Mw/Mn is within the skill of the art and does no,t comprise part of the present invention. Techniques readily apparent to those in the art include contrclling polymerization temperatures, regulating the amount and type of polymerization initiator and/or catalyst, employing chain terrninating groups in the polymerization procedure, and the like. Other conventional techniques such as stripping ~including ~acuum str}pping) a very light end and/or oxidatively or mechanically degrading high rnolecular weight polyalkene to i ` 25 produce lower molecular weight polyalkenes can also be used.
In preparing the substituted succinic acylating agents of this invention9 one or more of the above-described polyalkenes (or halogenated deravatives thereof) is reacted with one or more acidic reactants selected from the group eonsistislg of maleiF or fumarlc reactants of the general formula WO ~3/23504 Pclr/USg2/0871~
, . . , , . ~ ; , X(O)C-CH=CH-C(O)X' (IV) wherein X and X' are as defined hereinbefore in Formula 1. Freferably th~
malei~ and fumallc re~ctat~ts will be one or more compottnds correspondlng to the formula RC(O)-CH~CH-C~O)R' (V) wherein R and R' are a~ prev~ously defined In Formula 11 herein. Ordinarily, themaleic or fwn~rlc reactan~, wlll be maleic acid, fumaric acid, maleic anhydride,or a mlxture oî ~wo or more of these. The maleic reactan~s are usually preferred over the fumaric reac~ants because the former are more readily available and are, in general, more readily reacted with the polyalkenes (or de~ivatives thereof) to prepare the substituted succinic acylating agents of thepresent invention. The especially preferred reac~an~, are maleie acid, maleic anhydride, and mixtures of these. Due to availability and ea~e of reaction, malei~ anhydride will usually ~ empioyed.
Examples of patents describlng various procedlLres for prepariqg useful acyla~ing agents include U.S. Patents 39215,707 ~Rense3; 3,219,666 (Norman et al); 3,231,587 (Rerlse); 3,912,764 (Palmer3; 4,110,349 (Cohen); and 4,234,435 ~Meinhardt et 81), and U.IC. 1,440,219, The disclosu~es of these patents are hereby Incorporated by reference.
The relative amount ~of the polyalkene and maleic reactant used in preparing the hydrocarbyl-substituted succinic acids will var~r according to theproportion of the succmic acid groups de3ired in the product. Thus, for each mole of the polynner employed, one or more moles of maleic reactant may be used depending upon whether one or more succinic acld ~roups are to be incorporated in each polymer molecule. In general, the higher the m olecular weight ofthe polymer,the greater the proportion of nnaleic reactant which may be used. On the other hand,if a molar excess of the polymer reactantis used, WV 93/~3504 PCI/US92/0871X ~
2 i ~ a I J
the excess polymer will simply remain in the product as diiuent without adverse effect.
For convenience and brevity, the terrn "rnaleic reactant" is often used hereinafter~ When used, it should be understood that the term is generic toacidic reactants selected from maleic and fumaric reactants corresponding to Formulae (IV~ and (V) ~bove including a mlxture oî such reactants.
The acylating reagents described above are intermedintes in processes for preparing the carboxyli~ deriv~tive compositions (A) comprising reacting (A-1) one or more acyl~ting reagents wi~h (A-~) at least nne amino compound characterized by the presence within Its structure o~ at least one HN~
group.
The amino compound (A-2~ characterized by the pre~cence within its structure of at least one HN< group can be a monoamlne or polyamine compour~d. Mixtures of two or more amino compounds can be used in the reaction with one or more acylating reagents of thls invention. Preferably, the amino compound con~ains at least one primary amino group (i.e., -NH2) and more preferably the amine is a polyamine, especlally a ~olyamine containing at least ~wo -NH- groups, either or both o~ which are primary or secondary amines. The amines may be aliphatic, cycloaliphatic. aromatic or heterocyclic amines. The polyamines not only result in carbo~ylic acid derivative compositions which are usually more effective as dispersant/detergent additives, relative to derivativecompositions derlYed from monoamines, but these preferred polyamines result in carboxylic derivative compositions which exhibit more pronounced Vl improving propertiesO
~nong the preferred amines are the alkylene polyarnines, including the polyalkylene polyamlnes. The alkylene polyamines include those conforming to the forrnula ` ~ ~
R3N-~U-NI )n~R3 (Vl) `
. :
WO ~3/23504 Pcr/US92/~871~
t ~ , . ". ., . ~ , wherein n is from 1 to ~out 10; each R3 is independently a hydrogen atom, a hydrocar~yl group or a hydroxy-substituted or amine-subs~ituted hydrocarbyl group having up to ab~ut 30 atosrls, sr two R3 graups un different ni~;rogen atoms can be joined together to form a U group, with the proviso that at least one R3 group is a hydrogeo atom and U is an alkylene group of about 2 to about 10 carbon atoms. Preferably U i5 ethylene or propylene. Especlally preferred are the alkylene polyamines where each ~3 is hydrogen or an amino-substituted hydrocarbyl group with the ethylene polyamine~s and mixtures of ethylene poly~mines being the most preferred. Usually n will have an aver~ge value of from about 2 to about 7. Such alkylene polyamines include methylene polyamille, ethylene polyamines, butylene polyamines~ propylene polyamines, pentylene poly~nines, hexylene polyamines, heptylene poly~nines, et~. The higher homo-logs of such amines and related amino alkyl-substituted piperazines are also included.
lS Alkylene polyamines useful in preparing th¢ csrboxylic derivative compositions (A) include ethylene dl~nlne, triethylene tetramine, propylene diamine, trimethylene diamine, hexamethylene diamine, decamethylene diamineJ
hexamethylene diamine, dec~rnethylene diamine, octamethylene diamine, di(heptametbylene) triamine, tripropylene tetrarnine, tetraethylene pentamine, trimethylene diamine, pentaethylene hexamine, di(trimethylene)triamine, N-(2~ oethyl)piperazine,~ 1 ~4-bis(2-sminoethyl)piperazin¢, and the like. Higherhomologs as are obtained by condensing two or more of the above-illustrated alkylene amines are useful, as are mixtures of two or more of any of ~he afore-described polyamines.
Ethylene polyamines, such as those mentioned above, are especially useful for reasons of cost and effectiveness. Such polyamines are described in detail under the heading !'Diamines and Hig31er Amines" in The Encyclapedia of Chemical Technology, Second Edition, Kirk and Othmer, Volurne 7, pages 27-39, Interscience Publishers, Dlvision of John Wilcy and Sons, 196~, which is hereby incorporatcd by referFnce for the disciosure of useful polyamines. Such : ~ :
WO 93/23504 PCr/~JS92/~871~ .
3,/.~ h compounds are prepared most conveniently by the reaction of an alkylene chloride with arnmonia or by reaction of an ethylene imine with a ring-opening reagent such as ammsnia, etc. These reac~ions result in the production of the sornewhat complex mixtures of alkylene polyamines, including cyclic conden-sation products such as piperazines. The mixtures are particularly useful in preparing carboxylic derl~ra~i~re (A) useful In this inventlon. On the other hand, quite satisfactory products can also be obtained by the use of pure alkylene polyamines.
Other useful types of poly~nine mixtures ~e those resulting frorn stripping of the above-de~cribed polyamine mixtures. In this instance, lower molecular weight polyaTnines and volatile contaminan~s are removed from an alkylene polyamine mixture to leave as resldue what ts of ~en termcd "polyamine bottoms". In general, ~lkylene polysmine botton~ can be characterized as having less than two, ~sually less than 196 (by weight) material boiling below about 200C. In the instance of ethylene polyamine ~ottoms, which are readlly available and found to be quite useful, the bottoms contain less tb~n about 2%
(by weight) total diethylene triamine ~DEIA) or triethylene tetramine (TEIA).
A typical sample of such ethylene polyamine bot~oms obtained from the Dow Chemical Company Qf ~reeport, Texas designated "E-}00l' showed a spPcific gravity at 15.6C of 1.0168, a percent nitrogen by weight of 33.15 and a viscosity at 40C of 121 ~centistokes. Gas chroma~ography analysis of such a sample showed It to contain about 0.93h "Light Ends" (most probably DETA), 0.72%
TEI`A, 21.74% tetraethylene pentamine and 76.61% pentaethylene hexamine and higher ~by weight~. These alkylene polyamine bottoms include cyclic condensa-tion products such as piperazine arld hi~her analogs of diethylenetriamine~
triethylenetetramine and the like.
These alkylene polyamine bottoms can be reacted solely with the acylating agent, in which case the amino reactant consists essentially of alkylene polyamine bottoms, or they can be used with other amines and polyamines, or 4 P~/US92/08718 ~ t. 'J '.~1 ', J ~ :.J
alcohols or mixtures thereof. In these latter csses at least one amino reactant comprises alkylene polyamine bottoms.
Other p~lyamines which can be reacted wlth the acylating agents (A 1) in sccordance with this invention arè descrlbed in, for example, U.S.
Patents 3,219,666 and 4,234,435, and these paten~s are hereby incorporated by referenc~ for their disclosures of amines whlch can be reacted wi~h the acylatlng agents described above to form the carboxyllc derivatives (B) of thls invention.In anu~h~r embodiment, the amine may be a bydroxyamine.
Typ~cslly, the hydr~xya~mines are primary, secondary or tertlary alkanol amines or mixtures ~hereof. Such amines can be represented by the formulae:
H2N-R'-OH~ (Vll) and R'lN~H)-R'-OH (VIII) wherein each R'l is independently a hydrocsrbyl group of one to about eight carbon atoms or hydroxyhydrocsrbyl group of two to about ~ight carbon atoms, preferably one to about four, and R' is a divalent hydrocarby} group of about t~o to about 18 carbon atoms, preferably two to sbout four. The group -R'-OH in such formulae represents the hydroxyhydrocarbyl group. R' can be an acyclic, alicyclic or aromatic group. Typically, R' is an acyclic straight or branched ~0 alkylene group such as an ethylene, 1,2-propylene, 1,2-butylene, 1,2-octadeeyl-ene, etc. group. Where two R'l groups are present in the same molecule they can be joined by a direct carbon-to-carbon bond or through a heteroatom (e.g., oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur) to form a 5-j 6-, 7- or 8-membered ring structure.
Examples of such heterocyclic amines include N-(hydroxyl lower al-kyl)-morpholines, -thiomorpholines, -piperidines, -oxazolidines, -thiazolidines and the like. Typically, however, each R'l is independently a methyl3 ethyl, propyl,butyl1 pentyl or hexyl group.
~YO ~3/2350~ PCJI~/US92/0871~ -~
2; ~S ~
-2~-Examples of these alkanolamines include mono-, di-, and triethanol amine, diethylethanolamine, ethylethanolamine, butyldie~hanolamine, etc.
The hydroxyamines can also be an e~her N-(hydroxyhydrocarbyl)-~nine. These are hydroxypoJy(hydrocarbyloxy) analogs of the above-described hydroxy amines ~these analogs alsv include h~droxyl-substltuted oxyalkylene analogs). Such N-~hydroxyhydrocar~yl) amines can be conveniently prepared by reactlon of epoxides with afore-clescribed amines and can be represented by the formulae:
H2N~ O)x-~ (IX) and R'lN~H)-~R'O)XH (X) wherein x is a number from about 2 to about 15 and Rl and E~' are a~ described above. R'l may also be a hydroxypoly(hydrocarbyloxy) group.
The carboxylic derivative compositions (A) produced from the lS acylating reagents ~A-l) and the aminn compounds (A-2) described hereinbefore comprise acylated amines which include ~nine salts, amides, imides, amidines, amidic acids~ amidic salts and imidaxolines as well as mixtures thereof. To prepare the carboxylic acid derivatives from the acylating reagents and the amino compounds, one or more acylat~ng reagents and one or more amino compounds are heated, optionally in the presence of a norrnally liquid, substan-tially inert organic li~uid solvent/diluent, at temperatures in the range of about 80C up to the decomposition point of either the reactants or the carboxylic derivative but normally at temperatures in the range of about ~00C up to about 300C provided 300C does not exceed the decompositlon point. Temperatures of abou~ 125C to about 250C are normally used. The acylating reagent and the amino c~mpound are reacted in amounts sufficient to provide from about one-half equivalent up to about 2~moles of amino compound per e~uivalent of acylating reagent.
.
WO 93/23504 P~r/~S92/Og7~
J .~ !J , ~,~
Because the acylating reagen~s ~A- 1 ) can be reac~ed with the amine compounds (A-~) in the same manner as the hlgh molecular welght acylating agents of the prior art are reacted with amines, V.S. Patents 3,172,892;
3,219,666; 3,272,746; and 4,234,435 are expressly incorporated herein by refelence for their disclosures wlth respect to ~he procedures applicable to resctlng the aQlating reagents wl~b the amino compaunds as descrlbed above.
ln order to produce carboxyllc deriv~ive compositio~s exhiblting viscosity index improvlng capabilit~es, lt has been found generally necessary toreact the acylating reagents wlt:h polyfunctional ~znlne reactants. For exarnple, polyamines having two or more primary ~nd/or secondary amino groups are preferred. Obviously, however, it is not necessary that all of the amino com-polmd reacted with the acylating reagents bP polyfunctional. Thus, combinations of mono and polyfunctional amino compounds be used.
The acylating agent i5 reacted with fram about 0.5 eqtlivalent up to about 2 moles of the arnine compound per equivalent of acylating agent. In another e~nbodiment, the amount of ~ine may range from 0.7 up to about1.5 equivalents per equ~valent of acylating agent.
In another embodiment, the acylating agent is reacted with from aboutO.5 and more often 0.7 equivalent up toless than 1 equivalent (e.g., about 0.95 equivalent) of amine compound, per equi~alent of acylating agent. The lower limit on the equi~alents of amine compound may be 0.75 or even 0.80 up to about 0.90 or 0.9$ equivalent, per equivalent of acylating agent. Thus narrower ranges of equivalents of acylating agents (A-l) to amine compounds (A-2~ may be from about 0.70 to about 0.90 or about 0.75 to about 0.90 or about I
` 25 0.75 to about 0.85. It appears, at least in some situations, that when the equivalent of amine compound is about 0.75 or less, per equivalent of acylating agent, the effectiveness of the carboxylic derivative as a dispersant is redueed.
In yet another embodiment, the acylating agen~ is reac~ed with from about 1.0 equivalent up to 2 moles of amine per equivalent of acylating WO ~3/235(~4 P~/US92/0~71g,~
2 J ~ J ~-J
agent. More often the acylating agent is reacted with from ~bout 1.0 or 1.1 up tO l.S equivalents of amine per equivalent of acylating agent.
The amount of' amine compound (A~-2) within the above ranges that is reacted with the acylating agent ~-1) msy also depend in part on the number and type of n~trogen atoms present. For exsmple, 1 smaller amount of a polysarnine containing one or mvre -NH2 groups is required to react with a givenacylating agent than a polyamlne ha~ing the s~rne number of nl~rogen atoms and fewer or no -NH2 groups. One -NH2 group can react wi~h two -COOH groups to form an ~rnide. If only secondary nitrogens are pre~ent in the amine compound, ea- h ~NH group can react with only one -COOH group. Accardlngly, the arnount of polyamine within the above ranges to be reacted with the acylating agent to form the carboxylic derivat~ves of the Inventlon can be read~ly determined from a consideration of the number and types of nltrogen atoms in the polyamine (i.e., -I~IH2, ~NH, and >N-).
lS In addition to the relative amoun~s of acylatlng agent and amine compound used to fo~n the c~boxylic derivat}ve composition (A), o~her features of the carboxylic derivatiYe compositlons used in this invention are the Mn and the Mw/Mn values of the polyalkene as well as the presence within the acylating agents of an average of at least 1 and preferably at least 1.3 succinic groups for each equivalent weight of substitllent groups. When all of these features are present in the carboxylic derivative compos~tions (A), the lubricating oi1 cornpositions of the present invention are characterized by imprvved perfor-mance in combustion engines.
The ratio of succinic groups to the e4uivalent weight of substituent group present in the scylating agent can be determined from the saponification nwnber of the reacted mixture c~rrected to account for unreacted polyalkene present in the reaction mixture at the end of the reaction (generally referred to as filtrate or residue in the following examples). Saponification number is deterrnined using the ASTM D-94 procedure. The formula for calculating the ratio from the saponification nwnber is as follows:
WO 93/23504 PCr/US92/0871 X
,~ ~3 ~
Ra~io = (Mn~(SaD No..co~Tected)_ 112,2ûO-gB(Sap No.,corrected) The corrected saponlfic~tion nwnber is obtained b~r dividing the s~ponification ntunber by the percent of the polyalkerle ~hat has reacted. For exarnple, if 10% o~ ~he polyalkene dld no~ reac~ and the saponificatlon number of the filtrate or res~due Is 95, the corrected saponification number is 95 disrlded by 0.90 or 105.5.
The preparation nf the acy}atlng agents is ~llus~rated in the following Examples l-ff and the preparatioll o~ the carboxylic acid derivative compositlons (A) ls illustrated by ~he following Examples A 1 to A-29. In the following examples, ~nd elsewhere in the specifica~ion ~nd claims, all percentag-es and parts are by welght, temperatures are ~n degre~s centlgrade and pressuresare a~nospheric unless otherwise clearly indicated. The desired acylating agentsare sometimes referred to ln the examples as ~Iresidue1~ without speclflc determination or mention of other mate~ials present or the amoun~s thereof.
A~YIatin~ A~ents Example 1 A mixture of 510 p~rts (0~28 mvle) of polyisobutene (Mn=1845;
Mw-5325) and 59 parts (0.59 mole) of rnaleic anhydride is heated to 110C~ This mi~ture is heated to 1 90C in 7 hours during which 43 parts ~0.6 mole) of gaseous chlorine is added beneath the surface. A~ 190-192C an addisional 11 parts (0.16mole) of chlorine is added over 3.5 bours. The reaction mixture is stripped by heaeing at 190-1~3~C: with nitrogen blowing for 10 hours. The residue is the desired polyisobutene-substituted succinic acylating agent having a saponification equivalent numbeF of 87 as determined by ASTM procedLIre D-94.
Example 2 ~ mixture of 1000 parts (0.495 mole~ of polyisobutene ~Mn=2020;
Mw=6049~ and 115 parts (1.17 moles) of maleic anhydride is heated to 110C.
This mixture is heated tO 184C in 6 hours during which 85 parts (1.2 moles) of WO 93/23~ PCr/US92/V8718 ~
2 ~
gaseous chlorine is added beneath the surface. At 184-189C an additional 59 parts ~0.83 mole) of chlorine ~s added over 4 hours. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 186-190C wlth nltrogen blowing for 26 hours. The re~sidue is the de.sired polyisobutene-substltuted succlnic acylating agent having a saponification equivalent number of 87 as determltled by A5TM procedure D-94.
Example 3 A mixture of 3251 parts of polylsobutene chloride, prepared by the addltion of 251 parts of gaseous chlorlne to 3000 part~ of polyisobutene (Mn-1696; Mw=6594) at ~0C in ~.66 hours, snd 345 parts of maleic anhydride is heated to 200"C in 0.5 h4ur. The reactlon mlxture is held at Z00-224C for 6.33 hourst str~pped at 210C under vacuulTl and flltered. The filtrate is the desired polyisobutene-substituted succinic acylsting agent ha~ring a saponification equivalent number of 94 as determined by ASTM procedure D-94.
Exarnple 4 A polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride is prepared by the reaction of 1 mole of a chlorinated polyisobutylene with 1 mole of maleic anhydrlde at 200C. The polylsobutenyl group has an average molecular weight of 85~, and the resulting substituted succinic anhydride is found to have an acid nurnber of113 (corresponding to,an equivalent weight of 500~.
Example 5 A polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride havi~g an acid number of laS
and an equivalent weight of 540 is prepared by the reaction of 1 mole of a chlorinated polyisobutylene (having an Mn of about 1050 and a chlorine content of 4.3~) and 1 mole of maleic anhydride zt a temperature of about 200C.
1 Example 6 ~ substituted succinic anhydride is prepared by reacting 1 mole of maleic anhydride with 1 mole of a chlorinated copolymer of isobutylene and styrene. The copolymer consists of 94 psrts by weight of isobutylene units and 6 parts by weight of styrene units, has an Mn of about 1200, and is chlorinated WO 93/23~04 P(~/US92/U8718 to a chlorine content of 2.8% by weight. The resulting substituted succinic anhydride has an acid number of 40.
CarboxYlic Derivati~e Com~osi~i~ns ~A
Example A-l A mL~c~ure is prepared by the addltlorl of 10.2 parts 10.25 equiva-lent) of a commerc:ial mixture of ethylene polyamines having from about 3 to about 10 rli~rogen atsms per molecule to 113 p~rts of mineral oil ~nd 161 parts ~0.25 equivalent) Df the substttuted succinic acylating ~gent prepared In Ex~nple 1 at 138C. The reaction mixture is he~ed to 1$0C In ~ ht~urs and stripped by blowing with nitrogen. The reaction mixture is filtered to yield the filtrate asan oil solution of the desired produet.
Example A-2 A mixture is prepared by the addltion of ~7 parts ~1.38 e~uivalents) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamines having from about 3 to 10 nitrogen atoms per molecule to 10~7 parts of mineral oil arld 893 parts ~1.3~
equivalents) of ~he substituted succinie a~,rlating sgent prepared in Example 2 at 140-145C. The reaction mixture is heated to 155C in 3 hours and stripped by blowing with nitrogen. The reaction mixture is filtered to yield the fil~ra~eas an oil solution of t~e desired product.
E:xarnple A-3 A mL~cture of 1132 parts of mineral oil arld 709 parts (1.2 equi-/a-letlts) of a subst~tuted succinic acylating agent prepared as in Example 1 is prepared, and a solution of 56.8 parts of piperazine (1.32 equivalents) in 200 parts Qf water is added slowly from a dropping funnel to the abo~e mixture at 130-140C over approximately 4 hours. Heating is continued to 160C as water is removed. The mixture is maintained at 160-165C for one hour and cooled overrJight. After reheating the mixture to 160C, the mixture is maintained as this temperature for 4 hours. Mineral oil (27CI parts) is added, and the mixtureis filtered at 150C through a fil~er aid. The filtratP is an oil solution of the desired product ~65% oil) containing 0.65% nitrogen (theory, 0.~6%).
WO '33/23504 PCI /US92/OX718 $~
Example A-4 A mix~ure of 1968 parts of mineral oil and 1508 parts ~2.5 equi~ralents) a substituted succinic soylating agent prepared as in Example 1 isheated to 145C whereupon 125.6 parts (3.0 equivalents) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamines as used in Ex~ple A-1 are added oYer a period of 2 hours while malntslning the re~c~ion teanperature at 145-150C. The reactlon mixture is stirred for 5.S hours at 150-152C while blowing with nitrogen~ The mixture is filtered at 150C wlth a fllter ald. The fil~rate ls an oil solution of the desired product (559~ oll) contnitling 1.2û~ nltrogen ~theory, 1.17).
Exarnple A-~
A mlxture of 4082 par~s of mineral oil and 250.8 parts (6.24 equivalents) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamlne of the type utilized in Example A-1 is heated to 110C whereupon 3136 parts (5.2 equivalents) o~ a substituted succlnic acylating agent prepared as in E:xarnple 1 are added over a: 15 period of 2 hours. During the addition, the temperature is maintained at 110-120~C while blowing wlth nitrogen. When all of the amine has been added, the mixture is heated to 160C and maintained at this temperature for about 6.5 hours while removing water. The mixture is filtered at 140C with a filter aid"
:~ and the filtrate is aD oil solution of the desired product (55% oil) containing ZO 1.17% nitrogen (theory, 1.18).
Exarnple A-6 A mixture of 4158 parts of mineral oil and 3136 parts (5.2 equivalents) of a substituted suc~inic ~cylating sgent prepared as in Example 1 is heated to 140(:~ whereupon 312 parts ~7.26 equivalents) of a corr~nercial mixture of ethylene polyamines as used in Exarnple A-l are added over a period of one hour as the temperature increases to 140-1 50C. The mixture is maintained at 150C for 2 hours while blowing with nitrogen and at 160C for 3 hours. The mixture is filtered at 140C with a filter aid. The filtrate is an oil solution of the desired product (55% oil) containing 1.44~ nitrogen (theory, 1.34).
::
WO 93/23504 PCI/US92/û871~
J''~. L ~
Example A-7 A mixture of 4053 parts of mineral oil and 287 parts (7.14 equivalents) of a coznrnercial mLlcture of ethylene poly~nines as used in Exaznple A-l is heated to llû~C whereupon 307S p~ s (5.1 equlv~lents) of ~ substituted succlnic s~lating ~gent prep~red as in ~cample 1 are added over ~ perlod of one hour whlle maintainlng the tempera~ure at about llO~C, The mixture is heated to 160C over a perlod of 2 hours and held at thls temper~ture for an addition~l4 hours. The reactlon m~xture then is filtered at 150C wlth fllter ald, and theflltra~e is an oil solution o~ the desired product; ~55% ~il) contalnlng 1.339 nitrogen (theory, 1~36).
Example A-8 A mixture of 1503 parts of mlneral oll ~nd 1220 parts ~2 equiva-lents) of a substltuted su~cinic ac~ ing ~gent prepared as In Example 1 is heated to 110C whereupon 120 parts (3 equlvalen~s) of a comrnerclal mixture of ethylene polyalTIines of ~he type used in Ex~nple A-l are added over a periodof about 50 minutes. The reactlon m~xture ~s stirred an additional 30 minutes at110C, and the ternperature is then raised to and maintained at about 151C for 4 hours~ A filter aid is added and the mixture is flltered. The filtrate is an oil solution of the desired product ~53.2~ oil) containing 1.44% nitrogen (theory, ~0 1.49).
Ex~mple A~9 ~ A mixture of 3111 parts of mineral oil and 844 par~s (21 equiva-lents) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamine as used in Example A-1 is heated to 140C whereupon 3885 parts (7.0 equivalents) of a substituted succinic , acylating agent prepared as in E~ample 1 are added over a period of about 1.75 hours as the temperature increases to about l SDC. While blowing with nitrogen,the mixture is maintained at 150-15~C for a period of about 6 hours and thereafter filtered with a filter aid at 13~C. The filtrate is an oil solution of the desired produc~ (40% oil) containlng 3.5% nitrogeD (theory, 3.78).
WO 93/23504 PCr/US92/0871X
~ S a ?. i;?, c-~ s~
Example A-10 A mixture is prepared by the addition of 18.2 parts (0.433 equivalent) of a commercial mixture ~f ethylene polyamin~s having from about 3 to 10 nitrogen atoms per molecule tD 392 parts of mineral oil and 348 parts (V.52 equ~valent~ uf ~he substltuted succlnic acyl~tIng agent prepared in ~cample 2 at 1~ûC. The reaction mlxture is he~ted to 150C ln 1.8 hours and stripped by blowing with nit~ogen. The re~ction mixture is flltered to yleld the fil~rateas an oil solution (55% oil) of the deslred product.
Example A-11 An nppropriate size flask fi~ted wlth a stirrer, nitrogen inlet tube, addition fun~lel snd Dean-S~ark trap/condenser is charged wlth a mixture of 24B3parts acylatlng agent (4.2 equivalents~ as described In Ex~Tnple 3, and 1104 par~s oil. This mixt~e is heated to 210C whlle nil:rogen was slowly bubbled through the mixture. Ethylene polyamine bottoms (134 parts, 3.14 equivalents) ~re slowlyadded over about one hour zt this temper~ture. The temperature is maintained at about 210C for 3 hours and then 3688 p~rts oil is ~dded to decrease the temperature to 125C. After stora~e at 13~C for 17.5 hours, the mixture is filtered through diatomaceous earth to provide a 65% oil solution of the desir~d~cylated arnine bottoms.
Example A-12 A mix~ure of 3ff60 parts (6 equivalents) of a substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in Example 1 in 4664 parts of diluent oil is prepared and heated at about l l O~C whereupon nitrogen is blow:n through the mixture. Tothis mixture there are then added 210 parts t5.25 equivalents) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamines containing from about 3 to about 10 nitrogen atoms per molecule over a period of one ho~ and the mixture is rnaintained at 110C for an additional 0.5 hour. After heating for 6 hours at 155C while removing water, a filtrate is added and the reaction mixture is filtered at about lSOC. The filtrate is the oil solution of the desired product.
WO 93/23504 PCr/US9~/0~71X
~, i ,. i ,.;~
Example A-13 The ~eneral procedure of Example A-12 is repeated with the exception that 0.8 equivalent of a substituted suc:cinlc acylating agent as prepared in Example 1 i~ reacted wl~h 0.67 equlvalent of ~he colr~nercial mlxture of ethylene polyaminesl The product obtained in this marmer is an oil solution of the product containing 55% diluent oll.
Example A~14 The general procedure of Ex~nple A-12 is repeated except that the polysmine used in this example Is ~n equivalerlt amount of an alkylene polyaminemixture comprising 80% of ethylene polyamine bottum~ from 1)niorl Carb}de and 20% of a commer~ial mixture of ethylene polyamines corresponding In empirical for~ula to dlethyleDe triamine. Tb1s polyamine mixture is characterized as having an equiYalent weight of about 43.3.
Example A-15 The general procedure of Example A-12 is repeated except that the polyamine u~ilized in this example comprises a mixture of 80 parts by weight of ethylene polyamine bottoms svailable from Dow and 20 parts by weight of diethylenetriarnine. This mixture of amines has an equivalent weight of abo~lt 41.3.
Example A-16 A mixture of 444 parts (0.7 equivalent) of a substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in Example 1 and 563 parts of mineral oil is prepared and heated to 140C whereupon ~22.2 parts of an ethylene polyamine mixture corresponding in empirical formu1a to triethylerle tetramine (0.58 equivalent) are added over a period of one hour as the temperature is maintained at 140C. The mixture is blown with nitrogen as ~t is heated to 150C and maintained at this temperature for 4 hours while removing water. The mixture ~hen is filtered through a filter aid at about 135C, and the fi1trate is an oil solution of the desired product comprising abou~ 55%~oi mincral oil.
:
WO 93/23504 pcr/uss2/o8718 "
Example A-17 A mixture of 422 parts ~0.7 equivalent) of a substituted succinic acylatlng agent prepared as in Example 1 and 18B parts of mineral oil is prepared and heated to 210C whereupon 22~1 parts (0.53 equivalent) of a cornmercial 5 mlx~ure of ethylene polyamine bottoms from Dow ~re added over a perlod of one hour blowing with n~trogen. The temperature then i5 increased to about 210-216~C ~nd maintained at this temperature for 3 hours. Mlneral oil (625 parts) is added and ~he mlx~ure is maintained a~ }35C for abou~ 17 hours whereupon the mixture Is filtered and the filtrate Is an oil solu~ion of the desired product ~659~ oll).
Example A-18 The general procedure of Ex~mple A-17 is repeated except that the polyamine used in this ex~ple is a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamines ha~ring from about 3 to 10 nitrogen atonu per molecu}e (equivalent weight of 42).
lS Exampl~ ~-19 A mixture is prepared of 414 parts (0.71 equivalent) of a substitut~
ed succinic acylsting agent prepared as in Example 1 and 183 parts of mineral oil. This mixture Is heated to 210C whereupon 20.5 parts ~0.4g equivalent) of a cornmer~ial ~ ture of ethylene polyamines having from about 3 to 10 nitrogen atoms per molecule are added over a period of about one hour as the tempera-ture is increased to 210-217C. The reaction mixture is maintained at this temperature for 3 hours while blowing with nitrogen, and 61~ parts of mineral oil a~e added.: The mixture is msintained at 145-135C for about one hour, and at 135C for 17~hours. The mixture Is filtered while hot, and the filtrate is anoil solution of the desired product (65~ cil).
Example A-2û
A mixture of 414~parts (0.71 equivalent) of a substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in Example 1 and 184 parts of mineral oil is prepared and heated to about 80C whereupon 22.4 parts (0.534 equivalent) of melamine are added. The mixture is heated to 160C over a period of about 2 hours and ~: :
WO 93/23504 ; PC~/US92/0871 maintained at this temperatu~e for 5 hours. After cooling overnight, the mixtureIs heated to 170C over 2.5 hours and to 215C over a period of 1.5 hours. The mixture is maintained at about 215C for about 4 hours arld at about 220C for 6 hours. After cooling o~Jernlght, ~he reac~lon mlxture is filtered at 150C
through a filter aid. The filtrate Is an oil solut~on of the de~ired product (30%
mlneral oll).
Example A-21 A mLxture of 414 parts ~0.71 ~qu~valent) of a substi~uted acy~ating agent prepared ~s ln Example 1 and 18~ par~s of mineral oil Is heated to 210C
1~ whereupon 21 parts ~0.53 equivalent~ of a commercial mlxture of ethylene polysrnlne corresponding in empirical formuls ~o tet~sethylene pentamin~ are added over a period of 0.5 hour as the temperature i5 maintained at about 210-217C. lJpon completion of the ~dditlon of the pvlyamine, the mixture is maintained at ~17C for 3 hours while blowing with nltrogen. Mineral oil is added ~613 parts) and the mixture is maintained at sbout 135C for 17 hours and filtered. The filtrate ~s an oil solution of ~he desire~ product (65% mineral oil).
ample A-22 A mixture of 414 parts (0.71 equivalent) of a substituted a~ylati~g agent prepared as in Example 1 and 183 parts of mineral oil is prepared and heated to 210C whereupon 18.3 par~s (0.44 equivalent) of ethylene amine bottoms ~Dow) are adde~ over~a period of one hour while blowing wlth nitrogen.
The mixture is heated to about 210-217C in about 15 minutes and maintained at this temperature for 3 ho~s. An additional 608 parts of mineral oil are addedand the mixture is maintained at about 135~C for 17 hours. The mixture is filtered at 135C through a filter aid, and the filtrate is an oil solution of the desired product (65% oil~
WO 93/23504 PCr/USg2/n~71~
2 ~ ~ 6~
Ex~nple A-23 The general procedure of Example A-22 is repeated except that the ethylene amine bottoms are replaced by an equi~slent amoUIIt of a comrnercial m~xture of ethylene poly~mines haYing from ~bout 3 to 10 nitrogen atoms pe molecule.
Exa~nple A-24 A mlxture of 422 pa~s ~0.70 equi~lent~ of a subs~ituted acylatlng agent prepared ~s }IJ Ex~nple 1 at~d 190 p~cs of mlneral oil Is hsated to 210C
whereupon 26.75 parts (0.636 equiYalent) of ethylene amine battoms ~Dow) are added over one hour while bl~wing with nl~rogen. After all of ~he ethylene amine is added, the mixture is malntalned ~t 210-~15C for about 4 hours, and 632 parts of mlneral oil are added wit~a stirrlng. This mixture is maintained for 17 hours at 135C alld filtered through a filter aid. The filtrate is an oil soluti~n of the desired product (6596 oll).
a5 . Example ~-25 A mixture of 468 parts (0.8 equivalent) of a substituted succlnic ac:yla~ing agent prepsred as in Example 1 and 908.1 parts uf mineral oil is beated to 142C whereupon 28.63 parts (007 equivalent) of ethylene asnine bottoms (Dow)are added over a period of 1.~2 hours. The mixture was stirred an additional 4 ;~ 20 hours at about 142C and filtered. The filtrate is an oil solution of the desired :: product ~65% oil).
EX~T1PIe A-26 A mixture of 2G53 parts of a substituted acylating agent prepared . ~
as in ExaTnple 1 and 1186 parts of mineral oll is heated to 210C whereupon 154 2~ parts of e~hylene amine bottoms (Dow)~sre added over a period of 1.5 hours as :~ :; the temperature is maintained~between 210-215C. The mixture is maintained ~ ` :
at 215-220C for a:period of about 6 hours. Mineral oil ~3953 parts) is added at 210C~ and the mixture is stilTed for l7 hours with nitrogen blowing at 135-128C.
: ~ The mixture is filtered hot through a filter aid~ and the filtrate is an oil solution of the desired product (65% oil). ~ ~
W093/23504 r ~ 3 1 ' ' PCl/US92/0871~3 Example A-27 To a mix~ure of 500 psr~s (1 equivalent) of the polyisobutenyl succinic anhydrlde prepared in Example 4, and to 160 parts of ~oluene, there areadded at room temperature, 35 parts (1 equIvalent) of diethyl0ne triam}ne. The addlt{on i5 made portionwise through a period of 15 minu~es, and an Initial exothermic reaction causes 1:he temperature to rise to about 50C. The mixture is heated and a water-toluene azeotrope ~ dlstllled from the mlxture. When no addltional water dlstills, the mlxture 15 heated to 1$0C: at reduced pressure to remove the toluene. The residue i~ diluted wlth 300 psrts of mineral oll, and this solution is found to have a nitrogen content of 1.
Example A~28 To a mixture of 300 parts by welgh~ of the polyisobutenyl succlnlc anhydride prepared in Example 5, and 16û psrts by welght of mineral oil, there is added at 6~95C, an equivalent amount ~25 parts by weight) of Poly~rlirIe H
which is an ethylene~nlne mixture having atl average composltion corresponding to that of tetraethylene pentamine. The mixture is then heated to 150C to distlll water formed ~n the reaction. Nitrogen is bubbled thrQugh the mixture atthis temperatur~ to insure removal of the last traces of water. The residue,is diluted with 79 par~s by weight of miaeral oil, and this oil solution is found ~o have a nitrogen content of 1.6%.
Example A-29 To 710 parts (0.51 equivalent) of the substituted succ}nic anhydride :~ prepared in Example 6, and 500 parts of toluene there are added portionwise 22 parts (0.51 equivalent~ of Polyarnine H. The mixture is heated at reflux temperature for 3 hotars to remo~e water formed during the reaction by .
azeotropic distillation. The mixture then is heated to 1 50C/20 mm. to remove the tuluene. The residue contains 1.1% by weight of nitrogen.
:
WO 93/23504 Pcr/uS92/0871 f ~
(B) Alkali Metal Overbased Salts of HYdrocarbYI-Substituted CarboxYlic Acids.
The lubrica~ing oil composi~ions of the present invention also contain (B) an alkall metal overbased salt of a hydrocarbyl-subs~ituted carboxyllc acid or a mixture of a hydrocArbyl-sub~titu~ed carboxylic acid and a hydrocarbyl-substltuted sulfonlc acld provlded ~hat ~e carboxylic acld In the mixture comprises more than 50~ of the ~cld eqllivalents of ~he mixture~ The hydrocarbyl subs~ituent of the carboxylic acld generally will contain at least 50 carbon atoms.
The amount of the alkall metal overba~ed salt of the hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid or mixture of carboxylic acid and sulfonic acid încluded in the lubricating oil composltions of the present ~nvention ls an amount sufflcient to provlde at least about û.002 eguivalent of allcali metal per ï00 grams of lubricating oll composlt~Dn~ In other embodiments, sufficient alkali metal overbased salt is included in the lubricating oil cornposi~ion to provide at least about 0.003 ~nd even at least about 0.005 equivalen~ of alkali metal per l0 ~rams oP ~he lubricating oil composition.
The alkali metal oYerbased salts (E~) are characterized by a metal content in excess of that which would be present according to the stoichiometry of the metal and the parti~ular hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid reacted with the metal~ The amount of excess metal is common)y expressed in terms of metal ratio which is the ratio of the total equivalents of the metal to the equivalents nf the ~cidic orgsnic compol1nd. For example, a salt having 4.5 times as much metal as present ~n a normal salt is characterized as having a metal ratio of 4~5. ln the present invention, the alkali metal overbased salts have a metal ratio o~ greater than l, preferably at least about 1.5 or at least about 2or 3 up to about 30 or even up to about 40. In yet another embodiment the me~al ratio is at least about 6.5.
In one em~odiment of the present invention, the metal ratio of the alkali metal overbased salts (B) used in the lubricating oil compositions of thepresent invention is related to the ratio of the succinic groups per equivalent :
.
WO 93/235(14 ' Pcr/VS92/087 18 r ~ " ? ~ ~!
S. 'J~ " J
weight of the substituent groups in the acylating agents (A-l). For example, when the acylating agents contain an average of at least 1 up to less tban 1.3 succinic groups for each equivalent weight of substituent groups, the metal ratio of the alkali metal overbased salts used in lubrlcating oil compositions containing carboxylic deri~atives (A) prepared frorn ~uch ac~lating agents i~ at least 2 or3, and in a preferred embodiment is at least about 6.5. When the carboxyl{c derivati7~e (A) is derived from acylating agents charactcrized by the presence within their struc~ure of an average of at least 1.3 succlnic groups1 the metal ratio of the slkali me~al overb~sed salts ~B) used in sombination with such aa,rlating agents is greater than 1, preferably at least abs~t 1.5.
The alkali metal overbased compositions are prepared by reacting an acidic material which is typically carbon dioxide with a mixture comprising the carbo~ylic acid or mixture of carboxylic and sulfoni~; aclds, an alkali metal compound, typically a metal oxide or hy~roxlde, a promoter and at least one inert organic diluent for the carhoxylic acid compound.
The hydrocarbyl groups of the hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acids are deri~ed from polyalkenes which may be characterized as containing at least about 50 ~arbon atoms up to about 300 or 400 carbon atoms~ In one embodiment, the polyalkene is characterized by ~n Mn value of at least about 900 or 1000 up to about 2500 or e~en up to about 5000~ The hydrocarbyl groups of the hydrocarbyl sulfonic acids contain at least about 8 carbon atoms and in another embodimçnt at least about 20 or eYen 50 carbon atom~.
The polyalkenes from which the hydrocarbyl substituent of the acid is derived include homopolymers and~interpol~rners of polymerizable olefin ~5 monomers of from 2 to about 16 carbon atoms, usually from 2 to about 6 carbon atoms, and prefer~bly from 2 to about 4 carbon atoms. The olefins may be monoolefins such as ethylene, propylene, I-butene, isobutene and l-octene or a polyolefinic monomer, preferably diolefinlc monomer such as 1,3-butadiene and isoprene. The polyalkenes are prepared by~conventional procedures. Addi~ional examples of polyalkenes from which the hydrocarbyl substituent of the succinic WC) 93/23504 PCr/US92/08718 ~,~fl ~J.~
and sulfonic acids can be derlved include any of the polyalkenes described abovewith regsrd to the prepar~tiorl of ~he acylating agent ~A- 1), and that portion of the specification descrlbing such polyalkenes ls herein incorpora~ed by reference.
When preparing the hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acids useful in preparing the alksll metal salts utilized irl the present inYention, one or more of the above-describcd polyalkenes i5 reac~ed with one or more a, ~-unsaturated mono- or dlcarboxylic ~cld reagents by technlques known in the art. For example, a halogenated hydrocarbon such as can be obtalned from polyisobutene and a halogenating ~gent can be reacted wlth an a"B-unsaturated carboxylic acid reagent by mixi~g the reactants a~ a suitable temperature such as 80C or higher. The reac~lon can be carried out in the presence of an inert solvent or diluen~.
The a,~-unsaturated monocarboxylic aci~ reagent may be the acid, ester, amide, ~nide, ~nmonium salt9 or halide. It preferably contains less than about 12 carbon atoms. Examples of such rnonocarboxylic acids include, for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid (i.e., ~-methylacrylic acid), crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, a-cthylacrylic acid, a-phenylacrylic acid, a-octylacrylic acid, ~-propylacrylic acid, ~-octyl~crylic acidt ~-cyclohexylacrylic acid, a-cyclopentylscrylic acid, ~-decylac~lic aeid, a-methyl-~-pentylacrylic acid, a-propyl-~-phenylacrylic acid, a-chloroacrylic acid, a-bromoacrylic acid, ,B
chloroacrylic acid, a-chlorocrotonic acld, isocrotonic acld, a-methylcrotonic acid, a-me~hylisocrotonic acid, p,~-dichloroacrylic acid, etc.
Esters of such a,~-unsaturated carboxylic acids especially those in which the ester group is derived from a lower alkanol ~i.e., having less than about 8 carbon ato ms) likewise are useful in the invention. Specific examples of suchesters include m ethyl acrylate, m ethyl methacrylate, ethyl acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate9 cyclopentyl m ethacrylate, neopentyl a-phenyloacrylate, hexyl a-propyl-~-propylacrylate, octyl ~-decylacrylate and the like. Other esters such as thosederived from other alcohols (e.g., decyl alcohol, epichlorohydrin, ~-chloroethanol, dodecyl alcohol, and 4-bromo-1-decanol) are also contemplated. Still other .
WO 93/23504 PCl /US9~/087 18 t ~ `, ', ' esters which are useful in ~he invention are exemplified by those derived from phenol{c compounds including phenol, naphthol, cresol, o-butylphenol, m-heptylphenol, p~tertiary bu~ylphenol, o,p-dilsoprapylphenol, a-decyl-,B-rlaphthol, p-dodecylphenol, and other alkyl phenols and alkyl naphthols In which the ~Ikyl substituent preferably h~s l~s than about 12 carbon atoms.
The halides of the a,~-unsaturated monocarboxyllc acids are principally the chlorides ~nd bromides. They are lllustrated by acrylyl chlorlde, methacrylyl bromide, a-phenylacrylyl chloride, ~-decylacrylyl chloride as well as the chlorides and bromides of ths above-illustrated ~cids. The arnides and the arnmonia salts of a, ~-unsaturated monocarboxylic acids include principally those derived from ammonia or a monoam~ne suc:h as an aliphatic arnlne or an aryl arnine. Such arnines may be mono-, di~ or trialkyl or aryl amin~s such as methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, aniline, toluidine, cyclohexylamine, dicyclohexylamihe, ~rlethylamine, melamine, piperazine, pyridine, N-methyloctylamine, N,~-die~hylcyclohexylamine, v-butylanilinet p-decylaniline, e~c. Again the unsaturated acids from which the amldes and ammonlum salts of the above amines may be those i11ustrated preYiously. Imldes of such acids derived from aIIunonia or a primary amine likewise 2re useful ~n the invention and the imides sre formed by the replacement of 2 hydrogen atoms of ammonia or a primary amirle with the carboxy radicals of the a,p-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid. Likewise useful are the anhydrides of sucb monocarboxylic acids such as are formed by molecular dehydration of the acid. It should be noted that the above-noted acids and derivatives are capable of yielding the a,~-! . ,1 unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and, for the~ sake of convenience, they are described by the generic exp~esslons "a,~-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid reagent" or "a,~-unsaturated monocarboxyllc acid-producing compound".
Procedures for preparing hydrocarbon-substituted monocarboxylic acid reagents useful in preparing the alkali metal overbased salts (B) are described in, for example, U.S. Patent 3,454,607 tLeSuer et al), and the ::
WO 93/23504 PCr/US92~0871~ .
~, ~q (~ 2 ~
description of such procedures and additional examples of such reagents are hereby incorpor~ted by reference.
The following examples lllus~rate such procedures and reagents.
Example 7 A chlorinated polyisobu~e~le having u molecular weight of 1~00 and a chlorine content of 4.5% (6300 gramst 8 equl~r~lents of chlorine) is mixed with acrylic acid (940 grams, 13 equivalents) ~nd the mixture is heated to 235C while hydrogen chloride is evoled. It is then heated at 130~18~C/6 mm. and then filtered. The filtrate is an ac~d haYing a chlorine cunterlt of 0~62~b and an ~cid number of 63.
E~arnple B
A mixture of ~crylic acid (72û grams, 10 equivalents) and a chlorinated polyisobutene having a molecular weight of 1000 and a chlorine conten~ of 4.3% (6536 grams, 8.equivalents of chlorine~ {s heated at 170-225C
for 12 hours and then at 200C/10 n~. The residue is filtered at 140C and the filtrate is the desired acid having a chlorine content of 0.36% and an acid number of 60.
Example 9 The pro,cedure of Example 7 is repeated except that the chlorinated is~butene i~ replaced on a halogen equivalent bas~s wlth ~ brominated copolymer of isobutene (98% by weight) and Isoprene (2% by weight) having a molecular weight of 500Q and a bromine content of 2.5 and that the acr~lic acid used is replaced on a chemical equivalent basis with phenyl acrylate.
Example 10 ' I ` 25 b mixture of crotonic acid (2 equivalents) and a chlorinated polypropene having;a molecular weight of 2500 and a chlorine content of 5% ~0.5 equivalent of chlorine) is heated at 180-220C for 5 hours and then at 200C/1 mm. The residue is filtered and the filtrate is the desired acid.
WO 93/23504PCI'/USg2/0871~
f?~ s f ~, ?
Example 1 1 A methyl ester of 8 hlgh molec:ular weight monocarboxylic acid is prepared by heating an equimolar mixture of a chlorinated polyisobu~ene havng a molecular weight of 1000 and a chl~rine content of 4.7% by weight and methylmethacrylate at 140-22~C.
When preparlng the hydrocarbyl-substltu~ed dicarboxyllc acids useful in preparing the alkali metal salts used in the present invention, one ormore of the above polyalkenes ~or halogenated polyalkene~) is reacted wi~h one or more acidic reagents selected from the group conslsting of m~leic or fumaric reactants of the general formula X(O)C-CH_CH-C(O)X' ~XII~
wherein X an~ X' are the same or dlfferent provided that at least one of X and X' are esch independently OH, I)-lower hydrocarbyl, O-M, C~l, Br or together, X
and X' can be -O- so as to form the anhydride. C)rdinarily, the maleic or fumaric reactants will be maleic acid, fumaric acid, maleic anhydride, or a mixture oF
two or more of ~hese. The maleic reactants are usually preferred over ~he fumaric reactants because the former are more readily available and are, in general, more readily reaceed with the polyalkenes to prepare the desired hydrocarbyl-substituted succinic acids.
The hydrocarbyl-substituted succinic acid reagents used to prepa~e the alkali meeal overbased salts ~B) are similar to the hydrocarbyl-substituted succinic acids used as the acylating agents (A l) described above where the `~ ` hydrocarbyl-substituted succinic acids contaln at least about one succinic group for each equivalent weight of substituent group. Thus, in one embodimen~ the hydrocarbyl-subs~ituted succinic acids are prepared by reacting about one mole ~or 1 equivalent) of a polyalkene with one mole (or 2 equivalents~ of the maleioor fumaric acid reactant.
f~Jt''4 -4~-Procedures for preparing hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic acid reagents useful in preparing the alkali metal overbased salts are described in, for example, UAS. Patents 3,087,936 (LeSuer) ar~d 3,219,6~6 ~Norman), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Examples of hydrocarbyl-substltuted succinic acid re~gents useful ln preparing the alkall metal salts ~B) include the succinic acylating ~gerlts exempllfled aboYe In E7ca~nples 1-6.
In ane embodiment~ the c~rboxylic acid~ are aromatlc carboxylic acids. A group ~f useful aromatic c~rboxylic ~clds ~re those of the formula ~(C-XH)b (R1 )a Ar\
~XH)C
wherein R1 is an aliphatic hydrocarbyl group preferably derived from the above~
15 described polyalkenes, a is a number in the range of 1 to about 4, usually 1 or 2, Ar is an aromatic group, each X is independently sulfur or oxygen, preferably oxygen, b is a number in the range of from 1 to about 4, usually ~ or 2, c is a number {n the range of zero to about 4, usually 1 to 2~ with the proviso that the sum of a, b and c does not exceed the number of valences of Ar. E:xamples of 20 aroma~ic carboxylic acids include substltuted benzoic, phthalic and salicylic acids.
The Rl group is a hydrocarbyl group that is directly bonded to the aromatic group Ar. Examples of Rl groups include substituents derived from polymerized olefins such as polyethylenes, polypropylenes, polybutylenes, ethyl-25 ene-propylene copolymers, chlorinated olefin polymers and oxidized ethylene-pro-pylene copolymers.
l`he aromatic group Ar may have the same structure as any of the aromatic groups Ar dlscussed below. Exampies of the aromatic groups that are WO 93/23504 PCI/lJSg2/08718 ,'"J J i~ ~ J .J ~
useful herein include the polyvalent aromatic groups derived from benzene, naph-thalene, anthracene, etc., preferably benzene. Specific examples of Ar groups include phenylenes and naphthylene, e.g., methylphenylenes, ethoxyphenylerles, lsopropylphenylenes, hydroxyphenylenes, dlpropoxynapht~lenes, etc.
Within this group o~ aromatlc aclds, a us~ful class of carboxylic acids ~re those of the formula (COOH)b (Rl )a~
~/\
(OH)C
wherein Rl is defined above, a is a nusnber in the range of from 1 to about 4, preferably 1 to about 3; b is a number in the range of 1 to ~bout 4, preferably 1 to about 2, c is a number in the range of zero to about 4, preferably 1 to about 2, and more preferably 1; with the provlso that the surn of a, b and c does not :: exceed 6. Preferably, b and c are each one and the carboxyllc acid is a salicylic 1 ~ acid.
Overbased salts prepared from salicylic acids wherein the aliphatic hydrocarbon substi~uents ~Rl ) are derived from the above-described polyalkenes,particlllarly polymerized lower l-mono-olefins such as polyethylene, polypro-pylene, polyisobutylene, ethylene/propylene copol~rrners and the like and havingaverage carbon contents of about 50 to about 400 carbon atoms are par~icularly useful. ~ : `
The above ;aromatic carboxylic acids are well known or can be prepared ~according to proceduresknowninthe art. Carboxylic acidsof the type illustrated by these fo~nulae and proc~ses for preparing their neutral and basicmetal salts are well known and disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patents 2,197~832;
:- 2,197,835; 2,2S2,662; 2,252,6fi4; 2,714,092; 3,410,798; and 3,595,791. These :
:
WO 93/23504 pcr/us92/ox718 f~ t,'' references are incorporated by reference for disclos~e of carboxylic acid, theirbasic sal~ and processes of making the same.
As noted previouslyt the alkali metal overbased hydrocarbyl-su~stituted carboxyllc acid may be derived from a mixture of hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acld and hydrocarbyl-substltuted sulfonic scid. The hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acld in the mlxl;ure generally will contain at least about 50 carbon a~oms in the hydrocarbyl substltuent, and the hydrocarbyl subs~ituent may also be characterized as having a number average molecular weight of at least about 900. The sulfonlc acids useful in the mixtures include the sulfonic and thiosulfonic acids. Generally they are salts of sulfonic acids.The sulfonic acid$ include the mono- or polynuclear aromatlc or cycloaliphatic compourlds. The oil-solubls sulfontc acids can be represented for the most part by one of the following formulae: R2-T-~SC)3)a~ a~d R3-~S~3)bH, where1n T is a cyclic nucleus such as, for example, benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, diphenylene oxide, diphenylene sulfide, petroleurn naphthenes, etc. R~ and R3 are generally a hydrocarbon an essentially hydrocarbon group, preferably fre~ ofacetyloenic unsaturation, and contairling about ~ to about 60 or more aliphatic carbon stoms, preferably an aliphatlc hydrocarbon group swch as alkyl or alkenyl.
When R3 is aliphatlc it usually contains at least about 15 carbons; when it is an aliphatic-substituted cycloallphatic group, the aliphatic substituents usualloy contain a total of at least about 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples of R2 and R3 are groups derived from petrolatum, saturated and unsaturated paraffin wax, and the above described polyslkenes. The gl'9UpS T, R~, and R3 in the above formulae can also ~ontain other inorganic or organic substituents in addition to~' 25 those enusnerated above such as, for exarnple, hydroxy, mercapto, halogen, nitro, amino, nitroso, sulfide, disulfide, etc. In the above Formulae, a and b are at least }.
~: : Specific examples of such sulfonic acids include mahogany sulfonic acids, bright stock sulfonic acids, petrolatum sulfonic acids, mono- and polywax-substituted naphthalene sulfonic~ aciis, cetylchloroben~ene sulfonic acids, :
WO 93/23504 ~ ~ f~ " .~; PC~/U$92/08718 cetylphenol sulfonic acids, cetylphenol disulfide sulfonio acids, cetoxycapryl benzene sulfonic acids, dicetyl thian~hrene sulfonic acids, dllauryl beta-naphthol sulfunic aclds, di~apryl nitronaphthalene sulfonic acids, saturated paraffin waxsulfonic acids, unsaturated paraffin wax sulfonic acids, hydroxy-substiltuted paraffin w ax sulfonic aclds, tetraisobutylene sulfonic ~cids, tetraamylene sulfonic ac~ds, chlortne substituted psraffin W3LX sulfonle aclds, nltroso substituted paraffin wax sulfon~c ac~ds, petroleurn naphthene slllfonic aclds, cetylcyclopentyl sulfonic acids, lauryl cyclohexyl sulfonlc acidls~ m ono- and polywax substituted cy~lohexyl sulfonlc acids, dodecylbenzene sulfonlc acids, "dimer alkylate" sulfonic acids, and the like~
Alkyl-substituted benzene sulfollic acids wherein the alkyl group contains at least 8 carbon atoms includlng dodecyl henzene l'bottoms" sulfonic acids are p~rticularly useful. The latter sre acids derived from benzene which has been alkylated with propylene tetramers or isobutene trimers to introduce 1, 2, 3, or more branched-chaîn C12~ubstituents on the benzene ring. Dodecyl benzene bottoms, principally mlxtures of mono- and di-dodecyl ~enzenes, are available as by products from the manufacture of household detergents. Similar products obtained from slkylation bottoms formed during manufacture of linear alkyl sulfonates (LAS) are also useful in making the sulfanates used in this invention.
In another embodimen~, the substituted sulfonic acids also may contain at least 50 carbon atoms. Illustrati~/e examples of th*se sulfonic acidsinclude polybutene or polypropylene substituted naphthalene sulfonic scids, sulfonic acids derived by the treatment of polybutenes having a number average I` ' I .
molecular weight (Mn) in ~he range of 700 to 5000, preferably 700 to 1200, more preferably about 1500 with chlorosulfonic acids, paraffin wax sulfonic acids, polyethylene (Mn equals about 900-2000, preferably about 900-l500, more prefera`bly 900-1200 or 1300) sulfonic aclds, etc. Preferred sulfonic acids are mono-, di-, and tri-alkylated benzene ~including hydrogenated forms thereof) sulfonic acids.
WO 93/23s0q PCr/US92/08718 ~ G~?~3~`~;'`
The promoters, that is, ~he materials which facilitate the incorporation of excess metal into the overbased material lmprove contact between the acidic material and the carboxyllc acid or mixture of carboxylic acid and sulfonic acid ~over~asing substrate). Generally, ~he promoter is a materlal which is sligh~ly acldic ~nd able to form a sal~ wlth the basic metal compound. The promoter must ~Iso be an acid weak enough to be dlsplaced by the acidic msterjal, usually carbon dioxlde. Generally, the promo~er has a pKa in the range from about 7 to about 10. A parlticularly compreherlsive discus~ionof suitable promoters is found in UIlS. P~tents 2,777,874, 2,595,910, 2,616,904,3,384,586 and 3,492,231. These paten~s are incsrporated by reference for their disclosure of promoters. Promoters may include phenolic substances such as phenols and naphthols; amines such as ~niline, phenylenediamine, dodecylamine;
etc. In one embodiment, the prefe~red prom oters sre the phenolic promoters.
Phenolic promoters include a varlety of hydroxy-substituted benzenes and naphthalenes. A particularly useful class of phenols are the alkylated phenols of the type listed in U.S. Patent 2,777,874, e.g., heptylphenols, octylphenols, nonyl-phenols, and tetrapropenyl-substitu~ed phenols~ Mixtures of variouls promo~ers are sometimes used.
The inorganic or lower carboxylic acidic materials, which are reacted with the mixtur~ of promoter9 basic metal compound, reaction medium and the hydrocarbyl-substituted carbo7~1ic acid are disclosed in the above citedpatents, for example, U.S. Patent 296169904. Included within the lcnown group of useful ucidic materials are lower carboxylic acids, having from 1 to about 8,preferably 1 to about 4 carbon atoms. ~Examples of these 8cids include formic acid, acetic acid, propanoic acid, etc., prefersbly acetic acid. Useful inorganic acidic compounds include HCI, S02, SO3, C02, H2S, N2C)3, etc., are ordinarily employed as the acidic ma~erials. Preferred acidic materials are carbon dioxide and acetic acid, more preferably carbon dioxide.
The alkali metals present in ~the alkali metal overbased salts include principally lithiurn, sodium and potassium, with sodium being preferred. The WO 93/23504 PCr/US92/08718 J 1' ~
overbased metal salts are prepared using a basic alkali met~l compound. Illus-trative of basic alkali metal cornpounds are hydroxides, oxides, alkoxides (typically those in which the alkoxy group contains up to 10 and preferably up ~o 7 carbon atoms), hydrides and amides of alkali metals. Thus, useful basic alkaliB metal compounds include sodium oxide, potassi~ oxide, }ithiurn oxide, sodium hydroxide, potassiurn hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodlurn propoxide, lithium methoxide, potassium ethoxide, sodiurn butoxide, lithiwn hydride, sodium hydride, potassium hydrlde, llthiurn amide, sodium amide and pot~ium Dlde. Especially preferred ~re sodium hydroxlde and the sodium lower allcoxldes (i.e., those containlng up to 7 carbon atoms).
The alkali metal overbased materials useful in the present invention may be prepared by methods known to lthose in the art. The methods generally in~olve add~ng acidic material to a reaotion mixture cornprising the hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid or mixture of carboxylic acid and sulfonic acid, thepromoter and a basic alkali metal compound. 1hese processes are described in the following U.S. Patent Nos.: 2,616,90~; 2,616,gO5; 2,616,9û6; 3,242,080;
3,250,710; 3,256,186; 3,274,135; 3,492,231; and 4,230,586. These patents are incorporated herein by reference for ~hese disclosures.
In the present invention, the preferred hy~ocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acids have relatively high molecular weights. Higher temperatures are generally used to promote contact between the acidic material, the succinic acid and the basic alkali metal compound. The higher temperatures al50 promote forrnation of the salt of the weakly acidic prornoter by removal of at leas~ some of the water4 In preparing the overbased metal salts useful in the present imen-f~ ~5 tion, water must be removed from the reaction.
The reaction generally proceeds at tempera~ures from about 100C
up to the decomposition temperature of the reaction mixture or the individual components of the reaction. The reaction may proceed at temperatures lower than IOQ~C, such as 60C or abo~-e, if a vacuum is applied. Generally, the reaction occurs at a temperature from about 110C to about 200C, preferably WO 93/23504 pcr/lJs92/o871~
~J ~ "~
120C to about 175C and more preferably ~bout 130C to about 150C.
Preferably, the reaction is performed in the presence of a reaction mediurn which includes naphtha, mineral oll, xylenes, toluenes and the like. In the present inventlon water may be removed by spply~ng a vacuwn, by blowing the reactlon mlxture wlth a gas such as ni~rogen or by removing water as an azeo~rope, such as 8 xylene-water szeotrope. Generally, in the present in~ren-tlon, the ac~dic m~terlsl is provided as a g~$, usually c~rbon dioxlde. The carbon dioxlde, whlle participatlng In the overba~ing process, also removes water if the carbon dloxide is added a~ a r~te which exceeds the rate carbon dioxide is cons~ned in the reaction.
The alkali metal overbased metal salts used in the present invention may be prepared incrementally ~batch) or by continuous processes. One incremental process irlvolves ~he Iollowing steps: (A) adding a basic alkali metal compound to a resction mixture comprlslng the hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid ~or mlxture of carboxylic and sulfonic acids) and promoter7 and removing free wster from the reaction mixture to form an alkali metal salt of ~he acidic organic compound; (B) adding more basic alkali metal compound to the reaction mixture and removing free water from the reaction mix~ure; and (Ç) introducing ~le acidic materlal to the reaction mixture while removing water.
Steps (B~ and (C) ~re repeated until a product of the desired metal ratio is obtained.
Another me~hod of preparing the alkali metal overbased salts is a semi-continuous process for preparing the alkali metal overbased salts. The process invohes (A) adding at least one basic alkali metal compound to a reaction mixture comprising an alkali metal salt of hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid ~or mixture of carboxylic acid and sulfoni~ acid) and removing free water from the reaction mixture; ~and ~B) concurrently thereafter, ( 1 ) adding basic alkali metal compound to the reaction mixture; (2~ adding an inorganic or lower carboxylic acidic material to the reaction mixture; and (3) removing waterfrom the reaction m~xture. The addition of basic alkali me.tal compounds WO 93/235~4 PCT/US92/~871~
~ ~ ~ J
r , ,~ , , J
together with the inorganic or lower carboxyli:: acidic material where the addi~ion is done continuously along with the removal of water results in a shortened processiDg time for the reaction.
The ~crlTI 'tfree water" refers to the ~nount of water readily removed from che reaction mixture. This water is typlcally removed by azeotropic distlllatlon. The wat~r which remains In the reaction mixture is belle~red to be coordinsted, assoclated, or solvated. The water may be iD the fo~n of water of hydration. Some basic alksli metal compou~ds may be delivered to the reaction mixture as aqueou~ solutions. The excess water added, 10 or free water, with the basic alkali metal compound is usually thell remoYed by azeotropic distlllation, or V8CU1JIIl stripping.
Any water generated during the overbasing process is desirably removed as ~t is fo~ned ~o minimize or eliminate formation of oll-insoluble met~l carbonates. During the overbasing proce~ss above, the amount of water 15 present prior to addition of the inorganic or lower csrboxylic sc~dlc material (steps ~B~ and (~1) above) is less than sbout 30~ by weight of the reaction mixture, preferabJy less than 20%, more preferably less thin 10%. Generally, the amount of water present after addition of the inorganic or lower carboxylic acidic material is u~ to ~bout 4% by weight of the reaction mixture, more 20 preiferably up to about 2%.
In another embodiment, the alkali metal overbased salts are bora~ed alkali metal overbased salts. Borated overbased metal salts are preparedby reacting a boron compound with the basic alkali metal salt. Boron compounds includei boron oxide, boron oxide hydrate, boron trioxide, boron trifluoride, boron 25 tribromide, boron trichloride, ~boron acid such as boronic acid, boric acid, tetraboric acid and metaboric acid, boron hydrides, boron amides and various esters of boron acids. The boron esters are preferably lower alkyl (1-7 carbon atoms) esters of boric acid. Preferably, the boron compounds are boric acid.
Generally, the overbased metal salt is reacted with a boron compound at about 50C to about 250C, preferably 100C to about 200C. The reaction may be WO 93/23504 PC~/US92/08718 accomplished in the presence of a solvent such as r~ineral oil, naphtha, kerosene, toluene or xylene. The overbased metal salt is reacted with a boron compound in amounts to provide at least about 0.5%, preferably about 1~ up to about 5%, preferably about i%, more preferably about 39~ by weight boron to the composltiorl.
The following examples illsustrate the alkali metal overbased ~alts (B~ useful in thf~ present invention and methods of making the same.
Example B-1 A reaction vessel is charged with 1122 grsms ~2 equivalen~s) of a polybutenyl-subs~ituted succinic anhydride derived from a poly~utene (Mn=1000, 1:1 ratio of polybutene to maleic acid), 105 grams (0.4 equivalent) of tetrapro penyl phenol, 1122 grams of xylene and 1000 grams of 100 neutral mineral oil.
The mixture is stirred and h~ted to 80C under nitrogen, and 580 grams of a SOg~ aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide are added to the vessel over 10 minutes. The mix,ture is heated from 80C to 120~C over 1.3 hours. Water is removed by azeotropic ref~ c and the temperature rises to l50~C over 6 hours while 300 grams of water is collected. (1) The reaction mixture is cooled to about 80C whereupon 540 grams of a 50q~ aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide are added to the vessel. (2) The reaction mixture is heated to 140C over 1.7 hours and water is removed at reflux conditions. ~3) The reaction mixture is carbonated at 1 standard cubic foot per hour (scfb~ while removing water for 5 hours. Steps (1)-(3) are repeated using 560 grams of an aqueous sodium hydroxidesolution. Steps (1)-(3) are repeated using 640 grams of an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. Steps ~1~-(3) are then repeated with arlother 640 grams of a50% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. The reaction mixture is cooled and lOOû
grams of 100 neu~ral mineral oil are~added to the reaction mixture. The reaetionmixture is vacuum stripped to 115C at about 30 millimeters of mercury, The residue is fiitered through diatomaceous earth. The filtrate has a total base number of 361, 43.4% sulfated ash, 16.0h sodium, 39.4% oil, a specific gravity of l.11, and the overbased metal salt has a metal ratio of about 13.
W(~ 93/~3504 PCr/US92/08718 Exalmple ~2 The overbased salt obtained in Example B-1 ls diluted wi~h mineral oil to provide a composition containing 13.75 sodi~n, a total base number of about 320, and 459~ oil.
E~xample ~3 A reaction vessel is charged wlth 700 grams of a 100 neut~al mineral oil, 700 grams ~1.25 equiYalents) of the ~uccinic anhydride of Ex~mple ~1 and 200 grams (~.5 e~uivalellts) of a 50% a~ueous solution of sodium hydroxlde. The reactlon mixture is stirred and heated to 80C whereupon 66 grams (0.25 equivalent) of tetr~propenyl phenol ar~ fldded to the reacti~n vessel.
The rea~tion mixture is heated from 80C to 140C over 2~5 hours while blowing of nitrogen and removing 40 grams of water. Carbon dioxide (28 grams, 1.25 equivalents) is added over 2.25 hours at a temperature from 140-1~5C. The reaction mixture is blown wlth nitrogen at ~ standard cubic foot per haur (scfh)and a total of 112 grams of water is removed. The reaction temperature is decreased to lL15C and the resctlorl mlxture is flltered through diatomaceous earth. The filtrate has 4.06% sodium, a total base number of 89, a specific gravity of 0.948, 44.$% oil, and the overbased salt has a metal ratio of about ~.
Example B-4 A reaction vessel is charged with 281 grams (0.5 equiYalent) of the succinic anhydride of Example ~1, 281 grams of x~rlene, 2~ grams of tetrapro-penyl substituted phenol and 250 grarns of 100 neutral mineral oil. The mixture is heated to 80C and 272 grams (3.4 equivalents) of an aqueous sodium hydroxidesolution are added to ~he reaction mixture~ The mixture is blown with nitrogen at 1 scfh, and ~he reaction temperature is increased to 148C. The reaction mixture is then blown with carbon dioxlde at 1 scfh for one hour and 25 minutes whlle 150 grams of water are collected. The reaction mixture is cooled to 80C
whereupon 272 grams (3.4 equivalents) of the above sodium hydroxide solution are added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture is blown with nitrogen at 1 scfh. The reaction temperature is increased tO 140C whereupon the reaction :
WV 93/23504 PCr/US92/0~718 5~-mixture is blown with carbon dioxide a~ 1 scfh for 1 hour and 25 minutes while 150 grams of water are collected. The reaction ternperature is decreased tO
100C, and 272 grams (3.4 equivalents) of tbe above sodium hydroxide solution are added wh~le blowing ~he mixture with nitrogen as 1 scfh. The reaction temperature is increased to 148C, and the reaction mlxture ~s blown wlth carbondioxide at 1 scfh for 1 hour and 40 minutes whlle 160 grams of water are collect-ed. The reaction mixture ls cooled to 90C and 250 grams of 100 neutral mineral oil are added to the reactlon mlxture. The reactlon mixture i5 vacuurn stripped at 70C and the residue is flltered through diatomaceous earth. The filsrate c~tains S0.0% sodium sulfate ash by ASrM D-874, total bsse number of 408, a speclfic gravity of 1.1~, 37.1% oil, and the salt has a metaî rs~io of about 15.8.
Example B-5 A reaction ve~sel is charged with 700 grams of the product of Example ~4. The reaction mlxture is heated to 75C whereupon 340 grams (5.5 equivalents) of boric acid are added over 30 minutes. The reaction mixture is heated to 110C over 45 minutes, and the reaction temperature is maintained for 2 hours. A 100 neutral mineral oll (80 grasns) is added to the reaction mixture.The reaction mixture is blown with nitrogen at 1 scfh at 160C for 30 minutes while 95 grams of water are collected. Xylene ~200 grams) is added to the reaction mixture and the reaction semperasure is maintained at 130-140C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture is vacuum stripped at 150C and 20 millimeters of mercury. The residue is ~iltered through diatomaceous earth. The filtrate contains ~.849~ boron and 33.1% oil. The residue has a total base number of 309. Example B-6 ` 25 ~i reaction vessel is charged with 224 grams (0.4 equivalents) of the suc cinic anhydride o- Example B-~l, 21 grams (0.08 equivalent~ of a tetrapropenyl phenol, 224 grams of xylene and 224 grams of lO0 neutral mineral oil. The mixture is heated, and 212 grams (2.65 equivalents) of a 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution are added to the reaction vessel. The reaction temperature increases to 130C and 41 grams of water are removed by nitrogen blowing at 1 WO 93/23504 P~/US92/0871~
2 ~ 2 ~ !
scfh. The r¢action mixture is then blown with carbon dioxide at 1 scfh for 1.25 hours. Addi~ional sodîum hydroxide solution (432 grams, $.4 equivalen~s) is added over four hours while blowing with carbon dioxide at 0.5 scfh at 130C. During the ~dditicn, 3û1 grams of water are removed from the reaction vessel. The reaction temperature is incressed to 150C and the rate of carbon dloxide blowing i8 increased ~o 1.5 scfh and maintained for 1 hour a-ld 15 minutes. The reaction mixture is cooled to 150C and blown with nitrogen at 1 scfh while 176 grams of oil are added to the reaction mixture. Ths reaction mixture is blown with nitrogen at 1.8 scfh for 2.5 bours, and the mlxture is then flltered through diatomaceous earth. The fll~rate contains 15.7~ sodium and 39% oil. The filtrate has a total base number of 380, and a rnetsl ratio of about 14.5.
Exarnple ~7 A reaction vessel ls charged with ~61 grams ~1 equivalent) of the succinic anhydride of Example ~1, 52.5 grams (0~2 equivalent) of a te~rapro-penylphenol, 561 grams xylene and 500 grams of a 100 neutral mineral oil. The mixture is heated to 50C under nitrogen, and 373.8 grams (6.8 equivalents) of potassium hydroxide and 299 grams of water are added to the mixture:. The reaction mixture is hested to 135C while 145 grams of water are rernoved. T~e azeotropic distillate is clear. Carbon dioxide is added to the reaction mixture at 1 scfh for two bours while 195 grams of water arc removed azeotropically.
The reaction mixture is cooled to 75C whereupon a second portion of 373.8 grams of potassium~ hydroxide and 150 grams of water are added to the reaction vessel. The reaction mixture is heated to 150C with azeotropic removal of 70 grams of water. Carbon dioxide (1 scfh) is added for 2.5 hours while 115 grarns `~ of water is removed azeotropically. The reaction is cooled to 100C where a ~ ~ ~ third portion of 373.8 grams of potassiurn hydroxide and 150 grams of water is `~ added to the vessel. The reaction mixture is heated to 1 50C while 70 grsms of water are removed. The reaction mixture is blown with carbcn dioxide at 1 scfh for one hour while 30 grams of water are removed. The reaction temperature is decreased to 70C. The reaction mixture is reheated to 1 50C under nitrogen.
~ ~ @~ ~, f ~J
At 150~C the reaction mixture is blown with carbon dioxide at 1 scfh for two hours while 80 grams of water are removed. Tbe carbon dioxide is replaced with a nitrogen purge, and 60 grams of water is removed. The reaction is ~hen blown with carbon dioxide at 1 scfh for three hours wlth removal of 64 grams of water.The reac~ion mixture is cooled to 75C where 500 grams of 100 neutral mineral are sdded to the reaction mixture. The reaction is vacuum s~ripped to 11 5C and25 mllllmeters of mercury, The residue ls flltered through dia~omaceous earth.
The filtrate contains 35% oll~ has a base number of about 322, and a metal ratioof about 13.6.
E:xarnple B-8 An overbased sodi~n sulfona~e/succlnate mi~ture is prepared by the process described in Example B-l using 562 grams (1 equivalent) of the succinic anhydride of Exalnple B-1 arld 720 grarns (0.8 equivalent) of a pol~rbut-enyl-substituted sulfonic acid derived from a polybutene ~Mn=800) and 1632 grams (20.4 equivalents) of a 50~ aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide.
Example B-9 A sodium overbased monocarboxylic acid salt~ is prepared by the general process of Example B-1 by reacting 1 equivalent of ~he high molecular weight monocarboxylic acid of Example 8 with a total ~f 15 equivalents of sodium hydroxide.
The lubricating oil compositions of the present invention contain a major amount of an oil of lubricating viscosity, at least 1% by weight of the carboxylic derivative compositions (A) described above, and an amount of at least one alkali metal overbased salt (B~ of a carboxylic acid or mixture of carboxylic and sulfonic acids as described above. More often, the lubricating compositiorls of this invention will contain at least 70% or 80% of oil. The amount of carboxylic derivative (A) Included in the lubricating oil compositionsof the invention may vary over a wide range provided that the oil composition con~ains at least about 1% by weight (on a chemical, oil-free basis) of the carboxylic derivative composition (Al. ln other embodiments, the oil composi-WO g3/23~04 P(:~/US9~/~871~
tions of the present invention may contain at least about 29~ or 2.5% by weight or even at least about 3% by weight of the carboxylic derivative composition (~).
The carboxylic derivative composition ~A.) provldes the lubricating oil composi-tions of the present invention with deslrable Vl ~nd disper~ant properties.
As no~ed above, the lubricating oil composltions of the present inventlon ~Iso contain at least about 0.002 equivalent of alkali metal per lO0 grams of lubricating oil composition. In other embodiments, the lubrlcating oil composi~ions will con~aln at least about a.oo3 or at least about 0.005 equi~alent of alkall metal per 100 grams of lubricating oil compositlon. T~e maximum amount of alkali metal present in the lubricating oil composltions may Yary overa wide range depending upon the nature of the other compo~ents of the lubricating oil composition and the in~ended use of the lubricating oil composi-tion. Generally, however, the lubricating oil compositions of the pr~sent invention will contain up to about 0.008 or even 0.01 equivalent of alkall metallS per 100 grams of lubricatlng oil composition.
(C) Metal DihYdrocarbYI DithioPhosPhate.
In addi~ion to the carboxylic dispersant (A) and the alkali metal overbased metal salt (B), the lubricating oil compositions of the present inventio,n may contain and generally do contain other additive components including antiwear agents such as metal salts of dihydrocarbyl dithiophosphates.
The metal dihydrocarbyl dithiophosphate which may be included in the oil compositions are characterized by the formula .;, R10 ~ ~
( R2O/ - (Xlll) wherein Rl and R2 are each independentIy hydrocarbyl groups containing from 3 to about 13 carbon atoms, M is a metal, and n is an integer equal to ~he valence of M.
WO 93/23504 PCr/US92/0~71B
2 ~ t'i ~
Generally, the oil composi~ions of the present invention will contain varying amounts of one or more of the above-identified metal dithiophosphates such as from about 0.01 up to about 2% or to 5% by weiight, and more generally from a~out 0.01 to about 1% by weight based on the weight of the total oi{l composition. The metal dithiophosphates are added to the lubricating oil composltions of the irmentlon to impro~e the anti-wear and antioxidant properties of the oll compositions.
The hydrocarbyl groups ~1 and R2 in the dithiophosphate may be alkyl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl or alkaryl groups, or a ~ubstantially hydrocarbon group of similar structure. By "substantially hydrocarbon'~ is meant hydrocarbons which contsin substituent groups such ~s ether, ester, nitro, or halogen whlch do not msterially affect the hydrocarbon char~cter of the group.
Illustrative alkyl grnups include isopropyl, isobutyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, the varlous amyl groups, n-hexyl, methylisobutyl carbirlyl, heptyl, 2-ethylhexyl, diisobutyl, isooctyl, nonyl, behenyl~ decyl, dodecyl, ~rldecyl, etc~
Illustrati~re lower alkylphenyl graups include butylphenyl, amylphenyl, heptylphen~
yl, etc. Cycloalkyl groups likewise are useful and these include chiefly cyclohexyl and the lower alky!-cyclohexyl radicals. Many substituted hydracarbon groups may also be used,~ e.g~., chloropentyl, dichloropherlyl, and dlchlcrodecyl.
In another embodiment, at least one af R1 and R2 in Formula XIII
is an isopropyl or secondary butyl group. In yet anather embodiment, both and R2 are secondary alkyl groups.
The~ phosphorodithioic acids from which the metal salts useful in this invention are prepared are well known. Examples of dihydracarbyl j 2S phosphorodithioic acids and metal salts, and processes for preparing such acids and salts are found in, for example, U.S. Patents 4,263,150; 4,289,635; 4,30~,154;
and 4,417,990. These patents are hereby incorporated by reference for such disclosures.
The phosphorodithioic acids are prepared by the reaction of phosphorus pentasulfide With an alcohol or phenol or mixtures of alcohols. The WV 93/23~)4 P~/~JS92/0871X
S~ r,~
reaction involves four moles of the alcohol or phenol per mole of phosphorus pentasulfide, and ma~r be carried out wi~hin the temperature range from about 50C to about 200C~ Thus the preparation of O,Q-di-n-hexyl phosphorodithioic acid involYes the reaction c~f phosphorus pentasulfide with four moles of n-hexyl alcohol at about 100C for abou~ two hours. 13ydrogen sulfide is liberated and thc residue is the de~ined acid. The prep~ration of the m~tal sa}t of this acid may be ef~ected by reaction wi~h metal oxide. Simply mixing and heating these two reactants is sufficient to cause ~he reaction to take place and the resultlng product is sufficiently pure for ~he purpose~ of this illventian.
The metal salts of dihydrocarbyl dithiophosphates which are useful in this invention include those salts containing Group I metals, Group Il metals, alurninum, lead, tin, molybdenum, manganese, coba}t, and nickel. The Group 11 metals, aluminum, tin9 iron, cobalt, lead, molybdenum, marlganese, nickel and copper are among the preferred metals. Zinc and copper are especially useful metals. In one embodiment, the lubricant compositions of the invention contain examples of metal compounds which may be reacted with the acid include lithiurn oxide, lithium hydlroxide, sodium hydroxide, sodiurn carbonate, potassium hydroxide, potassitLm carbonate, silver oxide, magnesium oxide, magnesi~m hydroxide, calcium oxide, zinc hydroxide, strontium hydroxidel cadmium oxide, cadmium hydroxide, barium oxide, alurninwn oxide, iron carbonate, copper hydroxide, lead hydroxide, tin butylate~ cobalt hydroxide, nickel hydroxide, nickel carbonate, etc.
In some instances, the incorporation of certain ingredients such as small amounts of the metal acetate or acetic acid in conjunction with the metal reactant will facilitate the reaction and result in an improved product. For example, the use of up to about 5% of zinc acetate in combination with the required amount of zlnc oxide facilitates the formation of a zinc phosphorodi-thioate.
WV g3/23504 PCr/US9~/08718,...
~60-ln one preferred ernbodiment, the alkyl groups Rl and R2 are derived frorn secondary alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol, secondary butyl alcohol, 2-pentanol, 2-methyl-4-pentanol, 2-hexanol, 3-hexanol, etc.
Especially useful metal phosphorodithioates can be prepared from phosphorodithioic acids which in turn are prepared by the reaction of phosphoruspentasulflde with mlxtures of alcohols. In addlt10n, the use of such mixtures enables the utlllzation of cheaper alcohols which in them~elves may not yield oil-soluble phosphorodithioic acids.
Useful mixtures of met~l salts of dihydrocarbyl dithiophosphoric acid are obtained by reacting phoxphorus pentasulfide with a mixture of (a) isopropyl or secondary butylo alcohol, and ~b) an ~Icohol containin~ at ~least 5carbon atoms wherein at 'east tO mole percent, preferably 20 or 25 mole percent, of the alcohol in the mixture isopropyl ~Icohol, secondary butyl alcohol or a mixture thereof.
Thus a mixture of isopropyl and hexyl alcoh~ls can be used to produce a very effective, oil-soluble metsl phosphorodithioate. For the same ; ~ reason mixtures of phosphorodithioic acids can be reacted wlth the metal compounds to form less expensive, oil-soluble salts.
The mixtures of alcohols may be mixtures of different primary alcohols, mixtures of different secondary alcohols or mixtures of primary and secondary alcohols. E:xamples of useful mixtures include: n-butano; and n-oc-tanol; n-pentanol and 2-ethyl-1-hexanol; isobutanol and n-hexanol; isobutanol and isoamyl alcohol; Isopropanoi and 2-methyl-4-pentanol; isopropanol and sec-butyl slcohol; isopropanol and isooctyl alcohol; etc. Particularly useful alcohol mixtures are mix~ures of secondary alcohols containing at least about 20 mole percen~ of isopropyl alcohol, and in a preferred embodiment, at least 40 mole percent of isopropyl alcohol.
The following examples illustrate the preparation of metal phosphorodithioates prepared from mixtures of alcohols.
. . . .
WO 93/23504 s~ PCr/
Example C-l A phosphorodithioic acid is prepared by reacting a mixture of alcohols comprising 6 moles of 4-methyl-2-pentanol and 4 mole~s of isopropyl alcohol wlth phosphorus pen~asulf~de. The phosphorod~thioic acid then is reactedwlth an oil slurry of zinc oxide. The a~nount of z~nc oxide In the slurry is about 1.08 tlmes the theoretical amount required to compl~tely neutrallze the phos-phorodithioic acld. The oil solution of the zinc phosphorodl~hio~te obtained in this manner ~10~6 oil) contains 9.5% phospho~us, 20.0% sulfllr and 10.5% zinc.
E:xample C-2 A phosphorodithloic acid is prepared by re~cting finely powdered phosphorus pent~sulfide with an alcohol mixture cantaining 11.53 moles (692 parts by weight) of isopropyl alcohol and 7.69 moles ~1000 parts by weight~ of isooctanol. The phosphorodithioic acid o~tained ~n this manner has an acid number of about 178-186 and contains 10.0% phosphorus and 21.0% sulfur. This phosphorodithioic acid is then reacted with an oil slulTy uf zinc oxide. The quantity of zinc oxide included in the oil slurry is 1.10 times the theoretical equivalent of the acid number of the phosphorodithioic acid. The oil solution ofthe zinc salt prepared In this manner contains 12~ oil, 8.6% phosphorus, X8.~%
sulf~ and 9.5% zinc.
Example C-3 A phosphorodithioic acid is prepared by reacting a mixture of 1560 parts ~12 mcles) of isooctyl alcohol and 180 parts ~3 moles) of isopropyl alcohol with 756 parts (3.4 moles) of phosphorus pentasulfide. The reaction is conducted; by heating~ the alcohol mixture to: about 55C and thereafter adding the phosphorus pentasulfide over a period of 1.5 hours while maintaining the reaction temperature at about 60-75C. After all of the phosphorus pentasulfide is added,the mixture is heated and stirred for an additional hour at 70-75`C,and there-after filtered ~hrough a filter aid.
Zinc oxide (282 parts, 6.87 moles) is charged to a reactor with 278 3û par~s of mineral oil. The above-prepared pnospho~ odithiuic acid (2305 parts, 6.28 .
WO 93~23504 pcr/us92/ox718 .
J ~ ~ I~ J .~ ~ ~
moles) is charged to the zinc oxide slurry over a perlod of 30 minutes with an exotherm to 60C. The mixture then is hea~ed to 80C and main~ained at this temperature for 3 bours. After stripping to 100~3C and ff mm.Hg., the mixture is filtered twice through a filter aid, and the flltrate is the desired oll solutlon 5 of the zinc salt contalning 10~ o~l, 7.97% zinc (theory 7.40); 7.2196 phosphorus (theory 7.0B); arld 15.64% sulfur ~theory 14.57).
Exasnple C-4 Isopropyl slsohol 1396 part~3, 6.ff moles) and 1287 parts (9.g moles) of isooctyl alcohol are charged to a reactor ~nd heated wlth stirrillg to 59C.
Phosphorus pentasulfide (833 parts, 3.75 molesl Is then add~d under a nitrogen sweep. The addition of the phosphorus pentasulfide is comple~ed in about 2 hoursat a reaction temperature between 59-63C. The mixture therl is stirred at 45-63C for about 1,45 hours and filtered~ The filtrate is the desired phosphorodi-thioic acid.
A reactor is charged wlth 312 parts ~7.7 equivalents~ of zinc oxide and 58Q parts of mineral oil. While stirring at room temperature, the above-pre-pared phosphorodithioic acid (2287 p~rts, 6.97 e~uivalents) is added over a period of about 1.26 hours with an exotherm to 54C. The mixture is heated to 78C
and maintalned at 78-85C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture is lracuum stripped to 100C at 19 mm.Hg. The residue is filtered through a filter aid, and the filtrate is an oil solution (19c2% oil) of the desired zinc salt containing 7.86%
zinc, 7.76% phosphorus and 14.8% sulfur.
Example C-5 The general procedure of Example C-4 is repeated except that the , mole ratio of isopropyl alcohol to isooctyl alcohol is 1:1. The product obtainedin this manner is an oil solution (10% oil) of the zinc phosphorodithioate containing 8.96% zinc, 8.49%~ phosphorus and 18.05% sulfur.
WO 93/23504 PCI /US92/û871X
Example C-6 A phosphvrodithioic acid is prepared in accordance with the general procedure of Example C-4 utilizing an alcohol mixture containing 520 parts (4 moles) of isooc~yl alcohol and 360 parts (6 moles) of isopropyl alcohol with 504S parts (2.27 moles) of phosphorus pentasulfide. The zinc salt is prepared by reacting an oil slu~Ty of 116.3 part~ of mineral oll arad 141.5 par~s (3.44 moles) of zinc oxide with 950.8 parts ~3.20 mole~) of the above-prepared phosphorodl-thioic acid. The product prepared in thls manner is an oll solution ~10% mineraloil) of th¢ desired zinc saltl and the oil solutiorJ contains 9.36% zinc, 8.81%
phosphorus and 18.65% sulfur.
Example (:-7 A mlxture of 520 parts ~4 moles) of isooctyl alcuhol and 559.8 parts ~9.33 moles) of isopropyl alcohol is prepared and heated to 60C at which tlme 672.5 parts (3.03 moles) of phosphorus pentasulfide are added in portions while stirring. The reaction the~ is maintained at 60-65C for about one hour and filtered. The filtrate is the dcsired phosphorodithioic acid.
An oil slurry of 188.6 parts ~4 moles) of zinc oxide and 144.2 parts of mineral oil is prepared, and 1145 parts of the above-prepared phosphorod~
thioic acid are added in portions while maintaining the mixture at about 70C.
2Q After all of the acid is charged, the mixture is heated at 80C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture then is stripped of water to 110C. The residue is filtered through a filter aid, and the filtrate is an oil solution (10% mineral oil) of the desired produc~ containing 9.99% zinc, 19.55% sulfur and 9.33% phosphorus.
Example C-B
A phosphorodithioic acid is prepared by the general procedure of Example C-4 utilizing 260 parts (2 moles) of isooctyl alcohol, 480 parts (8 moles) ~` of isopropyl alcohol, and 504 parts (2.27 moles) of phosphorus pentasulfide. The phosphorodithioic acid (1094 parts, 3.84 moles) is added to an oil slurry containing 181 parts (4.41 moles) of zinc oxide and 135 parts of mineral oil over a period nf 30 minutes. The mixture is heated to 80C and maintained at this WO 93/23504 P~/US9~/087l~ .
2 ~ ~f ;~ ~J ~
-64~
temperature for 3 hours, After stripping to lOO~C and 19 nLm.Hg., the mixture is filtered twice through a filter aid, and the filtrate is an oil solution (10%mineral oil) of the zinc salt containing 10.06% zinc, 9.04% phosphorus, and 19.2%
sulfur.
Additional specifio examples bf metal phosphorodlth~oates useful as component (C) in the lubrlcatlng oils of the present In~ention are listed in the following table. Examples C-9 to C-14 are prepared from s{ngle alcohols, and Examples C-15 to C-l9 are prepared from alcohol mixtures following the general procedure of Example C-1.
.. . . .. ., .. ~ .. ~ . .
WO 93/23504 PCr/lJS92)t~87~X
, " ,", ", ,~ ,, ,"
1 .~ ... , . i i, .. ....
-~5-TABLE
Component C: Metal Phosphorodithioates PSS ~ M
.Z M n -C:-9 n-nonyl n-nonyl Ba 2 C-10 cyclohexyl cyclohexyl Zn 2 Gl 1 isobutyl isobutyl Zn 2 C-12 hexyl hexyl Ca 2 C-13 n-dec~rl n-decyl Zn 2 C-14 4-methyl-2-pentyl 4-methyl-2-pentyl Cu 2 C-15 ~n butyl + dodecyl) (l:l)w Zn C-16 (isopropyl ~ isooctyl) ~l l)w Ba 2 C-17 (isopropyl ~ 4-methyl-2 pentyl~ (40:60)m Cu 2 `: C-18 (isobutyl I isoamyl)~65:35~rrl Zn ~.
C-l9 (isopropyl~sec-butyl) (40:6~)m Zn 2 Another class of the phosphorodithioate additives contemplated for use in the lubricating composition o~ this invention comprises the adducts of the O ~ metal phosphorodithioates descrlbed above with an epoxide. The metal phosphorodithioates useful in preparing such adducts are for the most part the zinc phosphorodithioates. The epoxides may be alkylene oxides or arylalkylene oxides. The a~la!kylene oxides are exemplified by styrene axide, p-ethylstyrene oxide, alpha-methylstyrene oxide, 3-beta~naphthyl- 1,1 ,3-butylene oxide9 m-~ode-cylstyrene oxide, and p-chlorostyrene oxide. The alkylene oxides include principally the lower alkylene oxides irl which the alkylene radical contains 8 or less carbon atoms. Examples of such lower alkylene oxides are ethylene oxide, .
W~ 93/23~04 PCr/l)S92/0~71~
2 ~ J ~J ' 11 propylene oxide, 1,2-butene oxide, tr~nethylene oxide, tetramethylene oxide, butadiene monoepoxide, 1,2-hexene oxide, and eplchlorohydrin. Other epoxides useful herein include, for exarnple, butyl 9,10-epoxy stearate, epoxidized soya bean oil, epoxidized tung oil, and epoxldized copolym~r of styrene with butadiene.
The adduct may be obtaiQed by slmply ml~ing ~he metal phosphoro-dithioate snd the epoxlde. The reaction is usually exothermic and snay be carried ou~: wlthln wide temperat1lre llmits from sbout 0UC to about 300C. Because the reaction is exotherrnic, it ts best car~led out by addIng on reactant, usually the epoxide, in small incremen~s to the other reactant in order to obtain convenientcontrol of the temperature of the reactiorl. The reaction may be carried out in a solvent such as benzene, mlneral oll, naph~ha, or n-hexene.
The chemical structure of the ~dduct is not known. For the purpose of this invent~on adducts obtained by the reactlon of one mole of the phosphorodithioate with from ~bout 0.25 mole to 5 moles, usually up to about 0.75 mole or about 0.5 mole of a lower alkylene oxide, particularly ethylene oxide and propylenc oxide, have been found to be especially useful and thereforeare preferred.
The preparation of su¢h adducts is more specifically illustrated by the following example.
Example C-20 A reactor is charged with 2365 parts (3.33 moles) of the zinc phosphorodithioate prepared in Exarnple C-2, and while stirring at room temperature, 38.6 parts (0.67 mole) of propylene oxide are added with an ` 2~ exotherm of from 24-31C. The mixture is ma~intained at 80-90C for 3 hours and then vacuum stripped to 101~C at 7 msn. Hg. The residue is filtered using a filter aid, and the filtrate is an oil solution (11.8% oil) of the desired salt containing 17.1% sulfur, 8.17% zinc and 7.44% phosphorus.
In one embodiment, the metal dihydrocarbyl dithiophosphates whîch are utilized as component (C) in the lubrica~ing oil compositions of the present WO 93/23504 pcr/uss2/o8718 ... ~ ~ ,, ~,,, i i~vention will be characterized as having at least one of the hydrocarbyl groups(Rl or R2) attached to the oxygen atoms through a secondary carbon atom. In one preferred embodiment, both of the hydrocarbyl groups Rl and R2 are ~ttached to the oxygen atoms of the dithlophosphate through seconda~ carbon atoms. In a further embodiment, the dlhydrocarbyl dithiophosphorlc acid~s used in the prepara~ion of the metal salts are obtalned by reactlng phosphorus pentasulfide with a mixture of aliphatic alcohols wherein at least 20 mole pcrcen~ of the mixture is Isopropyl alcohol. More generally, such mixtures wlll contain at least 40 mole percent of isopropyl alcohcl. The other alcohols ln themixtures may be elther pr~nary or seccndary alcohols. In som~ ~pplications, such as in passenger car crankcase oils, metals phosphorod}thioates derived froma mixture of isopropyl and another secondas y ~lcohol (e.g., 2-meth~1-4-pentanol) appear ~o provlde improved results. For oils designed for use in both compression and spark-ignited engines, i nproved results nften are obtained when the phosphorodithioic acid is prepared from a mixture of isoprspyl alcohol and a :~ primary alcohol such as isooctyl alcohol.
Another class of the phosphorodithioate additives (C) contemplated as useful in the lubricating compositions ~f the invention comprises mixed met~lsalts of (a) at least oné pbosphorodithioic acid as defined and exemp}ified above, 2Q and (b) at least one aliphatic or alicyclic carboxylic acid. The carboxylic acid may be a monocarboxylic or polycarboxylic a~id, usually containing from 1 to abou~ 3 carboxy groups and preferably only 1. It may contain from about 2 to about 40~ preferably from about 2 to about 20 carbon atoms, and advantageously a~out 5 to about 20 carbon atorns. The preferred carboxylic acids are those having the formula R3COOH,~wherein R3 is an aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocar-bon-based radical preferably free from acetylenic unsaturation. Suitable acids include the butanoic, pentanoic, hexanoic, oc~anoic, nonanoic, decanoic, :~: dodecanoic, octadecanoic and eicosanoic acids, as well as olefinic acids such as oleic, linoleic, and linolenic aclds and linoleic acid dimer. For the most part, R3 is a saturated aliphatic grbup and especially a branched alkyl group such as the .
WO 93/23~0q PCMJS92/08718.~"
(" ~, S ',~ ~.J ( j 'j ~'J
isopropyl or 3-heptyl group. Illustra~ive polycarboxylic acids are suecinic, alkyl-and alkenylsuccinic, adipic, sebacic and citric acids.
The mixed ~netal salts may be prepared by merely blending a metal salt of a phosphorodithiolc acid with a metal salt of a carboxylic acid in the desired ratio. The ratio of equivalenl;s of phospholodi~hioic to carboxylic acidsalts is between ~bout 0.5:1 to about 400:1. Preferably, the ratio ls between about 0.5:1 and sbout 200:1~ ~dYantageously, the r~tio can }~e from about 0~5:1 to about 100:1, preferably f~om ~out ~.5:1 to about 50:1, and more preferably from about 0.5:1 to about 20:1. Further, ~he ratio can be ~rom about 0.5:1 to about 4.5:1, preferably about 2.5:1 to about 4.25:1. For this purpose, ~he equi~alent weight of a phosphorodithioic acid is its molecular weight divided bythe number of -PSSH groups ~herein, and that of a carboxrlic acid ls its molecular weight dlvided by the nwnber of carboxy groups therein.
A second and preferred method for preparing the mixed metal salt~
useful in this invention is to prepare a mlxture of the acids ln the desired ratlo and to react the acid mixture with a suitable metal base. When this method of preparation is used, it i5 frequently possible to prepare a salt contalning an excess of me~al witb respect to the number of equivalents of acid present; thus mixed metal salts containing as m~ny as 2 equi~alents and especially up to about1.5 equivalents of metal per equivalent of acid may be prepared. The equivalent of a metal for this purpose is its atomic weight divided by its valence.
Varian~s of the above-described methods may also be used to prepare the mixed metal salts useful in this invention. For example, a metal salt of either aeid may be blended with an acid of the other, and the resulting blend 1 ' ~ ~ I , reacted with additional metal base.
Suitable metal bases for the preparation of the mixed metal salts include the free metals previously enuznerated and their oxides, hydroxides, .
alkoxides and basic salts. Examples; are sodium hydroxide, potassiurn hydroxide,rnagnesiwn oxide, calcium hydroxide, zinc oxide, lead oxide, nickel oxide and the like.
, ,, ~ -, ;., .., .., ; ~
The temperature at which the mixed me~al sal~s are prepared is genersl1y between about 30~ and about 150C, preferably up to about 125CC.
If the mixed salts aré prepared by neutralization of a mlxture of acids with a metal base, lt is preferred to employ temper~tures abo~e about S0C and especlally above about 75C~ It is frequently advantageous ~o conduc~ the reaction in the presence of a ~ubstantially Inert, normally liquid orgallic diluent such as naphtha, benzene, xylene, m~neral oil or the llke. If the diluent is mineral oll or is physically and ~hemically simllar to minersl oil, it frequently need not be removed before using the mlxed metal salt as an ~dditive for lubrica~lts or functional f~uids.
U.5~ Paten~s 4,308,154 and 4,417,g70 descrlbe proced~res for preparing these mixed metal sallts and disclose a rlumber ~f examples of such mixed salts. Such dlsclosures of these patznts are hereby incorporated by reference.
The preparation of the mixed salts is illustrated by the following example.
Example C-ZI
A mixture of 67 parts (1.63 equivalents) of zinc oxide and 48 par~s of mineral oil is ~tirred at room temperature and a mixture of 401 parts (1 equi~alent) of di-(2-ethylhexyl) phosphorodlthioic acid and 36 parts (0.25 equiYalent) of 2-ethylhexanoic acid is added o~er 10 minutes. The temperature increases to 40C durmg the addition. When sddition is complete, the tempera-ture is increased to 80C for 3 hours. The mixture is then vacuum stripped at lG0C to yield Ithe desired mixed metal salt as a 91% solution in mineral oil.
(D) Antioxidant. ~ ~
The lubricating oil compositions of the preserlt invention also may include an antioxidant (D), with the proviso that (D) the antioxidant and (C) the metal dithiophosphate are not the same. For instance, (C) and (D) may both be metal dithiophosphat~s provided that the metal of (C) is not the same as the metal of (D). In one embodiment, the antioxidants are selected from the group WO ~3/23~0q 1'~T/US92/~718 ~
% 'i ~ J ti '''~
consisting of: sulfur-containing composltions, alkylated aromatic amines, phe-nols, and oil-soluble transition metal containing compounds. When present, the lubricating oil co~npositions may contaln from about 0.01 to about 2% or even 5%of at least one antioxidant.
The antioxidant may be one or more sulfur-containing compositicns.
Materials which may be sulfurized to form the sulfurized organic compositions of the present inventlon include oils, fatty aclds or esters, olefirls or polyoleflns made thereof or Dlels-Alder adducts.
Olls which may be sulfurlzed are natural or synthetlc oils including 10 mineral oils, lard oil, carboxylic ~cid esters derived from aliphatic alcohols and fat~y acids vr aliphatic carboxylic acids ~e.g., myrlstyl oleate and oleyl; oleate~
sperm wbale oil, synthetic sperm whale oil subs~itutes and syrlthetic unsaturated esters or glycerides.
Fatty acids generally contaln from about 8 to about 30 car~on 15 atoms. The unsaturated fatty acids generally contained ln the naturally occurring vegetable or animal fats and such acids include palmi~oleic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, and el~cic acid. The fatty acids may comprise mixtures of acids, such as those obtained frorn naturally occurring animal ar~d vegetable oils, including beef tallow, depot fat, îard oil, tall oil, peanut o}l, corn 20 oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, poppy-seed oil, soybean oil, cottonseed oiî, sunflower seed oil, or wheat germ oil. Tall oil is a mixture oî rosin acids, mainly abietic acid, and unsaturated fatty acids1 mainly o1eic and linoleic acids. Talloil is a by-product of the sulfate process for the manufaGture of wood pulp.
The fatty acid esters also may be prepared from aliphatic olefinic 25 acids of the type described above by reaction with any of the above-descri~edalcohols and polyols. Examples of aliphatic alcohols include monohydrjc alcoholssuch as methanol, ethanol; n- or isopropanol; n-, iso, sec-, or tertbutanol, etc.;
and polyhydric alcohols including ethylene glycol, propylene gîycol, trimethylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, glycerol, etc.
WO 93/23504 P~/US92/0871X
~; ,, ;'' ''.,: J ,., s'J
The olefinic compounds which may be sulfurized are diverse in nature. They contain at least one olefinic double bond1 which is defined as a non-aromatic double bond; that is, one connec~ g two aliphatic carbon atoms.
In lts bro~dest sense, ~he olefln may b13 ~ef~ned by the fonnula R*1R*~C=CR~3-R 4, whereln each of R*1, R*2, R~3 and R~4 ~s hydrogen or an organic group. In genernl, the R groups in the aboYe f~rmula which are not hydrogcn may be s~isfied by such groups as -C~K 5)3,-CooR~5,-CoN~R 5)2,-CooN~R 5)4, -COOM, -CN, ~X, -YR 5 or -Ar, wherein:
each R 5is independently hydro~en, ~Ikyl, ~lkenyl, azyl, substitu~ed alkyl, substituted alkenyl or substituted s~rl, witb the proYlso that any two R 5 groups can be alkylene or substituted alkylene whereby a ring of up to about 12 c~rbon atorns is formed;
M is one equlvalent of a metal cation ~preferably Group I or 11, e.g., sodium, potassium, bariurn, c~lcium);
X is halogen (e~g., chloro9 bromo, or iodo);
Y is oxygen or divalent sulfur;
Ar is an aryl or substituted aryl group of up to about 12 carbon atoms.
Any two of R 1, R 2, R 3 and R 4 may also together form an alkylene OF substituted alkylene ~roup; i.e., the olefinic compound may be alicyclic.
The olefinic compound is u~ually one in which each R group which i5 not hydrogen is independently alkyl, alkenyl or aryl group. Monoolefinic and diole~inic compounds, particularly the fo~ner, are preferred, and especially terminal monool&finic hydrocarbons, that is, those compvunds in which R 3 and R 4 are hydrogen and R 1 and R 2 are alkyl or aryl, especially alkyl (that is, the olefin is aliphatic) having 1 tO about 30, preferably I to about 16, more preferably 1 to about 8, and more preferably 1 to about 4 carbon atoms. Olefiniccompounds having about 3 to 30 and especially about 3 to 16 (most often less than 9) carbon atoms are partlcularly desirable.
WO 93/23504 PCr/US92/08718 2 ~ J '-~ '' lsobutene, propylene and the~r dlrners, trimers and tetramers, and mixtures thereaf are especially preferred olefinic con~pounds. Of these compowlds, Isobutylene and diisobutylene are partlcularly des~rable because of their svailability and th~ p~;l~ularly high sulfur containing compositlons whlchcan be prepared therefrom.
In another embodiment, the sulfurized organic c:ornpound is sulfurl~ed terpene cozIlpound. The term "terpene compound" as used in the specification and claims is intended tc~ Include the various isorneric terpene hydrocarbons having tbe empirlcal formula CloHl6, such as contained In turpen~ine, pine oil and dipentenes, ~nd the ~arious synthe~lc and naturally occurring oxygen-ccntaining derlvat1ves. Mixtures of these various sompounds generally will be utillzed, especially when natural produc~s such as pine oil and turpsntine are used~ Pine oil, for e~ple, comprises a mlxture of alpha-terpineol, beta-terpineol, alpha-fenchol, camphor, borneol/isoborneol, fenchone,tS estragole, dilhydro alpha-terpineol, anethole, and other mono-terpene hydrocar-bons. The specific ratios and amounts of the various components in a given plne oil will depend upon the p~rticular source and the degree of purification. A
group of pine oil-derived products are available comsnerclally from Hercules lncorporated. It has been found that the pine oil products genera11y knowrl as terpene alcohols avallable from Hercules Incorporated are particularly useful inthe preparation of the sulfurized products of the in~ention~ Pine oil products are available from Hercules under such designations as alpha-Terpineol, Telpineol 318 Prime, Yarmor 3027 Hcrco pine oil, Yarrnor 302W, Yarmor F and Yarrnor 60.
In another embodiment, ttle sulfurized organic composition is at lea~t one sulfur-containing material which comprises the reaction product of a sulfur source and at least one Diels-Alder ~dduct. Generally, the molar ratio ofsulfur source to Diels-Alder adduct is in a range of from about 0.75 to about 4.0, preferably about I to about 3.0, more preferably about I to about 2.5.
The Dlels-Alder adducts are a well-krlown, art-recognized class of compounds prepared by the diene synthesis or Diels-Alder reaction. A summary WO 93/23504 rc~/us92/()87lx ,~,f ~ J /~J ~
of the prior art relating to this class of campounds is found in the Russian rnonogr~ph, Dienowl Sintes, Izdatelstwo Akade~ lauk SSSR, 19~3 by A.S.
Onlschenko. (Translated in~:o the Engllsh language by L. Mandel as A.S.
Onischenlco, Piene Synthesis, I~.Y., I:)ani~l D~vey a~d Co., Inc., 1964.) Thls monograph and references cited thzrein are incorporated by referencc into the present specification.
Basically, ~he dlene synthesis (l~lels-Alder reaction) involves the reaction of at least one conjugated dlene with at least one ethylenically or acetylenlcally unsaturated compound, thes~ latter compounds being known as dienophiles. Piperylene, isoprene, methylisoprene, chloroprene, and 1 ,3-butadiene are among the preferred dienes for us~ in preparing the Diels-Alder adducts.
Examples of cycl~c dienes are the cyclopentadienes, fulvenes, 1,3-cyclohexa-dienes, 1 ,3-cycloheptadienes, 1 ,3,5-cycloeptatrienes, cyclooctatetraene, ~nd 1 ,3,5-cyclononatrienes.
A preferred class of dienophiles are those having at least one electron-accepting groups selected from groups such as forrnyl, cy~no, n~tro, carboxy, carbohydrocarbyloxy, etc. Usually the hydrocarbyl and substituted hydrocarbyl groups, if not present, will not contain more than 10 carbon atoms each.
One preferred class o f disnophiles are those wherein at ~east one carboxylic es~er group represented by -C(O)O-Ro where Ro is the residue of a saturated aliphatic alcohol of up to about 40 carbon atoms, the aliphatic alcohol from which -Ro is derived can be any of the above-described mono or polyhydric alcohols. Preferably the alcohol as a lower aliphatic alcohol, more preferably methanol, ethanol, propanol, or butanol.
In addition to the ethylenically unsaturated dienophiles, there are rnany useful ac~tylenically unsaturated dienophi}es such as propiolaldehyde, methyl-ethynylketone, propylethynylketone, ~ propenylethynylketone, propiolic acid, propiolic acid nitrile, ethyl~propiolate, tetrolic acid, propargylaldehyde, WO 93/23504 PCr/US92/~7871X
2 fi ~3 r~f (J J J
acetylene-dicarboxylic acid, the dimethyl ester of acetylenedicarboxylic acid, dibenzoylacetylene, and the like l~orrnally, the adduc~i invol~e the reactlon of equirnolar amounts of dlene and dlen~phile. HoweYer, ~f the dienophile has more than one e~hylenic link~ge, it is posslble for addltional diene to react if present in 1;he reaction mlxture.
It is frequently ad~antageous to incorporate materlals uscful as sulfurization promoters in the reac~ion mix~ure~ These materlals may be acidicl basic or neutral. Useful neutral and acidic materlals include acidified clays such as "Super Filtrol'l (sulfurlc acid treated diatomaceous earth), p-toluenesulfonic a~id, phosphorus-containing resgents such as phosphorus acids (e.g., dialkyl~phos-phorodithioic acids, phosphorus acid esters ~e.g., trlphenyl phosphate), phosphorus sulfides such as phosphorus pentasulfide and su~rface acti~re agents such as lecithin.
The preferred prvmoters are basic materials~ These may be inorganic oxides and salts such as sodium hydroxide, calciuzn oxide and sodium sulflde. The most desirable basic promoters, however, are nitro~en bases including ammonla and ~nines.
The amount of promoter material used is generally a~out 0.0005-2û 2.0% of ~he combined weight of the teI~ene and olefinic compounds. In the case of the preferred ammonia and amine catalysts, about 0.0005-0.5 mole per mole of the combined weight is preferred, and about 0.001-0.1 is especially desirable.
Water is also present in the reaction mixture either as a promoter orl as a diluent for one or more of the promoters recited hereinabove. The amount of water, when present, is usually about 1-25% ~y weight of the olefinic compound. The presence of water ls, however, not essential and when certain types of reaction equlpment are used it may be advantageous to conduct the reaction under substantially anhydraus conditions.
WO ~3/23~;0q ~ P(~r/USg~/08718 ,; J
When promoters are incorparated into the reaction mixture as described hereinabove, lt is generally observed ;hat the reaction can be conducted at lower temperatures, and the product generally is lighter in color.
The sulfur source or reagent used for preparing any of the sulfur-containing materials of this inverl~iQrl m3y be, for exarnple, sulfur, a sulfur halide such as sulfur monochlorlde or sulfur dichloride, a mixture of hydrogen sulfide and sulfur ar sulfur dioxidef or the like. Sulfur, or mlxtures of sulfur and hydrogen sulfide often are preferred. However, it will be understuod that other sulfurization rsagents may, when appropriate, be substituted therefor.
~0 Comnlercial sources of all the sulfurlzing re~gents are normally used for ~he p~ose of thi~ invention, asld ir~purities normslly associated with these comrner-cial products may be present without adverse results.
When the sulfurlzation reactlon is effected by the use of sulfur alone, the reaction is effected by merely heatlng the reagents with the sulfur at temperatures of from about 50 to 250C, usually, from about 150 to abou~ 2I0C.
The weigh~ r~tio of the materials to be sulfurized t~ sulfur is between about 5:1 and about 15:1, generally between about 5:1 and a~out 10:1. The sulfurization reaction is conducted with efficient agitation and generally in an inert atmosphere (e.g.~ ni~rogen~. If any of the compos~ents or reagents ~re apprecia-bly volatile at ~he reactiosl temperature, the reaction Yessel may be sealed andmaintained under pressure. It is frequently advantageous to add the sulfur portionwise to the mixture of the other components.
When mlxtures of sulfur and hydrogen sulfide are utilized in the , ~ process of thei invention, the amounts of sulfur and hydrogen sulfide per mole of component(s) eo be sulfurized nre5~respectively~ usually about 0.3 to about 3 gram-atoms and about 0.1 to about~l.5 moles. A preferredrange is from about 0.5 to about 2.0 gram-atoms and about 0.4 to about 1.25 moles, respectively, andthe most desirable ranges are about 0.8 to about 1.8 gram-atoms, and about 0.4 to about 0.8 mole, respectively. In reaction mixture operations, the components are introduced at levels to provide these ranges. In semi-continuous operations, .
WO 93/23504 PCI /US92/5~871 ~
2 ~ ( they may be admixed at any ratio, but on a mass balance basis, they are present so as to be consumed in amoun~s within ~hese r~tlos. Thus, for example, if the re~ction vessel ls initially charged with sulfur alone, the terpene and/or olefinic compound and hydrogen sulflde sre added incrementally at a rste such that the desired ratio is ob~ained.
When mixtures of sulfur and hydrogen sulfide are utilized in the sulfurlzation reactioo, the temperature range of the sulfurization reaction is generally from about 50 to about 350C. The pref~rred range is about 100 to about 200C with about 120 ~o ~bout 180~ being e~peclally su~able. The reaction often is conducted under super atmospheric pressure which may be ~nd usually is sutogenous pressure ~i.e., pressure whlch ~aturally developed during ~he course of 1:he reaction), but may also be exter~ally applied pressure. The exactpressure developed during the reaction is dependent upon such factors as design and operation of th¢ system~ the resction temperature, snd the vapor pressure of the reactants and products, and it may vary during the course of the reaction.
While }t is preferred generally that th~ reaction mixture conslsts entireb of ~ the components and reagents described aboYe, the reaction also may be effected in the presence of an inert solvent (e.g., an alcohol, ether, este~, :
aliphatic hydrocarbon, halogenated aromatic hydrccarbon, etc.) which is liquid within the temperature range employed. ~ When the reacti3n temperature is relatively high, for example, st about 200C, there may be some evolution of ; ~ sulfur from the product which is avoided is a lower reaction temperature such as from about 15U-170C is used.
In some~ instances, it may be d~sirable to treat the sulfurized product obtained in accordance with the procedures described herein to reduce ac:tive~sulfur. The terrn "active sulfur" includes sulfur in a form which can cause staining of copper~ and similar materials, and~standard tests are available to determine~sulfur activity. As an alternatlve to the treatment to reduce active sulfur, metal deactivators can be used with the lubricants containing sulfurizedcompositions.
.
.
WO 93/23504 PCl/US92/08718 ,~ . , ,, ..~ ., . '..f ;~ J t,/
The fol}owing examples relate to sulfurized compositiolls usieful in the present invention.
Exiample D-l A reaction ~e~sel is charged with 780 parts isopropyl alcohol, 752 p~rts water, 35 parts of a 50% by weight aqueous solu~ion of sodlum hydroxlde, 60 parts of sulfuric acid treated diatomaceous ear~h (Super Filtrol a~railable from Engelhard ~orporatlon, Menlo P~rk, New Je~sey) snd 239 parts of sodiwn sulfide.
The mixture is stirred ~nd heated to 77-R0C. The reaction temperature i5 main-tained for ~wo hours. Themixt~e is cooled to 71C whcreupon 1000 part~ of the sulfurized olefin prepared by reactlng 337 parts of sulfur monochlorlde with 1000 parts of a mixture of 733 parts of l-dodecene and 100~ pa~ts af Neodene 1618, a C16_18 olefin mixture ava~lable fro~n Shell Chemical, are added to the mixture.
The re~ction mixture 1~ heated to 77-80C and the temperature Is maintained until the chlorine content is a mal~imuun of 0.5. The reactiorl mixture is vacuum stripped to 80C and 20 mlllimeters of mercury. The residue is filtered through diatomaceous earth. The filtrate has 19~0% sulfur and a specific gravity of 0.95.
Example D-2 A mkture of 100 parts of soybean oil and 50 parts of commerci~l C16 -olefins is heated to 175C. under nitrogen and 17.4 parts ~f sulfur are added gradually, whereupon an exothermic reaction causes the temperature to rise to 205C. The mixturc is h~ated at 188-200C. for 5 hours, allowed to coolgradually to 90C. arld filtered to yield the desired product contaîning 10.13%
sulfur. ~ ~
Ex~nple D-3 2S A mixture~ of lOO parts of so~besn oil, 3.7 parts of tall oil acid and 46.3 par~s of commercial Cls ~8 a-olefins is heated to 165C. under nitrogen and17.4 parts of sulfur are added~ The temperature of the mixture rises to 191C.
It is maintained at 165-200C. for 7 hours and is then cooled to 90C. and filtered. The product contains 10.l39~ sulfur.
WO 93/23504 pcr/us92/o8718 ','"., -7~ -Example D-4 A mixture of 93 parts (0.5 equivalent) of pine oil and 48 parts (1.5 equivalents) of sulfur is charged to ~ reactlon vessel equipped with condenser, thermometer and stirrer. The mlx~ure i5 heated to about 140C wlth nitrogen blowing and malnt~ined at this temperature ~or ~bout 28 hours. After cooling, 111 p~cs of a C16 alpha-olefin ~vallable from Culf Oil Chemlcals Cornpany under the general trade name Gulfterle 16) ~re added through an addltion funnel,and after addition is cotnplete, th~ addltion funnel Is replaced with a nitrogentube. The reaction mixture is he~ted to 170C with nitrogen blowing and 1() maintained at the temperature for about 5 hours. The mixture is cooled and filtered through a fllter ald. The flltra~e Is the desired product having a sulfur content of 19.01~6 ~theory 19.04%).
Example D-5 (a) A mixture comprising 400 grams of toluene and 66.7 grams of alumimlrn chloride is charged to a two- liter flask fltted with a stirrer, nitrogen inlet tube, and a solid carbon dioxide-cooled reflux condenser. A second m~xture comprising 640 grams (5 moles~ of butylacrylate and 240.8 grams of toluene is added to the AtC13 slu~Ty over a 0.25-hour period while maintaining the temperature within the range of 37-58C. Thereafter, 313 grams (5.8 moles) of butadiene ~re added to the slurry over a 2.75-hour period while maintaining the temperature of the reaction mass at 60-61C b~ means of external cooling.
The reaction mass is blown with nitrogen for about 0.33-hour and then trans-ferred to a four-liter separatory funnel and washed wlth a solution of 150 grarns of concentrated hydr~chloric acid in 1100 gr~ns of water. Thereafter, the product is subjected to two additional water washings using 1000 ml of water foreach wash. The washed reaction product is subsequently distilled to remove unreacted butylacrylate and toluene. The residue of this first distillation step is subje~ted to further distillation at a pressure of 9-10 millimeters of mercury whereupon 785 grams of ~he desired adduct are collected over the t~mperature of 105-115C.
.
WC)93/23504 f; y ~ ?~ PCl/US92/nX71 (b) The above-prepared butadiene-butylacrylate Diels-Alder adduct (4~50 grams, 25 moles) and 1600 grarns (50 moles) of sulfur flowers are charged to a 12 liter flask, fit~ed with stirrer, reflwY condenser, and nitrogeninlet tube. I he reaction mixture is heated at a temperature within the range of150-155C for 7 ho~us while p~ssing nI~rogen therethrough at ~ rate of about 0.5cubic feet p~r hour. After heatlng~ ~e mass is perml~ted to cool to room temperature and filtered, the sulfur-containing product being the flltrate.
The antioxidant (D) may also be ~n alkylated aromatic amine.
Alkylated aromatic ~nines include compounds repre~ented by the formula Ar3-h-Ar4 wherein Ar3 and Ar4 ~re independently mononuclear or polynuclear, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic groups; and R6 ls hydlrogen, halogen, OH, NH2, SH~
N02 or a hydrocarbyl group of from 1 to about 50 carbon atoms. Ar3 and Ar4 may be any of the above-described aromatic groups. When Ar3 and/or Ar4 are substituted aromatic groups, the number of substltuents on Ar3 and/or Ar4 range independently up to the nwnber of positions ~vailable on Ar3 an~/or Ar4 for substitution. T~ese substi~uents ~re independently selected from the group consisting of halogen (e.g., chlorine, bromine, etc.), OH, NH2, SH, N02 or hydrocarbyl groups of from 1 to about 50 ~arbon atoms.
In a preferred embodiment, antîoxidant ~D~ is represented by the formula H
~ f _ N---~\( (XIV) ~7 ~_ wo 93/23504 pcr/us92/o~718~ .
wherein R7 and R~ are independently hydrogen or hydrocarbyl groups of from 1 to about 50 carbon atoms, preferably hydrocarbyl graups af from about 4 to about 20 carbon atoms. Examples of sroms~ic amines include p,p'-dioctyldi-phenylamine;octylphenyl-beta-naphthylamlne;octylphenyl-alpha-naphthylamine, phenyl-alpha~rlaphthylamine; phenyl-beta-naphthylamine; p-octylphenyl-alpha-naphthylamine and 4-octylphenyl-1-octyl-beta~naphthyliamine and di(nonyl-phenyl~amine, with di~nonylphenyl)amine preferred.
V.S. Patents 2~558,285; 3,601,632; 3~3~B,975; and 3,S05,225 disclose diaryl~nines within ~he scope of component (J:)~. These patents are incorporatedherein by reference.
The antioxidants (D) used in the present invention may be one or more of several ~ of phenolic compounds which may be metal-free phenolic compounds.
In one embodiment, the antioxid~nt of the present imention includes at least one metal-free hindered phenol. Alkylene coup}ed derivatives of said hindered phenols also can be used. Hindered phenols are defined (in the specification and claims) as those containing a sterically hindered hydroxyl group, and these ~nclude those deriYatives of dihydroxy aryl compounds wherein tl5e hydroxyl groups are in the o- or p-position to each other.
The snetal-~ree hindered phenols ma~ be represented by the following Formulae XY, XVI and XVII.
OH
R9 ~ (XV~
_, ~
WO 93/23504 Ps~/us92/o871~ ~
~-,s " ~?, ~
OH OH
R9~ R9 ~XVI) OH OH
R9 ~ C(R12)~ R~ (XVII) ~ O ~?,10 whereln eac:h R9 is independently an alkyl group cantaining from 3 to about 9 carbon atoms, each R10 is hydrogen or an alkyl group, Rll ls hydrogen or an slkyl group containi~;g from 1 to about 9 carbon atoms, and ~ach Rl~ is independently hydrogen or ~ methyl group. In the preferred embodiment, R10 is an alkyl group conts~ning from about 3 ~o about 50 carbon atoms, preferably ahout 6 to about 20, more prefer~bly from about 6 to about 12. Exarnples of such groups include hexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl, tripropenyl~ tetrapropen-yl, etc. E:xamples of I?9, R10 and Rll ~groups include propyl, isopropyl, but~l,secondaly butyl, tertiary butyl, heptyl, octyl, and nonyl. Preferablyf each R9 and Rll are tertiary groups such as tertiar~ butyl, tertiary amyl, etc. The phenoli~compounds of ~the type represented by ~ormula XV may be prepared by various tech~iques, ansd in one~ embodiment~ such phenols are prepared in stepwise ~: manner by first preparing the para-substituted ~Ikyl phenol, and thereafter ~ alkylating the j para-substituted phenol ~ in the 2- and/or 6-position as desired.
When it is desired to prepare coupled phenols of the type represented by ~: Fonnulae ~CVI and XVII, the second step alkylation is conducted under conditions which result in the: alkylation of only one of the positions ortho to the hydroxyl group. ~
Examplès of useful phenolic materials of the type represented by ~ormula XV inciude: 2-t-butyl-4-heptyl phenol; 2-t-butyl-4-octyl phenol;
WO 93/~3504 PCl/US9~iO871~s ~,L ~ J ~
2-t-butyl-4-dodecyl phenol; 2,6-di-~butyl-4-butylphenol; ~,6-dl-t-butyl-4-heptylphenol; 2,6-di t-butyl-4-dodecyl phenol; 2-methyl-6-dl-t-butyl-4-heptyl phenol;
2,4-dimethyl-6-t-butyl phenol; 2,6-t-butyl-~-ethyl phenol; 4-t-butyl catechol; 2,4-di-t-butyl-p-cresol; 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methyl phenol; and 2-methyl-6-di-t-S butyl~4-dodec~rl phenol.
Examples of the ortho coupled phenols of the type represented by Forrnula ~CVI include: 2,2'-bis(6-~-butyl-4-heptyl phenol); 2,2'-bis(6-t-butyl-4-octyl phenol); 2,6-bis-~lt-methylcyclohexyl~-4-methyl phenol; and 2l2'-bls(6-t-butyl-4-dodecyl phenol).
Alkylene-coupled phenolic compounds of the type represented by Formula XVII can be prepared from ~he phenols represented by Formula XV
wherein R1 1 is hydrogen by reaction of the l~henolic cornpound with an ~ldehydesuch as forrnaldehyde, acetaldehyde, etc. or a ketone such as acetone.
Procedures for coupling of phenolic compounds with aldehydes and ketones are lS well knGwn in the art, and the procedures do not need to be described in d~tail herein. To illustrate the process, a phenolic compound cf the type represented by Forrnula XY wherein R1 1 is hydrogen is heated with a base or an acid, such as sulfuric acid, in a diluent such as toluene or xylene, and this mixture is then contacted with an aldehyde or ketone while heating the mixture tp reflux ~nd removing water as the reaction progresses.
Exarnples of phenolic compounds of the type represented by Formula XVII include 2,2'-methylene-bis~6-t-butyl 4-heptyl phenol3; 2,2'-methyl-ene-bis(~t-butyl~octyl phenol); 292'-methylene-bis-(4-dode~yl-6-t-butyl phenol);2,2'-methylene-bis-(4-octyl-6-t-butyl phenol); 2,2'-methylene-bis-(4-octyl phenol);
2,2'-methylene-bis-(4-dodecylphenol); 2,2'-me~hylene-bis-(4-heptyl phenol); 2,2'methylene-bisl6-t-butyl-4-dodecyl phenol~; 2,2'-rnethylene-bis(6-t-bu~yl-4-tetrapropenyl phenol), and 2,2'methylene-bis(6-t-butyl-4-butyl phenol).
The alkylene-coupled phenols may be obtained by reacting a phenol ~2 equivalents) with 1 equivalent of an aldehyde cr ketone. Lower molecular weight aldehydes are preferred and particularly preferred examples of useful W0 g3/2351)4 P(~/US92/0~71~s (, i , ,.; .~ . ,, aldehydes include formaldehyde, a reversible polyrner thereof such as paraform-aldehyde, trioxane, acetaldehyde, etc. AS used In this specification and claims,the word "formaldehyde" shall be deem~d to include such reversible polyrners.
The alkylene-coupled phensls can be derived from phenol or substituted alkyl phenols, and substituted slkyl phenols are preferred. The phenol must have an ortho or para pusitiorl ava~lable for reaction with the aldehyde~
In une embod~ment, the phenol w~ll contain one or more alkyl groups which may or may not resul~ ln a sterically hindered hydroxyl group.
Examples of hindered phenols which can be used in the formation of the alkylene-coupledphenols include: 2,4-dimethylphenol; 2,4-di-t-butyl phenol, 2,6-di-t-butyl phenol; 4-octyl-6-t-butyl phenol; etc.
In one preferred mbodiment, the phenol from which the alkylen~-coupled phenols are prepared are phenols substltuted in the para posi~ion with aliphatic groups containing at least 6 carbon atoms as described above Generally, the alkyl groups contain from 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Pr~ferred alkyl groups are derived from polymers of ethylene, propylene, 1-butene and isobutene7preferably propylene tetramer or trlmer.
The reaction between the phenol and the aldehyde, polymer there~f or ketone is usually carried out between room temperature and about 150C, 2û preferably about 50-125C. Th~ reaction preferably is carried out in ~he presence of an acidlc or basic material such as hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, sulfuric acid, amrnonium hydroxide, sodil hydroxide or potassiwn hydroxide.
The relative amounts of the reagents used are not critical, but it is generaJly convenient ~o juse about 0.3 to about 2.0 moles of phenol per equivalent df formaldehyde or other aldehyde.
The following exarnples illustrate the preparation of phenolic compounds of the type represented by Formulae XV and XVII.
Example D-6 A reaction vessel is charged with 3192 parts (12 moles) of a 4-tetrapropenyl phenol. The phenol is heated to 800e in 30 minutes and 21 parts WO 93/23504 Pcr/Us92/08718 2 ~ ~s~
Other useful types of poly~nine mixtures ~e those resulting frorn stripping of the above-de~cribed polyamine mixtures. In this instance, lower molecular weight polyaTnines and volatile contaminan~s are removed from an alkylene polyamine mixture to leave as resldue what ts of ~en termcd "polyamine bottoms". In general, ~lkylene polysmine botton~ can be characterized as having less than two, ~sually less than 196 (by weight) material boiling below about 200C. In the instance of ethylene polyamine ~ottoms, which are readlly available and found to be quite useful, the bottoms contain less tb~n about 2%
(by weight) total diethylene triamine ~DEIA) or triethylene tetramine (TEIA).
A typical sample of such ethylene polyamine bot~oms obtained from the Dow Chemical Company Qf ~reeport, Texas designated "E-}00l' showed a spPcific gravity at 15.6C of 1.0168, a percent nitrogen by weight of 33.15 and a viscosity at 40C of 121 ~centistokes. Gas chroma~ography analysis of such a sample showed It to contain about 0.93h "Light Ends" (most probably DETA), 0.72%
TEI`A, 21.74% tetraethylene pentamine and 76.61% pentaethylene hexamine and higher ~by weight~. These alkylene polyamine bottoms include cyclic condensa-tion products such as piperazine arld hi~her analogs of diethylenetriamine~
triethylenetetramine and the like.
These alkylene polyamine bottoms can be reacted solely with the acylating agent, in which case the amino reactant consists essentially of alkylene polyamine bottoms, or they can be used with other amines and polyamines, or 4 P~/US92/08718 ~ t. 'J '.~1 ', J ~ :.J
alcohols or mixtures thereof. In these latter csses at least one amino reactant comprises alkylene polyamine bottoms.
Other p~lyamines which can be reacted wlth the acylating agents (A 1) in sccordance with this invention arè descrlbed in, for example, U.S.
Patents 3,219,666 and 4,234,435, and these paten~s are hereby incorporated by referenc~ for their disclosures of amines whlch can be reacted wi~h the acylatlng agents described above to form the carboxyllc derivatives (B) of thls invention.In anu~h~r embodiment, the amine may be a bydroxyamine.
Typ~cslly, the hydr~xya~mines are primary, secondary or tertlary alkanol amines or mixtures ~hereof. Such amines can be represented by the formulae:
H2N-R'-OH~ (Vll) and R'lN~H)-R'-OH (VIII) wherein each R'l is independently a hydrocsrbyl group of one to about eight carbon atoms or hydroxyhydrocsrbyl group of two to about ~ight carbon atoms, preferably one to about four, and R' is a divalent hydrocarby} group of about t~o to about 18 carbon atoms, preferably two to sbout four. The group -R'-OH in such formulae represents the hydroxyhydrocarbyl group. R' can be an acyclic, alicyclic or aromatic group. Typically, R' is an acyclic straight or branched ~0 alkylene group such as an ethylene, 1,2-propylene, 1,2-butylene, 1,2-octadeeyl-ene, etc. group. Where two R'l groups are present in the same molecule they can be joined by a direct carbon-to-carbon bond or through a heteroatom (e.g., oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur) to form a 5-j 6-, 7- or 8-membered ring structure.
Examples of such heterocyclic amines include N-(hydroxyl lower al-kyl)-morpholines, -thiomorpholines, -piperidines, -oxazolidines, -thiazolidines and the like. Typically, however, each R'l is independently a methyl3 ethyl, propyl,butyl1 pentyl or hexyl group.
~YO ~3/2350~ PCJI~/US92/0871~ -~
2; ~S ~
-2~-Examples of these alkanolamines include mono-, di-, and triethanol amine, diethylethanolamine, ethylethanolamine, butyldie~hanolamine, etc.
The hydroxyamines can also be an e~her N-(hydroxyhydrocarbyl)-~nine. These are hydroxypoJy(hydrocarbyloxy) analogs of the above-described hydroxy amines ~these analogs alsv include h~droxyl-substltuted oxyalkylene analogs). Such N-~hydroxyhydrocar~yl) amines can be conveniently prepared by reactlon of epoxides with afore-clescribed amines and can be represented by the formulae:
H2N~ O)x-~ (IX) and R'lN~H)-~R'O)XH (X) wherein x is a number from about 2 to about 15 and Rl and E~' are a~ described above. R'l may also be a hydroxypoly(hydrocarbyloxy) group.
The carboxylic derivative compositions (A) produced from the lS acylating reagents ~A-l) and the aminn compounds (A-2) described hereinbefore comprise acylated amines which include ~nine salts, amides, imides, amidines, amidic acids~ amidic salts and imidaxolines as well as mixtures thereof. To prepare the carboxylic acid derivatives from the acylating reagents and the amino compounds, one or more acylat~ng reagents and one or more amino compounds are heated, optionally in the presence of a norrnally liquid, substan-tially inert organic li~uid solvent/diluent, at temperatures in the range of about 80C up to the decomposition point of either the reactants or the carboxylic derivative but normally at temperatures in the range of about ~00C up to about 300C provided 300C does not exceed the decompositlon point. Temperatures of abou~ 125C to about 250C are normally used. The acylating reagent and the amino c~mpound are reacted in amounts sufficient to provide from about one-half equivalent up to about 2~moles of amino compound per e~uivalent of acylating reagent.
.
WO 93/23504 P~r/~S92/Og7~
J .~ !J , ~,~
Because the acylating reagen~s ~A- 1 ) can be reac~ed with the amine compounds (A-~) in the same manner as the hlgh molecular welght acylating agents of the prior art are reacted with amines, V.S. Patents 3,172,892;
3,219,666; 3,272,746; and 4,234,435 are expressly incorporated herein by refelence for their disclosures wlth respect to ~he procedures applicable to resctlng the aQlating reagents wl~b the amino compaunds as descrlbed above.
ln order to produce carboxyllc deriv~ive compositio~s exhiblting viscosity index improvlng capabilit~es, lt has been found generally necessary toreact the acylating reagents wlt:h polyfunctional ~znlne reactants. For exarnple, polyamines having two or more primary ~nd/or secondary amino groups are preferred. Obviously, however, it is not necessary that all of the amino com-polmd reacted with the acylating reagents bP polyfunctional. Thus, combinations of mono and polyfunctional amino compounds be used.
The acylating agent i5 reacted with fram about 0.5 eqtlivalent up to about 2 moles of the arnine compound per equivalent of acylating agent. In another e~nbodiment, the amount of ~ine may range from 0.7 up to about1.5 equivalents per equ~valent of acylating agent.
In another embodiment, the acylating agent is reacted with from aboutO.5 and more often 0.7 equivalent up toless than 1 equivalent (e.g., about 0.95 equivalent) of amine compound, per equi~alent of acylating agent. The lower limit on the equi~alents of amine compound may be 0.75 or even 0.80 up to about 0.90 or 0.9$ equivalent, per equivalent of acylating agent. Thus narrower ranges of equivalents of acylating agents (A-l) to amine compounds (A-2~ may be from about 0.70 to about 0.90 or about 0.75 to about 0.90 or about I
` 25 0.75 to about 0.85. It appears, at least in some situations, that when the equivalent of amine compound is about 0.75 or less, per equivalent of acylating agent, the effectiveness of the carboxylic derivative as a dispersant is redueed.
In yet another embodiment, the acylating agen~ is reac~ed with from about 1.0 equivalent up to 2 moles of amine per equivalent of acylating WO ~3/235(~4 P~/US92/0~71g,~
2 J ~ J ~-J
agent. More often the acylating agent is reacted with from ~bout 1.0 or 1.1 up tO l.S equivalents of amine per equivalent of acylating agent.
The amount of' amine compound (A~-2) within the above ranges that is reacted with the acylating agent ~-1) msy also depend in part on the number and type of n~trogen atoms present. For exsmple, 1 smaller amount of a polysarnine containing one or mvre -NH2 groups is required to react with a givenacylating agent than a polyamlne ha~ing the s~rne number of nl~rogen atoms and fewer or no -NH2 groups. One -NH2 group can react wi~h two -COOH groups to form an ~rnide. If only secondary nitrogens are pre~ent in the amine compound, ea- h ~NH group can react with only one -COOH group. Accardlngly, the arnount of polyamine within the above ranges to be reacted with the acylating agent to form the carboxylic derivat~ves of the Inventlon can be read~ly determined from a consideration of the number and types of nltrogen atoms in the polyamine (i.e., -I~IH2, ~NH, and >N-).
lS In addition to the relative amoun~s of acylatlng agent and amine compound used to fo~n the c~boxylic derivat}ve composition (A), o~her features of the carboxylic derivatiYe compositlons used in this invention are the Mn and the Mw/Mn values of the polyalkene as well as the presence within the acylating agents of an average of at least 1 and preferably at least 1.3 succinic groups for each equivalent weight of substitllent groups. When all of these features are present in the carboxylic derivative compos~tions (A), the lubricating oi1 cornpositions of the present invention are characterized by imprvved perfor-mance in combustion engines.
The ratio of succinic groups to the e4uivalent weight of substituent group present in the scylating agent can be determined from the saponification nwnber of the reacted mixture c~rrected to account for unreacted polyalkene present in the reaction mixture at the end of the reaction (generally referred to as filtrate or residue in the following examples). Saponification number is deterrnined using the ASTM D-94 procedure. The formula for calculating the ratio from the saponification nwnber is as follows:
WO 93/23504 PCr/US92/0871 X
,~ ~3 ~
Ra~io = (Mn~(SaD No..co~Tected)_ 112,2ûO-gB(Sap No.,corrected) The corrected saponlfic~tion nwnber is obtained b~r dividing the s~ponification ntunber by the percent of the polyalkerle ~hat has reacted. For exarnple, if 10% o~ ~he polyalkene dld no~ reac~ and the saponificatlon number of the filtrate or res~due Is 95, the corrected saponification number is 95 disrlded by 0.90 or 105.5.
The preparation nf the acy}atlng agents is ~llus~rated in the following Examples l-ff and the preparatioll o~ the carboxylic acid derivative compositlons (A) ls illustrated by ~he following Examples A 1 to A-29. In the following examples, ~nd elsewhere in the specifica~ion ~nd claims, all percentag-es and parts are by welght, temperatures are ~n degre~s centlgrade and pressuresare a~nospheric unless otherwise clearly indicated. The desired acylating agentsare sometimes referred to ln the examples as ~Iresidue1~ without speclflc determination or mention of other mate~ials present or the amoun~s thereof.
A~YIatin~ A~ents Example 1 A mixture of 510 p~rts (0~28 mvle) of polyisobutene (Mn=1845;
Mw-5325) and 59 parts (0.59 mole) of rnaleic anhydride is heated to 110C~ This mi~ture is heated to 1 90C in 7 hours during which 43 parts ~0.6 mole) of gaseous chlorine is added beneath the surface. A~ 190-192C an addisional 11 parts (0.16mole) of chlorine is added over 3.5 bours. The reaction mixture is stripped by heaeing at 190-1~3~C: with nitrogen blowing for 10 hours. The residue is the desired polyisobutene-substituted succinic acylating agent having a saponification equivalent numbeF of 87 as determined by ASTM procedLIre D-94.
Example 2 ~ mixture of 1000 parts (0.495 mole~ of polyisobutene ~Mn=2020;
Mw=6049~ and 115 parts (1.17 moles) of maleic anhydride is heated to 110C.
This mixture is heated tO 184C in 6 hours during which 85 parts (1.2 moles) of WO 93/23~ PCr/US92/V8718 ~
2 ~
gaseous chlorine is added beneath the surface. At 184-189C an additional 59 parts ~0.83 mole) of chlorine ~s added over 4 hours. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 186-190C wlth nltrogen blowing for 26 hours. The re~sidue is the de.sired polyisobutene-substltuted succlnic acylating agent having a saponification equivalent number of 87 as determltled by A5TM procedure D-94.
Example 3 A mixture of 3251 parts of polylsobutene chloride, prepared by the addltion of 251 parts of gaseous chlorlne to 3000 part~ of polyisobutene (Mn-1696; Mw=6594) at ~0C in ~.66 hours, snd 345 parts of maleic anhydride is heated to 200"C in 0.5 h4ur. The reactlon mlxture is held at Z00-224C for 6.33 hourst str~pped at 210C under vacuulTl and flltered. The filtrate is the desired polyisobutene-substituted succinic acylsting agent ha~ring a saponification equivalent number of 94 as determined by ASTM procedure D-94.
Exarnple 4 A polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride is prepared by the reaction of 1 mole of a chlorinated polyisobutylene with 1 mole of maleic anhydrlde at 200C. The polylsobutenyl group has an average molecular weight of 85~, and the resulting substituted succinic anhydride is found to have an acid nurnber of113 (corresponding to,an equivalent weight of 500~.
Example 5 A polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride havi~g an acid number of laS
and an equivalent weight of 540 is prepared by the reaction of 1 mole of a chlorinated polyisobutylene (having an Mn of about 1050 and a chlorine content of 4.3~) and 1 mole of maleic anhydride zt a temperature of about 200C.
1 Example 6 ~ substituted succinic anhydride is prepared by reacting 1 mole of maleic anhydride with 1 mole of a chlorinated copolymer of isobutylene and styrene. The copolymer consists of 94 psrts by weight of isobutylene units and 6 parts by weight of styrene units, has an Mn of about 1200, and is chlorinated WO 93/23~04 P(~/US92/U8718 to a chlorine content of 2.8% by weight. The resulting substituted succinic anhydride has an acid number of 40.
CarboxYlic Derivati~e Com~osi~i~ns ~A
Example A-l A mL~c~ure is prepared by the addltlorl of 10.2 parts 10.25 equiva-lent) of a commerc:ial mixture of ethylene polyamines having from about 3 to about 10 rli~rogen atsms per molecule to 113 p~rts of mineral oil ~nd 161 parts ~0.25 equivalent) Df the substttuted succinic acylating ~gent prepared In Ex~nple 1 at 138C. The reaction mixture is he~ed to 1$0C In ~ ht~urs and stripped by blowing with nitrogen. The reaction mixture is filtered to yield the filtrate asan oil solution of the desired produet.
Example A-2 A mixture is prepared by the addltion of ~7 parts ~1.38 e~uivalents) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamines having from about 3 to 10 nitrogen atoms per molecule to 10~7 parts of mineral oil arld 893 parts ~1.3~
equivalents) of ~he substituted succinie a~,rlating sgent prepared in Example 2 at 140-145C. The reaction mixture is heated to 155C in 3 hours and stripped by blowing with nitrogen. The reaction mixture is filtered to yield the fil~ra~eas an oil solution of t~e desired product.
E:xarnple A-3 A mL~cture of 1132 parts of mineral oil arld 709 parts (1.2 equi-/a-letlts) of a subst~tuted succinic acylating agent prepared as in Example 1 is prepared, and a solution of 56.8 parts of piperazine (1.32 equivalents) in 200 parts Qf water is added slowly from a dropping funnel to the abo~e mixture at 130-140C over approximately 4 hours. Heating is continued to 160C as water is removed. The mixture is maintained at 160-165C for one hour and cooled overrJight. After reheating the mixture to 160C, the mixture is maintained as this temperature for 4 hours. Mineral oil (27CI parts) is added, and the mixtureis filtered at 150C through a fil~er aid. The filtratP is an oil solution of the desired product ~65% oil) containing 0.65% nitrogen (theory, 0.~6%).
WO '33/23504 PCI /US92/OX718 $~
Example A-4 A mix~ure of 1968 parts of mineral oil and 1508 parts ~2.5 equi~ralents) a substituted succinic soylating agent prepared as in Example 1 isheated to 145C whereupon 125.6 parts (3.0 equivalents) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamines as used in Ex~ple A-1 are added oYer a period of 2 hours while malntslning the re~c~ion teanperature at 145-150C. The reactlon mixture is stirred for 5.S hours at 150-152C while blowing with nitrogen~ The mixture is filtered at 150C wlth a fllter ald. The fil~rate ls an oil solution of the desired product (559~ oll) contnitling 1.2û~ nltrogen ~theory, 1.17).
Exarnple A-~
A mlxture of 4082 par~s of mineral oil and 250.8 parts (6.24 equivalents) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamlne of the type utilized in Example A-1 is heated to 110C whereupon 3136 parts (5.2 equivalents) o~ a substituted succlnic acylating agent prepared as in E:xarnple 1 are added over a: 15 period of 2 hours. During the addition, the temperature is maintained at 110-120~C while blowing wlth nitrogen. When all of the amine has been added, the mixture is heated to 160C and maintained at this temperature for about 6.5 hours while removing water. The mixture is filtered at 140C with a filter aid"
:~ and the filtrate is aD oil solution of the desired product (55% oil) containing ZO 1.17% nitrogen (theory, 1.18).
Exarnple A-6 A mixture of 4158 parts of mineral oil and 3136 parts (5.2 equivalents) of a substituted suc~inic ~cylating sgent prepared as in Example 1 is heated to 140(:~ whereupon 312 parts ~7.26 equivalents) of a corr~nercial mixture of ethylene polyamines as used in Exarnple A-l are added over a period of one hour as the temperature increases to 140-1 50C. The mixture is maintained at 150C for 2 hours while blowing with nitrogen and at 160C for 3 hours. The mixture is filtered at 140C with a filter aid. The filtrate is an oil solution of the desired product (55% oil) containing 1.44~ nitrogen (theory, 1.34).
::
WO 93/23504 PCI/US92/û871~
J''~. L ~
Example A-7 A mixture of 4053 parts of mineral oil and 287 parts (7.14 equivalents) of a coznrnercial mLlcture of ethylene poly~nines as used in Exaznple A-l is heated to llû~C whereupon 307S p~ s (5.1 equlv~lents) of ~ substituted succlnic s~lating ~gent prep~red as in ~cample 1 are added over ~ perlod of one hour whlle maintainlng the tempera~ure at about llO~C, The mixture is heated to 160C over a perlod of 2 hours and held at thls temper~ture for an addition~l4 hours. The reactlon m~xture then is filtered at 150C wlth fllter ald, and theflltra~e is an oil solution o~ the desired product; ~55% ~il) contalnlng 1.339 nitrogen (theory, 1~36).
Example A-8 A mixture of 1503 parts of mlneral oll ~nd 1220 parts ~2 equiva-lents) of a substltuted su~cinic ac~ ing ~gent prepared as In Example 1 is heated to 110C whereupon 120 parts (3 equlvalen~s) of a comrnerclal mixture of ethylene polyalTIines of ~he type used in Ex~nple A-l are added over a periodof about 50 minutes. The reactlon m~xture ~s stirred an additional 30 minutes at110C, and the ternperature is then raised to and maintained at about 151C for 4 hours~ A filter aid is added and the mixture is flltered. The filtrate is an oil solution of the desired product ~53.2~ oil) containing 1.44% nitrogen (theory, ~0 1.49).
Ex~mple A~9 ~ A mixture of 3111 parts of mineral oil and 844 par~s (21 equiva-lents) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamine as used in Example A-1 is heated to 140C whereupon 3885 parts (7.0 equivalents) of a substituted succinic , acylating agent prepared as in E~ample 1 are added over a period of about 1.75 hours as the temperature increases to about l SDC. While blowing with nitrogen,the mixture is maintained at 150-15~C for a period of about 6 hours and thereafter filtered with a filter aid at 13~C. The filtrate is an oil solution of the desired produc~ (40% oil) containlng 3.5% nitrogeD (theory, 3.78).
WO 93/23504 PCr/US92/0871X
~ S a ?. i;?, c-~ s~
Example A-10 A mixture is prepared by the addition of 18.2 parts (0.433 equivalent) of a commercial mixture ~f ethylene polyamin~s having from about 3 to 10 nitrogen atoms per molecule tD 392 parts of mineral oil and 348 parts (V.52 equ~valent~ uf ~he substltuted succlnic acyl~tIng agent prepared in ~cample 2 at 1~ûC. The reaction mlxture is he~ted to 150C ln 1.8 hours and stripped by blowing with nit~ogen. The re~ction mixture is flltered to yleld the fil~rateas an oil solution (55% oil) of the deslred product.
Example A-11 An nppropriate size flask fi~ted wlth a stirrer, nitrogen inlet tube, addition fun~lel snd Dean-S~ark trap/condenser is charged wlth a mixture of 24B3parts acylatlng agent (4.2 equivalents~ as described In Ex~Tnple 3, and 1104 par~s oil. This mixt~e is heated to 210C whlle nil:rogen was slowly bubbled through the mixture. Ethylene polyamine bottoms (134 parts, 3.14 equivalents) ~re slowlyadded over about one hour zt this temper~ture. The temperature is maintained at about 210C for 3 hours and then 3688 p~rts oil is ~dded to decrease the temperature to 125C. After stora~e at 13~C for 17.5 hours, the mixture is filtered through diatomaceous earth to provide a 65% oil solution of the desir~d~cylated arnine bottoms.
Example A-12 A mix~ure of 3ff60 parts (6 equivalents) of a substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in Example 1 in 4664 parts of diluent oil is prepared and heated at about l l O~C whereupon nitrogen is blow:n through the mixture. Tothis mixture there are then added 210 parts t5.25 equivalents) of a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamines containing from about 3 to about 10 nitrogen atoms per molecule over a period of one ho~ and the mixture is rnaintained at 110C for an additional 0.5 hour. After heating for 6 hours at 155C while removing water, a filtrate is added and the reaction mixture is filtered at about lSOC. The filtrate is the oil solution of the desired product.
WO 93/23504 PCr/US9~/0~71X
~, i ,. i ,.;~
Example A-13 The ~eneral procedure of Example A-12 is repeated with the exception that 0.8 equivalent of a substituted suc:cinlc acylating agent as prepared in Example 1 i~ reacted wl~h 0.67 equlvalent of ~he colr~nercial mlxture of ethylene polyaminesl The product obtained in this marmer is an oil solution of the product containing 55% diluent oll.
Example A~14 The general procedure of Ex~nple A-12 is repeated except that the polysmine used in this example Is ~n equivalerlt amount of an alkylene polyaminemixture comprising 80% of ethylene polyamine bottum~ from 1)niorl Carb}de and 20% of a commer~ial mixture of ethylene polyamines corresponding In empirical for~ula to dlethyleDe triamine. Tb1s polyamine mixture is characterized as having an equiYalent weight of about 43.3.
Example A-15 The general procedure of Example A-12 is repeated except that the polyamine u~ilized in this example comprises a mixture of 80 parts by weight of ethylene polyamine bottoms svailable from Dow and 20 parts by weight of diethylenetriarnine. This mixture of amines has an equivalent weight of abo~lt 41.3.
Example A-16 A mixture of 444 parts (0.7 equivalent) of a substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in Example 1 and 563 parts of mineral oil is prepared and heated to 140C whereupon ~22.2 parts of an ethylene polyamine mixture corresponding in empirical formu1a to triethylerle tetramine (0.58 equivalent) are added over a period of one hour as the temperature is maintained at 140C. The mixture is blown with nitrogen as ~t is heated to 150C and maintained at this temperature for 4 hours while removing water. The mixture ~hen is filtered through a filter aid at about 135C, and the fi1trate is an oil solution of the desired product comprising abou~ 55%~oi mincral oil.
:
WO 93/23504 pcr/uss2/o8718 "
Example A-17 A mixture of 422 parts ~0.7 equivalent) of a substituted succinic acylatlng agent prepared as in Example 1 and 18B parts of mineral oil is prepared and heated to 210C whereupon 22~1 parts (0.53 equivalent) of a cornmercial 5 mlx~ure of ethylene polyamine bottoms from Dow ~re added over a perlod of one hour blowing with n~trogen. The temperature then i5 increased to about 210-216~C ~nd maintained at this temperature for 3 hours. Mlneral oil (625 parts) is added and ~he mlx~ure is maintained a~ }35C for abou~ 17 hours whereupon the mixture Is filtered and the filtrate Is an oil solu~ion of the desired product ~659~ oll).
Example A-18 The general procedure of Ex~mple A-17 is repeated except that the polyamine used in this ex~ple is a commercial mixture of ethylene polyamines ha~ring from about 3 to 10 nitrogen atonu per molecu}e (equivalent weight of 42).
lS Exampl~ ~-19 A mixture is prepared of 414 parts (0.71 equivalent) of a substitut~
ed succinic acylsting agent prepared as in Example 1 and 183 parts of mineral oil. This mixture Is heated to 210C whereupon 20.5 parts ~0.4g equivalent) of a cornmer~ial ~ ture of ethylene polyamines having from about 3 to 10 nitrogen atoms per molecule are added over a period of about one hour as the tempera-ture is increased to 210-217C. The reaction mixture is maintained at this temperature for 3 hours while blowing with nitrogen, and 61~ parts of mineral oil a~e added.: The mixture is msintained at 145-135C for about one hour, and at 135C for 17~hours. The mixture Is filtered while hot, and the filtrate is anoil solution of the desired product (65~ cil).
Example A-2û
A mixture of 414~parts (0.71 equivalent) of a substituted succinic acylating agent prepared as in Example 1 and 184 parts of mineral oil is prepared and heated to about 80C whereupon 22.4 parts (0.534 equivalent) of melamine are added. The mixture is heated to 160C over a period of about 2 hours and ~: :
WO 93/23504 ; PC~/US92/0871 maintained at this temperatu~e for 5 hours. After cooling overnight, the mixtureIs heated to 170C over 2.5 hours and to 215C over a period of 1.5 hours. The mixture is maintained at about 215C for about 4 hours arld at about 220C for 6 hours. After cooling o~Jernlght, ~he reac~lon mlxture is filtered at 150C
through a filter aid. The filtrate Is an oil solut~on of the de~ired product (30%
mlneral oll).
Example A-21 A mLxture of 414 parts ~0.71 ~qu~valent) of a substi~uted acy~ating agent prepared ~s ln Example 1 and 18~ par~s of mineral oil Is heated to 210C
1~ whereupon 21 parts ~0.53 equivalent~ of a commercial mlxture of ethylene polysrnlne corresponding in empirical formuls ~o tet~sethylene pentamin~ are added over a period of 0.5 hour as the temperature i5 maintained at about 210-217C. lJpon completion of the ~dditlon of the pvlyamine, the mixture is maintained at ~17C for 3 hours while blowing with nltrogen. Mineral oil is added ~613 parts) and the mixture is maintained at sbout 135C for 17 hours and filtered. The filtrate ~s an oil solution of ~he desire~ product (65% mineral oil).
ample A-22 A mixture of 414 parts (0.71 equivalent) of a substituted a~ylati~g agent prepared as in Example 1 and 183 parts of mineral oil is prepared and heated to 210C whereupon 18.3 par~s (0.44 equivalent) of ethylene amine bottoms ~Dow) are adde~ over~a period of one hour while blowing wlth nitrogen.
The mixture is heated to about 210-217C in about 15 minutes and maintained at this temperature for 3 ho~s. An additional 608 parts of mineral oil are addedand the mixture is maintained at about 135~C for 17 hours. The mixture is filtered at 135C through a filter aid, and the filtrate is an oil solution of the desired product (65% oil~
WO 93/23504 PCr/USg2/n~71~
2 ~ ~ 6~
Ex~nple A-23 The general procedure of Example A-22 is repeated except that the ethylene amine bottoms are replaced by an equi~slent amoUIIt of a comrnercial m~xture of ethylene poly~mines haYing from ~bout 3 to 10 nitrogen atoms pe molecule.
Exa~nple A-24 A mlxture of 422 pa~s ~0.70 equi~lent~ of a subs~ituted acylatlng agent prepared ~s }IJ Ex~nple 1 at~d 190 p~cs of mlneral oil Is hsated to 210C
whereupon 26.75 parts (0.636 equiYalent) of ethylene amine battoms ~Dow) are added over one hour while bl~wing with nl~rogen. After all of ~he ethylene amine is added, the mixture is malntalned ~t 210-~15C for about 4 hours, and 632 parts of mlneral oil are added wit~a stirrlng. This mixture is maintained for 17 hours at 135C alld filtered through a filter aid. The filtrate is an oil soluti~n of the desired product (6596 oll).
a5 . Example ~-25 A mixture of 468 parts (0.8 equivalent) of a substituted succlnic ac:yla~ing agent prepsred as in Example 1 and 908.1 parts uf mineral oil is beated to 142C whereupon 28.63 parts (007 equivalent) of ethylene asnine bottoms (Dow)are added over a period of 1.~2 hours. The mixture was stirred an additional 4 ;~ 20 hours at about 142C and filtered. The filtrate is an oil solution of the desired :: product ~65% oil).
EX~T1PIe A-26 A mixture of 2G53 parts of a substituted acylating agent prepared . ~
as in ExaTnple 1 and 1186 parts of mineral oll is heated to 210C whereupon 154 2~ parts of e~hylene amine bottoms (Dow)~sre added over a period of 1.5 hours as :~ :; the temperature is maintained~between 210-215C. The mixture is maintained ~ ` :
at 215-220C for a:period of about 6 hours. Mineral oil ~3953 parts) is added at 210C~ and the mixture is stilTed for l7 hours with nitrogen blowing at 135-128C.
: ~ The mixture is filtered hot through a filter aid~ and the filtrate is an oil solution of the desired product (65% oil). ~ ~
W093/23504 r ~ 3 1 ' ' PCl/US92/0871~3 Example A-27 To a mix~ure of 500 psr~s (1 equivalent) of the polyisobutenyl succinic anhydrlde prepared in Example 4, and to 160 parts of ~oluene, there areadded at room temperature, 35 parts (1 equIvalent) of diethyl0ne triam}ne. The addlt{on i5 made portionwise through a period of 15 minu~es, and an Initial exothermic reaction causes 1:he temperature to rise to about 50C. The mixture is heated and a water-toluene azeotrope ~ dlstllled from the mlxture. When no addltional water dlstills, the mlxture 15 heated to 1$0C: at reduced pressure to remove the toluene. The residue i~ diluted wlth 300 psrts of mineral oll, and this solution is found to have a nitrogen content of 1.
Example A~28 To a mixture of 300 parts by welgh~ of the polyisobutenyl succlnlc anhydride prepared in Example 5, and 16û psrts by welght of mineral oil, there is added at 6~95C, an equivalent amount ~25 parts by weight) of Poly~rlirIe H
which is an ethylene~nlne mixture having atl average composltion corresponding to that of tetraethylene pentamine. The mixture is then heated to 150C to distlll water formed ~n the reaction. Nitrogen is bubbled thrQugh the mixture atthis temperatur~ to insure removal of the last traces of water. The residue,is diluted with 79 par~s by weight of miaeral oil, and this oil solution is found ~o have a nitrogen content of 1.6%.
Example A-29 To 710 parts (0.51 equivalent) of the substituted succ}nic anhydride :~ prepared in Example 6, and 500 parts of toluene there are added portionwise 22 parts (0.51 equivalent~ of Polyarnine H. The mixture is heated at reflux temperature for 3 hotars to remo~e water formed during the reaction by .
azeotropic distillation. The mixture then is heated to 1 50C/20 mm. to remove the tuluene. The residue contains 1.1% by weight of nitrogen.
:
WO 93/23504 Pcr/uS92/0871 f ~
(B) Alkali Metal Overbased Salts of HYdrocarbYI-Substituted CarboxYlic Acids.
The lubrica~ing oil composi~ions of the present invention also contain (B) an alkall metal overbased salt of a hydrocarbyl-subs~ituted carboxyllc acid or a mixture of a hydrocArbyl-sub~titu~ed carboxylic acid and a hydrocarbyl-substltuted sulfonlc acld provlded ~hat ~e carboxylic acld In the mixture comprises more than 50~ of the ~cld eqllivalents of ~he mixture~ The hydrocarbyl subs~ituent of the carboxylic acld generally will contain at least 50 carbon atoms.
The amount of the alkall metal overba~ed salt of the hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid or mixture of carboxylic acid and sulfonic acid încluded in the lubricating oil composltions of the present ~nvention ls an amount sufflcient to provlde at least about û.002 eguivalent of allcali metal per ï00 grams of lubricating oll composlt~Dn~ In other embodiments, sufficient alkali metal overbased salt is included in the lubricating oil cornposi~ion to provide at least about 0.003 ~nd even at least about 0.005 equivalen~ of alkali metal per l0 ~rams oP ~he lubricating oil composition.
The alkali metal oYerbased salts (E~) are characterized by a metal content in excess of that which would be present according to the stoichiometry of the metal and the parti~ular hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid reacted with the metal~ The amount of excess metal is common)y expressed in terms of metal ratio which is the ratio of the total equivalents of the metal to the equivalents nf the ~cidic orgsnic compol1nd. For example, a salt having 4.5 times as much metal as present ~n a normal salt is characterized as having a metal ratio of 4~5. ln the present invention, the alkali metal overbased salts have a metal ratio o~ greater than l, preferably at least about 1.5 or at least about 2or 3 up to about 30 or even up to about 40. In yet another embodiment the me~al ratio is at least about 6.5.
In one em~odiment of the present invention, the metal ratio of the alkali metal overbased salts (B) used in the lubricating oil compositions of thepresent invention is related to the ratio of the succinic groups per equivalent :
.
WO 93/235(14 ' Pcr/VS92/087 18 r ~ " ? ~ ~!
S. 'J~ " J
weight of the substituent groups in the acylating agents (A-l). For example, when the acylating agents contain an average of at least 1 up to less tban 1.3 succinic groups for each equivalent weight of substituent groups, the metal ratio of the alkali metal overbased salts used in lubrlcating oil compositions containing carboxylic deri~atives (A) prepared frorn ~uch ac~lating agents i~ at least 2 or3, and in a preferred embodiment is at least about 6.5. When the carboxyl{c derivati7~e (A) is derived from acylating agents charactcrized by the presence within their struc~ure of an average of at least 1.3 succlnic groups1 the metal ratio of the slkali me~al overb~sed salts ~B) used in sombination with such aa,rlating agents is greater than 1, preferably at least abs~t 1.5.
The alkali metal overbased compositions are prepared by reacting an acidic material which is typically carbon dioxide with a mixture comprising the carbo~ylic acid or mixture of carboxylic and sulfoni~; aclds, an alkali metal compound, typically a metal oxide or hy~roxlde, a promoter and at least one inert organic diluent for the carhoxylic acid compound.
The hydrocarbyl groups of the hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acids are deri~ed from polyalkenes which may be characterized as containing at least about 50 ~arbon atoms up to about 300 or 400 carbon atoms~ In one embodiment, the polyalkene is characterized by ~n Mn value of at least about 900 or 1000 up to about 2500 or e~en up to about 5000~ The hydrocarbyl groups of the hydrocarbyl sulfonic acids contain at least about 8 carbon atoms and in another embodimçnt at least about 20 or eYen 50 carbon atom~.
The polyalkenes from which the hydrocarbyl substituent of the acid is derived include homopolymers and~interpol~rners of polymerizable olefin ~5 monomers of from 2 to about 16 carbon atoms, usually from 2 to about 6 carbon atoms, and prefer~bly from 2 to about 4 carbon atoms. The olefins may be monoolefins such as ethylene, propylene, I-butene, isobutene and l-octene or a polyolefinic monomer, preferably diolefinlc monomer such as 1,3-butadiene and isoprene. The polyalkenes are prepared by~conventional procedures. Addi~ional examples of polyalkenes from which the hydrocarbyl substituent of the succinic WC) 93/23504 PCr/US92/08718 ~,~fl ~J.~
and sulfonic acids can be derlved include any of the polyalkenes described abovewith regsrd to the prepar~tiorl of ~he acylating agent ~A- 1), and that portion of the specification descrlbing such polyalkenes ls herein incorpora~ed by reference.
When preparing the hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acids useful in preparing the alksll metal salts utilized irl the present inYention, one or more of the above-describcd polyalkenes i5 reac~ed with one or more a, ~-unsaturated mono- or dlcarboxylic ~cld reagents by technlques known in the art. For example, a halogenated hydrocarbon such as can be obtalned from polyisobutene and a halogenating ~gent can be reacted wlth an a"B-unsaturated carboxylic acid reagent by mixi~g the reactants a~ a suitable temperature such as 80C or higher. The reac~lon can be carried out in the presence of an inert solvent or diluen~.
The a,~-unsaturated monocarboxylic aci~ reagent may be the acid, ester, amide, ~nide, ~nmonium salt9 or halide. It preferably contains less than about 12 carbon atoms. Examples of such rnonocarboxylic acids include, for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid (i.e., ~-methylacrylic acid), crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, a-cthylacrylic acid, a-phenylacrylic acid, a-octylacrylic acid, ~-propylacrylic acid, ~-octyl~crylic acidt ~-cyclohexylacrylic acid, a-cyclopentylscrylic acid, ~-decylac~lic aeid, a-methyl-~-pentylacrylic acid, a-propyl-~-phenylacrylic acid, a-chloroacrylic acid, a-bromoacrylic acid, ,B
chloroacrylic acid, a-chlorocrotonic acld, isocrotonic acld, a-methylcrotonic acid, a-me~hylisocrotonic acid, p,~-dichloroacrylic acid, etc.
Esters of such a,~-unsaturated carboxylic acids especially those in which the ester group is derived from a lower alkanol ~i.e., having less than about 8 carbon ato ms) likewise are useful in the invention. Specific examples of suchesters include m ethyl acrylate, m ethyl methacrylate, ethyl acrylate, cyclohexyl acrylate9 cyclopentyl m ethacrylate, neopentyl a-phenyloacrylate, hexyl a-propyl-~-propylacrylate, octyl ~-decylacrylate and the like. Other esters such as thosederived from other alcohols (e.g., decyl alcohol, epichlorohydrin, ~-chloroethanol, dodecyl alcohol, and 4-bromo-1-decanol) are also contemplated. Still other .
WO 93/23504 PCl /US9~/087 18 t ~ `, ', ' esters which are useful in ~he invention are exemplified by those derived from phenol{c compounds including phenol, naphthol, cresol, o-butylphenol, m-heptylphenol, p~tertiary bu~ylphenol, o,p-dilsoprapylphenol, a-decyl-,B-rlaphthol, p-dodecylphenol, and other alkyl phenols and alkyl naphthols In which the ~Ikyl substituent preferably h~s l~s than about 12 carbon atoms.
The halides of the a,~-unsaturated monocarboxyllc acids are principally the chlorides ~nd bromides. They are lllustrated by acrylyl chlorlde, methacrylyl bromide, a-phenylacrylyl chloride, ~-decylacrylyl chloride as well as the chlorides and bromides of ths above-illustrated ~cids. The arnides and the arnmonia salts of a, ~-unsaturated monocarboxylic acids include principally those derived from ammonia or a monoam~ne suc:h as an aliphatic arnlne or an aryl arnine. Such arnines may be mono-, di~ or trialkyl or aryl amin~s such as methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, aniline, toluidine, cyclohexylamine, dicyclohexylamihe, ~rlethylamine, melamine, piperazine, pyridine, N-methyloctylamine, N,~-die~hylcyclohexylamine, v-butylanilinet p-decylaniline, e~c. Again the unsaturated acids from which the amldes and ammonlum salts of the above amines may be those i11ustrated preYiously. Imldes of such acids derived from aIIunonia or a primary amine likewise 2re useful ~n the invention and the imides sre formed by the replacement of 2 hydrogen atoms of ammonia or a primary amirle with the carboxy radicals of the a,p-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid. Likewise useful are the anhydrides of sucb monocarboxylic acids such as are formed by molecular dehydration of the acid. It should be noted that the above-noted acids and derivatives are capable of yielding the a,~-! . ,1 unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and, for the~ sake of convenience, they are described by the generic exp~esslons "a,~-unsaturated monocarboxylic acid reagent" or "a,~-unsaturated monocarboxyllc acid-producing compound".
Procedures for preparing hydrocarbon-substituted monocarboxylic acid reagents useful in preparing the alkali metal overbased salts (B) are described in, for example, U.S. Patent 3,454,607 tLeSuer et al), and the ::
WO 93/23504 PCr/US92~0871~ .
~, ~q (~ 2 ~
description of such procedures and additional examples of such reagents are hereby incorpor~ted by reference.
The following examples lllus~rate such procedures and reagents.
Example 7 A chlorinated polyisobu~e~le having u molecular weight of 1~00 and a chlorine content of 4.5% (6300 gramst 8 equl~r~lents of chlorine) is mixed with acrylic acid (940 grams, 13 equivalents) ~nd the mixture is heated to 235C while hydrogen chloride is evoled. It is then heated at 130~18~C/6 mm. and then filtered. The filtrate is an ac~d haYing a chlorine cunterlt of 0~62~b and an ~cid number of 63.
E~arnple B
A mixture of ~crylic acid (72û grams, 10 equivalents) and a chlorinated polyisobutene having a molecular weight of 1000 and a chlorine conten~ of 4.3% (6536 grams, 8.equivalents of chlorine~ {s heated at 170-225C
for 12 hours and then at 200C/10 n~. The residue is filtered at 140C and the filtrate is the desired acid having a chlorine content of 0.36% and an acid number of 60.
Example 9 The pro,cedure of Example 7 is repeated except that the chlorinated is~butene i~ replaced on a halogen equivalent bas~s wlth ~ brominated copolymer of isobutene (98% by weight) and Isoprene (2% by weight) having a molecular weight of 500Q and a bromine content of 2.5 and that the acr~lic acid used is replaced on a chemical equivalent basis with phenyl acrylate.
Example 10 ' I ` 25 b mixture of crotonic acid (2 equivalents) and a chlorinated polypropene having;a molecular weight of 2500 and a chlorine content of 5% ~0.5 equivalent of chlorine) is heated at 180-220C for 5 hours and then at 200C/1 mm. The residue is filtered and the filtrate is the desired acid.
WO 93/23504PCI'/USg2/0871~
f?~ s f ~, ?
Example 1 1 A methyl ester of 8 hlgh molec:ular weight monocarboxylic acid is prepared by heating an equimolar mixture of a chlorinated polyisobu~ene havng a molecular weight of 1000 and a chl~rine content of 4.7% by weight and methylmethacrylate at 140-22~C.
When preparlng the hydrocarbyl-substltu~ed dicarboxyllc acids useful in preparing the alkali metal salts used in the present invention, one ormore of the above polyalkenes ~or halogenated polyalkene~) is reacted wi~h one or more acidic reagents selected from the group conslsting of m~leic or fumaric reactants of the general formula X(O)C-CH_CH-C(O)X' ~XII~
wherein X an~ X' are the same or dlfferent provided that at least one of X and X' are esch independently OH, I)-lower hydrocarbyl, O-M, C~l, Br or together, X
and X' can be -O- so as to form the anhydride. C)rdinarily, the maleic or fumaric reactants will be maleic acid, fumaric acid, maleic anhydride, or a mixture oF
two or more of ~hese. The maleic reactants are usually preferred over ~he fumaric reactants because the former are more readily available and are, in general, more readily reaceed with the polyalkenes to prepare the desired hydrocarbyl-substituted succinic acids.
The hydrocarbyl-substituted succinic acid reagents used to prepa~e the alkali meeal overbased salts ~B) are similar to the hydrocarbyl-substituted succinic acids used as the acylating agents (A l) described above where the `~ ` hydrocarbyl-substituted succinic acids contaln at least about one succinic group for each equivalent weight of substituent group. Thus, in one embodimen~ the hydrocarbyl-subs~ituted succinic acids are prepared by reacting about one mole ~or 1 equivalent) of a polyalkene with one mole (or 2 equivalents~ of the maleioor fumaric acid reactant.
f~Jt''4 -4~-Procedures for preparing hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic acid reagents useful in preparing the alkali metal overbased salts are described in, for example, UAS. Patents 3,087,936 (LeSuer) ar~d 3,219,6~6 ~Norman), the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Examples of hydrocarbyl-substltuted succinic acid re~gents useful ln preparing the alkall metal salts ~B) include the succinic acylating ~gerlts exempllfled aboYe In E7ca~nples 1-6.
In ane embodiment~ the c~rboxylic acid~ are aromatlc carboxylic acids. A group ~f useful aromatic c~rboxylic ~clds ~re those of the formula ~(C-XH)b (R1 )a Ar\
~XH)C
wherein R1 is an aliphatic hydrocarbyl group preferably derived from the above~
15 described polyalkenes, a is a number in the range of 1 to about 4, usually 1 or 2, Ar is an aromatic group, each X is independently sulfur or oxygen, preferably oxygen, b is a number in the range of from 1 to about 4, usually ~ or 2, c is a number {n the range of zero to about 4, usually 1 to 2~ with the proviso that the sum of a, b and c does not exceed the number of valences of Ar. E:xamples of 20 aroma~ic carboxylic acids include substltuted benzoic, phthalic and salicylic acids.
The Rl group is a hydrocarbyl group that is directly bonded to the aromatic group Ar. Examples of Rl groups include substituents derived from polymerized olefins such as polyethylenes, polypropylenes, polybutylenes, ethyl-25 ene-propylene copolymers, chlorinated olefin polymers and oxidized ethylene-pro-pylene copolymers.
l`he aromatic group Ar may have the same structure as any of the aromatic groups Ar dlscussed below. Exampies of the aromatic groups that are WO 93/23504 PCI/lJSg2/08718 ,'"J J i~ ~ J .J ~
useful herein include the polyvalent aromatic groups derived from benzene, naph-thalene, anthracene, etc., preferably benzene. Specific examples of Ar groups include phenylenes and naphthylene, e.g., methylphenylenes, ethoxyphenylerles, lsopropylphenylenes, hydroxyphenylenes, dlpropoxynapht~lenes, etc.
Within this group o~ aromatlc aclds, a us~ful class of carboxylic acids ~re those of the formula (COOH)b (Rl )a~
~/\
(OH)C
wherein Rl is defined above, a is a nusnber in the range of from 1 to about 4, preferably 1 to about 3; b is a number in the range of 1 to ~bout 4, preferably 1 to about 2, c is a number in the range of zero to about 4, preferably 1 to about 2, and more preferably 1; with the provlso that the surn of a, b and c does not :: exceed 6. Preferably, b and c are each one and the carboxyllc acid is a salicylic 1 ~ acid.
Overbased salts prepared from salicylic acids wherein the aliphatic hydrocarbon substi~uents ~Rl ) are derived from the above-described polyalkenes,particlllarly polymerized lower l-mono-olefins such as polyethylene, polypro-pylene, polyisobutylene, ethylene/propylene copol~rrners and the like and havingaverage carbon contents of about 50 to about 400 carbon atoms are par~icularly useful. ~ : `
The above ;aromatic carboxylic acids are well known or can be prepared ~according to proceduresknowninthe art. Carboxylic acidsof the type illustrated by these fo~nulae and proc~ses for preparing their neutral and basicmetal salts are well known and disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patents 2,197~832;
:- 2,197,835; 2,2S2,662; 2,252,6fi4; 2,714,092; 3,410,798; and 3,595,791. These :
:
WO 93/23504 pcr/us92/ox718 f~ t,'' references are incorporated by reference for disclos~e of carboxylic acid, theirbasic sal~ and processes of making the same.
As noted previouslyt the alkali metal overbased hydrocarbyl-su~stituted carboxyllc acid may be derived from a mixture of hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acld and hydrocarbyl-substltuted sulfonic scid. The hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acld in the mlxl;ure generally will contain at least about 50 carbon a~oms in the hydrocarbyl substltuent, and the hydrocarbyl subs~ituent may also be characterized as having a number average molecular weight of at least about 900. The sulfonlc acids useful in the mixtures include the sulfonic and thiosulfonic acids. Generally they are salts of sulfonic acids.The sulfonic acid$ include the mono- or polynuclear aromatlc or cycloaliphatic compourlds. The oil-solubls sulfontc acids can be represented for the most part by one of the following formulae: R2-T-~SC)3)a~ a~d R3-~S~3)bH, where1n T is a cyclic nucleus such as, for example, benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, diphenylene oxide, diphenylene sulfide, petroleurn naphthenes, etc. R~ and R3 are generally a hydrocarbon an essentially hydrocarbon group, preferably fre~ ofacetyloenic unsaturation, and contairling about ~ to about 60 or more aliphatic carbon stoms, preferably an aliphatlc hydrocarbon group swch as alkyl or alkenyl.
When R3 is aliphatlc it usually contains at least about 15 carbons; when it is an aliphatic-substituted cycloallphatic group, the aliphatic substituents usualloy contain a total of at least about 12 carbon atoms. Specific examples of R2 and R3 are groups derived from petrolatum, saturated and unsaturated paraffin wax, and the above described polyslkenes. The gl'9UpS T, R~, and R3 in the above formulae can also ~ontain other inorganic or organic substituents in addition to~' 25 those enusnerated above such as, for exarnple, hydroxy, mercapto, halogen, nitro, amino, nitroso, sulfide, disulfide, etc. In the above Formulae, a and b are at least }.
~: : Specific examples of such sulfonic acids include mahogany sulfonic acids, bright stock sulfonic acids, petrolatum sulfonic acids, mono- and polywax-substituted naphthalene sulfonic~ aciis, cetylchloroben~ene sulfonic acids, :
WO 93/23504 ~ ~ f~ " .~; PC~/U$92/08718 cetylphenol sulfonic acids, cetylphenol disulfide sulfonio acids, cetoxycapryl benzene sulfonic acids, dicetyl thian~hrene sulfonic acids, dllauryl beta-naphthol sulfunic aclds, di~apryl nitronaphthalene sulfonic acids, saturated paraffin waxsulfonic acids, unsaturated paraffin wax sulfonic acids, hydroxy-substiltuted paraffin w ax sulfonic aclds, tetraisobutylene sulfonic ~cids, tetraamylene sulfonic ac~ds, chlortne substituted psraffin W3LX sulfonle aclds, nltroso substituted paraffin wax sulfon~c ac~ds, petroleurn naphthene slllfonic aclds, cetylcyclopentyl sulfonic acids, lauryl cyclohexyl sulfonlc acidls~ m ono- and polywax substituted cy~lohexyl sulfonlc acids, dodecylbenzene sulfonlc acids, "dimer alkylate" sulfonic acids, and the like~
Alkyl-substituted benzene sulfollic acids wherein the alkyl group contains at least 8 carbon atoms includlng dodecyl henzene l'bottoms" sulfonic acids are p~rticularly useful. The latter sre acids derived from benzene which has been alkylated with propylene tetramers or isobutene trimers to introduce 1, 2, 3, or more branched-chaîn C12~ubstituents on the benzene ring. Dodecyl benzene bottoms, principally mlxtures of mono- and di-dodecyl ~enzenes, are available as by products from the manufacture of household detergents. Similar products obtained from slkylation bottoms formed during manufacture of linear alkyl sulfonates (LAS) are also useful in making the sulfanates used in this invention.
In another embodimen~, the substituted sulfonic acids also may contain at least 50 carbon atoms. Illustrati~/e examples of th*se sulfonic acidsinclude polybutene or polypropylene substituted naphthalene sulfonic scids, sulfonic acids derived by the treatment of polybutenes having a number average I` ' I .
molecular weight (Mn) in ~he range of 700 to 5000, preferably 700 to 1200, more preferably about 1500 with chlorosulfonic acids, paraffin wax sulfonic acids, polyethylene (Mn equals about 900-2000, preferably about 900-l500, more prefera`bly 900-1200 or 1300) sulfonic aclds, etc. Preferred sulfonic acids are mono-, di-, and tri-alkylated benzene ~including hydrogenated forms thereof) sulfonic acids.
WO 93/23s0q PCr/US92/08718 ~ G~?~3~`~;'`
The promoters, that is, ~he materials which facilitate the incorporation of excess metal into the overbased material lmprove contact between the acidic material and the carboxyllc acid or mixture of carboxylic acid and sulfonic acid ~over~asing substrate). Generally, ~he promoter is a materlal which is sligh~ly acldic ~nd able to form a sal~ wlth the basic metal compound. The promoter must ~Iso be an acid weak enough to be dlsplaced by the acidic msterjal, usually carbon dioxlde. Generally, the promo~er has a pKa in the range from about 7 to about 10. A parlticularly compreherlsive discus~ionof suitable promoters is found in UIlS. P~tents 2,777,874, 2,595,910, 2,616,904,3,384,586 and 3,492,231. These paten~s are incsrporated by reference for their disclosure of promoters. Promoters may include phenolic substances such as phenols and naphthols; amines such as ~niline, phenylenediamine, dodecylamine;
etc. In one embodiment, the prefe~red prom oters sre the phenolic promoters.
Phenolic promoters include a varlety of hydroxy-substituted benzenes and naphthalenes. A particularly useful class of phenols are the alkylated phenols of the type listed in U.S. Patent 2,777,874, e.g., heptylphenols, octylphenols, nonyl-phenols, and tetrapropenyl-substitu~ed phenols~ Mixtures of variouls promo~ers are sometimes used.
The inorganic or lower carboxylic acidic materials, which are reacted with the mixtur~ of promoter9 basic metal compound, reaction medium and the hydrocarbyl-substituted carbo7~1ic acid are disclosed in the above citedpatents, for example, U.S. Patent 296169904. Included within the lcnown group of useful ucidic materials are lower carboxylic acids, having from 1 to about 8,preferably 1 to about 4 carbon atoms. ~Examples of these 8cids include formic acid, acetic acid, propanoic acid, etc., prefersbly acetic acid. Useful inorganic acidic compounds include HCI, S02, SO3, C02, H2S, N2C)3, etc., are ordinarily employed as the acidic ma~erials. Preferred acidic materials are carbon dioxide and acetic acid, more preferably carbon dioxide.
The alkali metals present in ~the alkali metal overbased salts include principally lithiurn, sodium and potassium, with sodium being preferred. The WO 93/23504 PCr/US92/08718 J 1' ~
overbased metal salts are prepared using a basic alkali met~l compound. Illus-trative of basic alkali metal cornpounds are hydroxides, oxides, alkoxides (typically those in which the alkoxy group contains up to 10 and preferably up ~o 7 carbon atoms), hydrides and amides of alkali metals. Thus, useful basic alkaliB metal compounds include sodium oxide, potassi~ oxide, }ithiurn oxide, sodium hydroxide, potassiurn hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodlurn propoxide, lithium methoxide, potassium ethoxide, sodiurn butoxide, lithiwn hydride, sodium hydride, potassium hydrlde, llthiurn amide, sodium amide and pot~ium Dlde. Especially preferred ~re sodium hydroxlde and the sodium lower allcoxldes (i.e., those containlng up to 7 carbon atoms).
The alkali metal overbased materials useful in the present invention may be prepared by methods known to lthose in the art. The methods generally in~olve add~ng acidic material to a reaotion mixture cornprising the hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid or mixture of carboxylic acid and sulfonic acid, thepromoter and a basic alkali metal compound. 1hese processes are described in the following U.S. Patent Nos.: 2,616,90~; 2,616,gO5; 2,616,9û6; 3,242,080;
3,250,710; 3,256,186; 3,274,135; 3,492,231; and 4,230,586. These patents are incorporated herein by reference for ~hese disclosures.
In the present invention, the preferred hy~ocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acids have relatively high molecular weights. Higher temperatures are generally used to promote contact between the acidic material, the succinic acid and the basic alkali metal compound. The higher temperatures al50 promote forrnation of the salt of the weakly acidic prornoter by removal of at leas~ some of the water4 In preparing the overbased metal salts useful in the present imen-f~ ~5 tion, water must be removed from the reaction.
The reaction generally proceeds at tempera~ures from about 100C
up to the decomposition temperature of the reaction mixture or the individual components of the reaction. The reaction may proceed at temperatures lower than IOQ~C, such as 60C or abo~-e, if a vacuum is applied. Generally, the reaction occurs at a temperature from about 110C to about 200C, preferably WO 93/23504 pcr/lJs92/o871~
~J ~ "~
120C to about 175C and more preferably ~bout 130C to about 150C.
Preferably, the reaction is performed in the presence of a reaction mediurn which includes naphtha, mineral oll, xylenes, toluenes and the like. In the present inventlon water may be removed by spply~ng a vacuwn, by blowing the reactlon mlxture wlth a gas such as ni~rogen or by removing water as an azeo~rope, such as 8 xylene-water szeotrope. Generally, in the present in~ren-tlon, the ac~dic m~terlsl is provided as a g~$, usually c~rbon dioxlde. The carbon dioxlde, whlle participatlng In the overba~ing process, also removes water if the carbon dloxide is added a~ a r~te which exceeds the rate carbon dioxide is cons~ned in the reaction.
The alkali metal overbased metal salts used in the present invention may be prepared incrementally ~batch) or by continuous processes. One incremental process irlvolves ~he Iollowing steps: (A) adding a basic alkali metal compound to a resction mixture comprlslng the hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid ~or mlxture of carboxylic and sulfonic acids) and promoter7 and removing free wster from the reaction mixture to form an alkali metal salt of ~he acidic organic compound; (B) adding more basic alkali metal compound to the reaction mixture and removing free water from the reaction mix~ure; and (Ç) introducing ~le acidic materlal to the reaction mixture while removing water.
Steps (B~ and (C) ~re repeated until a product of the desired metal ratio is obtained.
Another me~hod of preparing the alkali metal overbased salts is a semi-continuous process for preparing the alkali metal overbased salts. The process invohes (A) adding at least one basic alkali metal compound to a reaction mixture comprising an alkali metal salt of hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid ~or mixture of carboxylic acid and sulfoni~ acid) and removing free water from the reaction mixture; ~and ~B) concurrently thereafter, ( 1 ) adding basic alkali metal compound to the reaction mixture; (2~ adding an inorganic or lower carboxylic acidic material to the reaction mixture; and (3) removing waterfrom the reaction m~xture. The addition of basic alkali me.tal compounds WO 93/235~4 PCT/US92/~871~
~ ~ ~ J
r , ,~ , , J
together with the inorganic or lower carboxyli:: acidic material where the addi~ion is done continuously along with the removal of water results in a shortened processiDg time for the reaction.
The ~crlTI 'tfree water" refers to the ~nount of water readily removed from che reaction mixture. This water is typlcally removed by azeotropic distlllatlon. The wat~r which remains In the reaction mixture is belle~red to be coordinsted, assoclated, or solvated. The water may be iD the fo~n of water of hydration. Some basic alksli metal compou~ds may be delivered to the reaction mixture as aqueou~ solutions. The excess water added, 10 or free water, with the basic alkali metal compound is usually thell remoYed by azeotropic distlllation, or V8CU1JIIl stripping.
Any water generated during the overbasing process is desirably removed as ~t is fo~ned ~o minimize or eliminate formation of oll-insoluble met~l carbonates. During the overbasing proce~ss above, the amount of water 15 present prior to addition of the inorganic or lower csrboxylic sc~dlc material (steps ~B~ and (~1) above) is less than sbout 30~ by weight of the reaction mixture, preferabJy less than 20%, more preferably less thin 10%. Generally, the amount of water present after addition of the inorganic or lower carboxylic acidic material is u~ to ~bout 4% by weight of the reaction mixture, more 20 preiferably up to about 2%.
In another embodiment, the alkali metal overbased salts are bora~ed alkali metal overbased salts. Borated overbased metal salts are preparedby reacting a boron compound with the basic alkali metal salt. Boron compounds includei boron oxide, boron oxide hydrate, boron trioxide, boron trifluoride, boron 25 tribromide, boron trichloride, ~boron acid such as boronic acid, boric acid, tetraboric acid and metaboric acid, boron hydrides, boron amides and various esters of boron acids. The boron esters are preferably lower alkyl (1-7 carbon atoms) esters of boric acid. Preferably, the boron compounds are boric acid.
Generally, the overbased metal salt is reacted with a boron compound at about 50C to about 250C, preferably 100C to about 200C. The reaction may be WO 93/23504 PC~/US92/08718 accomplished in the presence of a solvent such as r~ineral oil, naphtha, kerosene, toluene or xylene. The overbased metal salt is reacted with a boron compound in amounts to provide at least about 0.5%, preferably about 1~ up to about 5%, preferably about i%, more preferably about 39~ by weight boron to the composltiorl.
The following examples illsustrate the alkali metal overbased ~alts (B~ useful in thf~ present invention and methods of making the same.
Example B-1 A reaction vessel is charged with 1122 grsms ~2 equivalen~s) of a polybutenyl-subs~ituted succinic anhydride derived from a poly~utene (Mn=1000, 1:1 ratio of polybutene to maleic acid), 105 grams (0.4 equivalent) of tetrapro penyl phenol, 1122 grams of xylene and 1000 grams of 100 neutral mineral oil.
The mixture is stirred and h~ted to 80C under nitrogen, and 580 grams of a SOg~ aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide are added to the vessel over 10 minutes. The mix,ture is heated from 80C to 120~C over 1.3 hours. Water is removed by azeotropic ref~ c and the temperature rises to l50~C over 6 hours while 300 grams of water is collected. (1) The reaction mixture is cooled to about 80C whereupon 540 grams of a 50q~ aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide are added to the vessel. (2) The reaction mixture is heated to 140C over 1.7 hours and water is removed at reflux conditions. ~3) The reaction mixture is carbonated at 1 standard cubic foot per hour (scfb~ while removing water for 5 hours. Steps (1)-(3) are repeated using 560 grams of an aqueous sodium hydroxidesolution. Steps (1)-(3) are repeated using 640 grams of an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. Steps ~1~-(3) are then repeated with arlother 640 grams of a50% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. The reaction mixture is cooled and lOOû
grams of 100 neu~ral mineral oil are~added to the reaction mixture. The reaetionmixture is vacuum stripped to 115C at about 30 millimeters of mercury, The residue is fiitered through diatomaceous earth. The filtrate has a total base number of 361, 43.4% sulfated ash, 16.0h sodium, 39.4% oil, a specific gravity of l.11, and the overbased metal salt has a metal ratio of about 13.
W(~ 93/~3504 PCr/US92/08718 Exalmple ~2 The overbased salt obtained in Example B-1 ls diluted wi~h mineral oil to provide a composition containing 13.75 sodi~n, a total base number of about 320, and 459~ oil.
E~xample ~3 A reaction vessel is charged wlth 700 grams of a 100 neut~al mineral oil, 700 grams ~1.25 equiYalents) of the ~uccinic anhydride of Ex~mple ~1 and 200 grams (~.5 e~uivalellts) of a 50% a~ueous solution of sodium hydroxlde. The reactlon mixture is stirred and heated to 80C whereupon 66 grams (0.25 equivalent) of tetr~propenyl phenol ar~ fldded to the reacti~n vessel.
The rea~tion mixture is heated from 80C to 140C over 2~5 hours while blowing of nitrogen and removing 40 grams of water. Carbon dioxide (28 grams, 1.25 equivalents) is added over 2.25 hours at a temperature from 140-1~5C. The reaction mixture is blown wlth nitrogen at ~ standard cubic foot per haur (scfh)and a total of 112 grams of water is removed. The reaction temperature is decreased to lL15C and the resctlorl mlxture is flltered through diatomaceous earth. The filtrate has 4.06% sodium, a total base number of 89, a specific gravity of 0.948, 44.$% oil, and the overbased salt has a metal ratio of about ~.
Example B-4 A reaction vessel is charged with 281 grams (0.5 equiYalent) of the succinic anhydride of Example ~1, 281 grams of x~rlene, 2~ grams of tetrapro-penyl substituted phenol and 250 grarns of 100 neutral mineral oil. The mixture is heated to 80C and 272 grams (3.4 equivalents) of an aqueous sodium hydroxidesolution are added to ~he reaction mixture~ The mixture is blown with nitrogen at 1 scfh, and ~he reaction temperature is increased to 148C. The reaction mixture is then blown with carbon dioxlde at 1 scfh for one hour and 25 minutes whlle 150 grams of water are collected. The reaction mixture is cooled to 80C
whereupon 272 grams (3.4 equivalents) of the above sodium hydroxide solution are added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture is blown with nitrogen at 1 scfh. The reaction temperature is increased tO 140C whereupon the reaction :
WV 93/23504 PCr/US92/0~718 5~-mixture is blown with carbon dioxide a~ 1 scfh for 1 hour and 25 minutes while 150 grams of water are collected. The reaction ternperature is decreased tO
100C, and 272 grams (3.4 equivalents) of tbe above sodium hydroxide solution are added wh~le blowing ~he mixture with nitrogen as 1 scfh. The reaction temperature is increased to 148C, and the reaction mlxture ~s blown wlth carbondioxide at 1 scfh for 1 hour and 40 minutes whlle 160 grams of water are collect-ed. The reaction mixture ls cooled to 90C and 250 grams of 100 neutral mineral oil are added to the reactlon mlxture. The reactlon mixture i5 vacuurn stripped at 70C and the residue is flltered through diatomaceous earth. The filsrate c~tains S0.0% sodium sulfate ash by ASrM D-874, total bsse number of 408, a speclfic gravity of 1.1~, 37.1% oil, and the salt has a metaî rs~io of about 15.8.
Example B-5 A reaction ve~sel is charged with 700 grams of the product of Example ~4. The reaction mlxture is heated to 75C whereupon 340 grams (5.5 equivalents) of boric acid are added over 30 minutes. The reaction mixture is heated to 110C over 45 minutes, and the reaction temperature is maintained for 2 hours. A 100 neutral mineral oll (80 grasns) is added to the reaction mixture.The reaction mixture is blown with nitrogen at 1 scfh at 160C for 30 minutes while 95 grams of water are collected. Xylene ~200 grams) is added to the reaction mixture and the reaction semperasure is maintained at 130-140C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture is vacuum stripped at 150C and 20 millimeters of mercury. The residue is ~iltered through diatomaceous earth. The filtrate contains ~.849~ boron and 33.1% oil. The residue has a total base number of 309. Example B-6 ` 25 ~i reaction vessel is charged with 224 grams (0.4 equivalents) of the suc cinic anhydride o- Example B-~l, 21 grams (0.08 equivalent~ of a tetrapropenyl phenol, 224 grams of xylene and 224 grams of lO0 neutral mineral oil. The mixture is heated, and 212 grams (2.65 equivalents) of a 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution are added to the reaction vessel. The reaction temperature increases to 130C and 41 grams of water are removed by nitrogen blowing at 1 WO 93/23504 P~/US92/0871~
2 ~ 2 ~ !
scfh. The r¢action mixture is then blown with carbon dioxide at 1 scfh for 1.25 hours. Addi~ional sodîum hydroxide solution (432 grams, $.4 equivalen~s) is added over four hours while blowing with carbon dioxide at 0.5 scfh at 130C. During the ~dditicn, 3û1 grams of water are removed from the reaction vessel. The reaction temperature is incressed to 150C and the rate of carbon dloxide blowing i8 increased ~o 1.5 scfh and maintained for 1 hour a-ld 15 minutes. The reaction mixture is cooled to 150C and blown with nitrogen at 1 scfh while 176 grams of oil are added to the reaction mixture. Ths reaction mixture is blown with nitrogen at 1.8 scfh for 2.5 bours, and the mlxture is then flltered through diatomaceous earth. The fll~rate contains 15.7~ sodium and 39% oil. The filtrate has a total base number of 380, and a rnetsl ratio of about 14.5.
Exarnple ~7 A reaction vessel ls charged with ~61 grams ~1 equivalent) of the succinic anhydride of Example ~1, 52.5 grams (0~2 equivalent) of a te~rapro-penylphenol, 561 grams xylene and 500 grams of a 100 neutral mineral oil. The mixture is heated to 50C under nitrogen, and 373.8 grams (6.8 equivalents) of potassium hydroxide and 299 grams of water are added to the mixture:. The reaction mixture is hested to 135C while 145 grams of water are rernoved. T~e azeotropic distillate is clear. Carbon dioxide is added to the reaction mixture at 1 scfh for two bours while 195 grams of water arc removed azeotropically.
The reaction mixture is cooled to 75C whereupon a second portion of 373.8 grams of potassium~ hydroxide and 150 grams of water are added to the reaction vessel. The reaction mixture is heated to 150C with azeotropic removal of 70 grams of water. Carbon dioxide (1 scfh) is added for 2.5 hours while 115 grarns `~ of water is removed azeotropically. The reaction is cooled to 100C where a ~ ~ ~ third portion of 373.8 grams of potassiurn hydroxide and 150 grams of water is `~ added to the vessel. The reaction mixture is heated to 1 50C while 70 grsms of water are removed. The reaction mixture is blown with carbcn dioxide at 1 scfh for one hour while 30 grams of water are removed. The reaction temperature is decreased to 70C. The reaction mixture is reheated to 1 50C under nitrogen.
~ ~ @~ ~, f ~J
At 150~C the reaction mixture is blown with carbon dioxide at 1 scfh for two hours while 80 grams of water are removed. Tbe carbon dioxide is replaced with a nitrogen purge, and 60 grams of water is removed. The reaction is ~hen blown with carbon dioxide at 1 scfh for three hours wlth removal of 64 grams of water.The reac~ion mixture is cooled to 75C where 500 grams of 100 neutral mineral are sdded to the reaction mixture. The reaction is vacuum s~ripped to 11 5C and25 mllllmeters of mercury, The residue ls flltered through dia~omaceous earth.
The filtrate contains 35% oll~ has a base number of about 322, and a metal ratioof about 13.6.
E:xarnple B-8 An overbased sodi~n sulfona~e/succlnate mi~ture is prepared by the process described in Example B-l using 562 grams (1 equivalent) of the succinic anhydride of Exalnple B-1 arld 720 grarns (0.8 equivalent) of a pol~rbut-enyl-substituted sulfonic acid derived from a polybutene ~Mn=800) and 1632 grams (20.4 equivalents) of a 50~ aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide.
Example B-9 A sodium overbased monocarboxylic acid salt~ is prepared by the general process of Example B-1 by reacting 1 equivalent of ~he high molecular weight monocarboxylic acid of Example 8 with a total ~f 15 equivalents of sodium hydroxide.
The lubricating oil compositions of the present invention contain a major amount of an oil of lubricating viscosity, at least 1% by weight of the carboxylic derivative compositions (A) described above, and an amount of at least one alkali metal overbased salt (B~ of a carboxylic acid or mixture of carboxylic and sulfonic acids as described above. More often, the lubricating compositiorls of this invention will contain at least 70% or 80% of oil. The amount of carboxylic derivative (A) Included in the lubricating oil compositionsof the invention may vary over a wide range provided that the oil composition con~ains at least about 1% by weight (on a chemical, oil-free basis) of the carboxylic derivative composition (Al. ln other embodiments, the oil composi-WO g3/23~04 P(:~/US9~/~871~
tions of the present invention may contain at least about 29~ or 2.5% by weight or even at least about 3% by weight of the carboxylic derivative composition (~).
The carboxylic derivative composition ~A.) provldes the lubricating oil composi-tions of the present invention with deslrable Vl ~nd disper~ant properties.
As no~ed above, the lubricating oil composltions of the present inventlon ~Iso contain at least about 0.002 equivalent of alkali metal per lO0 grams of lubricating oil composition. In other embodiments, the lubrlcating oil composi~ions will con~aln at least about a.oo3 or at least about 0.005 equi~alent of alkall metal per 100 grams of lubricating oil compositlon. T~e maximum amount of alkali metal present in the lubricating oil composltions may Yary overa wide range depending upon the nature of the other compo~ents of the lubricating oil composition and the in~ended use of the lubricating oil composi-tion. Generally, however, the lubricating oil compositions of the pr~sent invention will contain up to about 0.008 or even 0.01 equivalent of alkall metallS per 100 grams of lubricatlng oil composition.
(C) Metal DihYdrocarbYI DithioPhosPhate.
In addi~ion to the carboxylic dispersant (A) and the alkali metal overbased metal salt (B), the lubricating oil compositions of the present inventio,n may contain and generally do contain other additive components including antiwear agents such as metal salts of dihydrocarbyl dithiophosphates.
The metal dihydrocarbyl dithiophosphate which may be included in the oil compositions are characterized by the formula .;, R10 ~ ~
( R2O/ - (Xlll) wherein Rl and R2 are each independentIy hydrocarbyl groups containing from 3 to about 13 carbon atoms, M is a metal, and n is an integer equal to ~he valence of M.
WO 93/23504 PCr/US92/0~71B
2 ~ t'i ~
Generally, the oil composi~ions of the present invention will contain varying amounts of one or more of the above-identified metal dithiophosphates such as from about 0.01 up to about 2% or to 5% by weiight, and more generally from a~out 0.01 to about 1% by weight based on the weight of the total oi{l composition. The metal dithiophosphates are added to the lubricating oil composltions of the irmentlon to impro~e the anti-wear and antioxidant properties of the oll compositions.
The hydrocarbyl groups ~1 and R2 in the dithiophosphate may be alkyl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl or alkaryl groups, or a ~ubstantially hydrocarbon group of similar structure. By "substantially hydrocarbon'~ is meant hydrocarbons which contsin substituent groups such ~s ether, ester, nitro, or halogen whlch do not msterially affect the hydrocarbon char~cter of the group.
Illustrative alkyl grnups include isopropyl, isobutyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, the varlous amyl groups, n-hexyl, methylisobutyl carbirlyl, heptyl, 2-ethylhexyl, diisobutyl, isooctyl, nonyl, behenyl~ decyl, dodecyl, ~rldecyl, etc~
Illustrati~re lower alkylphenyl graups include butylphenyl, amylphenyl, heptylphen~
yl, etc. Cycloalkyl groups likewise are useful and these include chiefly cyclohexyl and the lower alky!-cyclohexyl radicals. Many substituted hydracarbon groups may also be used,~ e.g~., chloropentyl, dichloropherlyl, and dlchlcrodecyl.
In another embodiment, at least one af R1 and R2 in Formula XIII
is an isopropyl or secondary butyl group. In yet anather embodiment, both and R2 are secondary alkyl groups.
The~ phosphorodithioic acids from which the metal salts useful in this invention are prepared are well known. Examples of dihydracarbyl j 2S phosphorodithioic acids and metal salts, and processes for preparing such acids and salts are found in, for example, U.S. Patents 4,263,150; 4,289,635; 4,30~,154;
and 4,417,990. These patents are hereby incorporated by reference for such disclosures.
The phosphorodithioic acids are prepared by the reaction of phosphorus pentasulfide With an alcohol or phenol or mixtures of alcohols. The WV 93/23~)4 P~/~JS92/0871X
S~ r,~
reaction involves four moles of the alcohol or phenol per mole of phosphorus pentasulfide, and ma~r be carried out wi~hin the temperature range from about 50C to about 200C~ Thus the preparation of O,Q-di-n-hexyl phosphorodithioic acid involYes the reaction c~f phosphorus pentasulfide with four moles of n-hexyl alcohol at about 100C for abou~ two hours. 13ydrogen sulfide is liberated and thc residue is the de~ined acid. The prep~ration of the m~tal sa}t of this acid may be ef~ected by reaction wi~h metal oxide. Simply mixing and heating these two reactants is sufficient to cause ~he reaction to take place and the resultlng product is sufficiently pure for ~he purpose~ of this illventian.
The metal salts of dihydrocarbyl dithiophosphates which are useful in this invention include those salts containing Group I metals, Group Il metals, alurninum, lead, tin, molybdenum, manganese, coba}t, and nickel. The Group 11 metals, aluminum, tin9 iron, cobalt, lead, molybdenum, marlganese, nickel and copper are among the preferred metals. Zinc and copper are especially useful metals. In one embodiment, the lubricant compositions of the invention contain examples of metal compounds which may be reacted with the acid include lithiurn oxide, lithium hydlroxide, sodium hydroxide, sodiurn carbonate, potassium hydroxide, potassitLm carbonate, silver oxide, magnesium oxide, magnesi~m hydroxide, calcium oxide, zinc hydroxide, strontium hydroxidel cadmium oxide, cadmium hydroxide, barium oxide, alurninwn oxide, iron carbonate, copper hydroxide, lead hydroxide, tin butylate~ cobalt hydroxide, nickel hydroxide, nickel carbonate, etc.
In some instances, the incorporation of certain ingredients such as small amounts of the metal acetate or acetic acid in conjunction with the metal reactant will facilitate the reaction and result in an improved product. For example, the use of up to about 5% of zinc acetate in combination with the required amount of zlnc oxide facilitates the formation of a zinc phosphorodi-thioate.
WV g3/23504 PCr/US9~/08718,...
~60-ln one preferred ernbodiment, the alkyl groups Rl and R2 are derived frorn secondary alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol, secondary butyl alcohol, 2-pentanol, 2-methyl-4-pentanol, 2-hexanol, 3-hexanol, etc.
Especially useful metal phosphorodithioates can be prepared from phosphorodithioic acids which in turn are prepared by the reaction of phosphoruspentasulflde with mlxtures of alcohols. In addlt10n, the use of such mixtures enables the utlllzation of cheaper alcohols which in them~elves may not yield oil-soluble phosphorodithioic acids.
Useful mixtures of met~l salts of dihydrocarbyl dithiophosphoric acid are obtained by reacting phoxphorus pentasulfide with a mixture of (a) isopropyl or secondary butylo alcohol, and ~b) an ~Icohol containin~ at ~least 5carbon atoms wherein at 'east tO mole percent, preferably 20 or 25 mole percent, of the alcohol in the mixture isopropyl ~Icohol, secondary butyl alcohol or a mixture thereof.
Thus a mixture of isopropyl and hexyl alcoh~ls can be used to produce a very effective, oil-soluble metsl phosphorodithioate. For the same ; ~ reason mixtures of phosphorodithioic acids can be reacted wlth the metal compounds to form less expensive, oil-soluble salts.
The mixtures of alcohols may be mixtures of different primary alcohols, mixtures of different secondary alcohols or mixtures of primary and secondary alcohols. E:xamples of useful mixtures include: n-butano; and n-oc-tanol; n-pentanol and 2-ethyl-1-hexanol; isobutanol and n-hexanol; isobutanol and isoamyl alcohol; Isopropanoi and 2-methyl-4-pentanol; isopropanol and sec-butyl slcohol; isopropanol and isooctyl alcohol; etc. Particularly useful alcohol mixtures are mix~ures of secondary alcohols containing at least about 20 mole percen~ of isopropyl alcohol, and in a preferred embodiment, at least 40 mole percent of isopropyl alcohol.
The following examples illustrate the preparation of metal phosphorodithioates prepared from mixtures of alcohols.
. . . .
WO 93/23504 s~ PCr/
Example C-l A phosphorodithioic acid is prepared by reacting a mixture of alcohols comprising 6 moles of 4-methyl-2-pentanol and 4 mole~s of isopropyl alcohol wlth phosphorus pen~asulf~de. The phosphorod~thioic acid then is reactedwlth an oil slurry of zinc oxide. The a~nount of z~nc oxide In the slurry is about 1.08 tlmes the theoretical amount required to compl~tely neutrallze the phos-phorodithioic acld. The oil solution of the zinc phosphorodl~hio~te obtained in this manner ~10~6 oil) contains 9.5% phospho~us, 20.0% sulfllr and 10.5% zinc.
E:xample C-2 A phosphorodithloic acid is prepared by re~cting finely powdered phosphorus pent~sulfide with an alcohol mixture cantaining 11.53 moles (692 parts by weight) of isopropyl alcohol and 7.69 moles ~1000 parts by weight~ of isooctanol. The phosphorodithioic acid o~tained ~n this manner has an acid number of about 178-186 and contains 10.0% phosphorus and 21.0% sulfur. This phosphorodithioic acid is then reacted with an oil slulTy uf zinc oxide. The quantity of zinc oxide included in the oil slurry is 1.10 times the theoretical equivalent of the acid number of the phosphorodithioic acid. The oil solution ofthe zinc salt prepared In this manner contains 12~ oil, 8.6% phosphorus, X8.~%
sulf~ and 9.5% zinc.
Example C-3 A phosphorodithioic acid is prepared by reacting a mixture of 1560 parts ~12 mcles) of isooctyl alcohol and 180 parts ~3 moles) of isopropyl alcohol with 756 parts (3.4 moles) of phosphorus pentasulfide. The reaction is conducted; by heating~ the alcohol mixture to: about 55C and thereafter adding the phosphorus pentasulfide over a period of 1.5 hours while maintaining the reaction temperature at about 60-75C. After all of the phosphorus pentasulfide is added,the mixture is heated and stirred for an additional hour at 70-75`C,and there-after filtered ~hrough a filter aid.
Zinc oxide (282 parts, 6.87 moles) is charged to a reactor with 278 3û par~s of mineral oil. The above-prepared pnospho~ odithiuic acid (2305 parts, 6.28 .
WO 93~23504 pcr/us92/ox718 .
J ~ ~ I~ J .~ ~ ~
moles) is charged to the zinc oxide slurry over a perlod of 30 minutes with an exotherm to 60C. The mixture then is hea~ed to 80C and main~ained at this temperature for 3 bours. After stripping to 100~3C and ff mm.Hg., the mixture is filtered twice through a filter aid, and the flltrate is the desired oll solutlon 5 of the zinc salt contalning 10~ o~l, 7.97% zinc (theory 7.40); 7.2196 phosphorus (theory 7.0B); arld 15.64% sulfur ~theory 14.57).
Exasnple C-4 Isopropyl slsohol 1396 part~3, 6.ff moles) and 1287 parts (9.g moles) of isooctyl alcohol are charged to a reactor ~nd heated wlth stirrillg to 59C.
Phosphorus pentasulfide (833 parts, 3.75 molesl Is then add~d under a nitrogen sweep. The addition of the phosphorus pentasulfide is comple~ed in about 2 hoursat a reaction temperature between 59-63C. The mixture therl is stirred at 45-63C for about 1,45 hours and filtered~ The filtrate is the desired phosphorodi-thioic acid.
A reactor is charged wlth 312 parts ~7.7 equivalents~ of zinc oxide and 58Q parts of mineral oil. While stirring at room temperature, the above-pre-pared phosphorodithioic acid (2287 p~rts, 6.97 e~uivalents) is added over a period of about 1.26 hours with an exotherm to 54C. The mixture is heated to 78C
and maintalned at 78-85C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture is lracuum stripped to 100C at 19 mm.Hg. The residue is filtered through a filter aid, and the filtrate is an oil solution (19c2% oil) of the desired zinc salt containing 7.86%
zinc, 7.76% phosphorus and 14.8% sulfur.
Example C-5 The general procedure of Example C-4 is repeated except that the , mole ratio of isopropyl alcohol to isooctyl alcohol is 1:1. The product obtainedin this manner is an oil solution (10% oil) of the zinc phosphorodithioate containing 8.96% zinc, 8.49%~ phosphorus and 18.05% sulfur.
WO 93/23504 PCI /US92/û871X
Example C-6 A phosphvrodithioic acid is prepared in accordance with the general procedure of Example C-4 utilizing an alcohol mixture containing 520 parts (4 moles) of isooc~yl alcohol and 360 parts (6 moles) of isopropyl alcohol with 504S parts (2.27 moles) of phosphorus pentasulfide. The zinc salt is prepared by reacting an oil slu~Ty of 116.3 part~ of mineral oll arad 141.5 par~s (3.44 moles) of zinc oxide with 950.8 parts ~3.20 mole~) of the above-prepared phosphorodl-thioic acid. The product prepared in thls manner is an oll solution ~10% mineraloil) of th¢ desired zinc saltl and the oil solutiorJ contains 9.36% zinc, 8.81%
phosphorus and 18.65% sulfur.
Example (:-7 A mlxture of 520 parts ~4 moles) of isooctyl alcuhol and 559.8 parts ~9.33 moles) of isopropyl alcohol is prepared and heated to 60C at which tlme 672.5 parts (3.03 moles) of phosphorus pentasulfide are added in portions while stirring. The reaction the~ is maintained at 60-65C for about one hour and filtered. The filtrate is the dcsired phosphorodithioic acid.
An oil slurry of 188.6 parts ~4 moles) of zinc oxide and 144.2 parts of mineral oil is prepared, and 1145 parts of the above-prepared phosphorod~
thioic acid are added in portions while maintaining the mixture at about 70C.
2Q After all of the acid is charged, the mixture is heated at 80C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture then is stripped of water to 110C. The residue is filtered through a filter aid, and the filtrate is an oil solution (10% mineral oil) of the desired produc~ containing 9.99% zinc, 19.55% sulfur and 9.33% phosphorus.
Example C-B
A phosphorodithioic acid is prepared by the general procedure of Example C-4 utilizing 260 parts (2 moles) of isooctyl alcohol, 480 parts (8 moles) ~` of isopropyl alcohol, and 504 parts (2.27 moles) of phosphorus pentasulfide. The phosphorodithioic acid (1094 parts, 3.84 moles) is added to an oil slurry containing 181 parts (4.41 moles) of zinc oxide and 135 parts of mineral oil over a period nf 30 minutes. The mixture is heated to 80C and maintained at this WO 93/23504 P~/US9~/087l~ .
2 ~ ~f ;~ ~J ~
-64~
temperature for 3 hours, After stripping to lOO~C and 19 nLm.Hg., the mixture is filtered twice through a filter aid, and the filtrate is an oil solution (10%mineral oil) of the zinc salt containing 10.06% zinc, 9.04% phosphorus, and 19.2%
sulfur.
Additional specifio examples bf metal phosphorodlth~oates useful as component (C) in the lubrlcatlng oils of the present In~ention are listed in the following table. Examples C-9 to C-14 are prepared from s{ngle alcohols, and Examples C-15 to C-l9 are prepared from alcohol mixtures following the general procedure of Example C-1.
.. . . .. ., .. ~ .. ~ . .
WO 93/23504 PCr/lJS92)t~87~X
, " ,", ", ,~ ,, ,"
1 .~ ... , . i i, .. ....
-~5-TABLE
Component C: Metal Phosphorodithioates PSS ~ M
.Z M n -C:-9 n-nonyl n-nonyl Ba 2 C-10 cyclohexyl cyclohexyl Zn 2 Gl 1 isobutyl isobutyl Zn 2 C-12 hexyl hexyl Ca 2 C-13 n-dec~rl n-decyl Zn 2 C-14 4-methyl-2-pentyl 4-methyl-2-pentyl Cu 2 C-15 ~n butyl + dodecyl) (l:l)w Zn C-16 (isopropyl ~ isooctyl) ~l l)w Ba 2 C-17 (isopropyl ~ 4-methyl-2 pentyl~ (40:60)m Cu 2 `: C-18 (isobutyl I isoamyl)~65:35~rrl Zn ~.
C-l9 (isopropyl~sec-butyl) (40:6~)m Zn 2 Another class of the phosphorodithioate additives contemplated for use in the lubricating composition o~ this invention comprises the adducts of the O ~ metal phosphorodithioates descrlbed above with an epoxide. The metal phosphorodithioates useful in preparing such adducts are for the most part the zinc phosphorodithioates. The epoxides may be alkylene oxides or arylalkylene oxides. The a~la!kylene oxides are exemplified by styrene axide, p-ethylstyrene oxide, alpha-methylstyrene oxide, 3-beta~naphthyl- 1,1 ,3-butylene oxide9 m-~ode-cylstyrene oxide, and p-chlorostyrene oxide. The alkylene oxides include principally the lower alkylene oxides irl which the alkylene radical contains 8 or less carbon atoms. Examples of such lower alkylene oxides are ethylene oxide, .
W~ 93/23~04 PCr/l)S92/0~71~
2 ~ J ~J ' 11 propylene oxide, 1,2-butene oxide, tr~nethylene oxide, tetramethylene oxide, butadiene monoepoxide, 1,2-hexene oxide, and eplchlorohydrin. Other epoxides useful herein include, for exarnple, butyl 9,10-epoxy stearate, epoxidized soya bean oil, epoxidized tung oil, and epoxldized copolym~r of styrene with butadiene.
The adduct may be obtaiQed by slmply ml~ing ~he metal phosphoro-dithioate snd the epoxlde. The reaction is usually exothermic and snay be carried ou~: wlthln wide temperat1lre llmits from sbout 0UC to about 300C. Because the reaction is exotherrnic, it ts best car~led out by addIng on reactant, usually the epoxide, in small incremen~s to the other reactant in order to obtain convenientcontrol of the temperature of the reactiorl. The reaction may be carried out in a solvent such as benzene, mlneral oll, naph~ha, or n-hexene.
The chemical structure of the ~dduct is not known. For the purpose of this invent~on adducts obtained by the reactlon of one mole of the phosphorodithioate with from ~bout 0.25 mole to 5 moles, usually up to about 0.75 mole or about 0.5 mole of a lower alkylene oxide, particularly ethylene oxide and propylenc oxide, have been found to be especially useful and thereforeare preferred.
The preparation of su¢h adducts is more specifically illustrated by the following example.
Example C-20 A reactor is charged with 2365 parts (3.33 moles) of the zinc phosphorodithioate prepared in Exarnple C-2, and while stirring at room temperature, 38.6 parts (0.67 mole) of propylene oxide are added with an ` 2~ exotherm of from 24-31C. The mixture is ma~intained at 80-90C for 3 hours and then vacuum stripped to 101~C at 7 msn. Hg. The residue is filtered using a filter aid, and the filtrate is an oil solution (11.8% oil) of the desired salt containing 17.1% sulfur, 8.17% zinc and 7.44% phosphorus.
In one embodiment, the metal dihydrocarbyl dithiophosphates whîch are utilized as component (C) in the lubrica~ing oil compositions of the present WO 93/23504 pcr/uss2/o8718 ... ~ ~ ,, ~,,, i i~vention will be characterized as having at least one of the hydrocarbyl groups(Rl or R2) attached to the oxygen atoms through a secondary carbon atom. In one preferred embodiment, both of the hydrocarbyl groups Rl and R2 are ~ttached to the oxygen atoms of the dithlophosphate through seconda~ carbon atoms. In a further embodiment, the dlhydrocarbyl dithiophosphorlc acid~s used in the prepara~ion of the metal salts are obtalned by reactlng phosphorus pentasulfide with a mixture of aliphatic alcohols wherein at least 20 mole pcrcen~ of the mixture is Isopropyl alcohol. More generally, such mixtures wlll contain at least 40 mole percent of isopropyl alcohcl. The other alcohols ln themixtures may be elther pr~nary or seccndary alcohols. In som~ ~pplications, such as in passenger car crankcase oils, metals phosphorod}thioates derived froma mixture of isopropyl and another secondas y ~lcohol (e.g., 2-meth~1-4-pentanol) appear ~o provlde improved results. For oils designed for use in both compression and spark-ignited engines, i nproved results nften are obtained when the phosphorodithioic acid is prepared from a mixture of isoprspyl alcohol and a :~ primary alcohol such as isooctyl alcohol.
Another class of the phosphorodithioate additives (C) contemplated as useful in the lubricating compositions ~f the invention comprises mixed met~lsalts of (a) at least oné pbosphorodithioic acid as defined and exemp}ified above, 2Q and (b) at least one aliphatic or alicyclic carboxylic acid. The carboxylic acid may be a monocarboxylic or polycarboxylic a~id, usually containing from 1 to abou~ 3 carboxy groups and preferably only 1. It may contain from about 2 to about 40~ preferably from about 2 to about 20 carbon atoms, and advantageously a~out 5 to about 20 carbon atorns. The preferred carboxylic acids are those having the formula R3COOH,~wherein R3 is an aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocar-bon-based radical preferably free from acetylenic unsaturation. Suitable acids include the butanoic, pentanoic, hexanoic, oc~anoic, nonanoic, decanoic, :~: dodecanoic, octadecanoic and eicosanoic acids, as well as olefinic acids such as oleic, linoleic, and linolenic aclds and linoleic acid dimer. For the most part, R3 is a saturated aliphatic grbup and especially a branched alkyl group such as the .
WO 93/23~0q PCMJS92/08718.~"
(" ~, S ',~ ~.J ( j 'j ~'J
isopropyl or 3-heptyl group. Illustra~ive polycarboxylic acids are suecinic, alkyl-and alkenylsuccinic, adipic, sebacic and citric acids.
The mixed ~netal salts may be prepared by merely blending a metal salt of a phosphorodithiolc acid with a metal salt of a carboxylic acid in the desired ratio. The ratio of equivalenl;s of phospholodi~hioic to carboxylic acidsalts is between ~bout 0.5:1 to about 400:1. Preferably, the ratio ls between about 0.5:1 and sbout 200:1~ ~dYantageously, the r~tio can }~e from about 0~5:1 to about 100:1, preferably f~om ~out ~.5:1 to about 50:1, and more preferably from about 0.5:1 to about 20:1. Further, ~he ratio can be ~rom about 0.5:1 to about 4.5:1, preferably about 2.5:1 to about 4.25:1. For this purpose, ~he equi~alent weight of a phosphorodithioic acid is its molecular weight divided bythe number of -PSSH groups ~herein, and that of a carboxrlic acid ls its molecular weight dlvided by the nwnber of carboxy groups therein.
A second and preferred method for preparing the mixed metal salt~
useful in this invention is to prepare a mlxture of the acids ln the desired ratlo and to react the acid mixture with a suitable metal base. When this method of preparation is used, it i5 frequently possible to prepare a salt contalning an excess of me~al witb respect to the number of equivalents of acid present; thus mixed metal salts containing as m~ny as 2 equi~alents and especially up to about1.5 equivalents of metal per equivalent of acid may be prepared. The equivalent of a metal for this purpose is its atomic weight divided by its valence.
Varian~s of the above-described methods may also be used to prepare the mixed metal salts useful in this invention. For example, a metal salt of either aeid may be blended with an acid of the other, and the resulting blend 1 ' ~ ~ I , reacted with additional metal base.
Suitable metal bases for the preparation of the mixed metal salts include the free metals previously enuznerated and their oxides, hydroxides, .
alkoxides and basic salts. Examples; are sodium hydroxide, potassiurn hydroxide,rnagnesiwn oxide, calcium hydroxide, zinc oxide, lead oxide, nickel oxide and the like.
, ,, ~ -, ;., .., .., ; ~
The temperature at which the mixed me~al sal~s are prepared is genersl1y between about 30~ and about 150C, preferably up to about 125CC.
If the mixed salts aré prepared by neutralization of a mlxture of acids with a metal base, lt is preferred to employ temper~tures abo~e about S0C and especlally above about 75C~ It is frequently advantageous ~o conduc~ the reaction in the presence of a ~ubstantially Inert, normally liquid orgallic diluent such as naphtha, benzene, xylene, m~neral oil or the llke. If the diluent is mineral oll or is physically and ~hemically simllar to minersl oil, it frequently need not be removed before using the mlxed metal salt as an ~dditive for lubrica~lts or functional f~uids.
U.5~ Paten~s 4,308,154 and 4,417,g70 descrlbe proced~res for preparing these mixed metal sallts and disclose a rlumber ~f examples of such mixed salts. Such dlsclosures of these patznts are hereby incorporated by reference.
The preparation of the mixed salts is illustrated by the following example.
Example C-ZI
A mixture of 67 parts (1.63 equivalents) of zinc oxide and 48 par~s of mineral oil is ~tirred at room temperature and a mixture of 401 parts (1 equi~alent) of di-(2-ethylhexyl) phosphorodlthioic acid and 36 parts (0.25 equiYalent) of 2-ethylhexanoic acid is added o~er 10 minutes. The temperature increases to 40C durmg the addition. When sddition is complete, the tempera-ture is increased to 80C for 3 hours. The mixture is then vacuum stripped at lG0C to yield Ithe desired mixed metal salt as a 91% solution in mineral oil.
(D) Antioxidant. ~ ~
The lubricating oil compositions of the preserlt invention also may include an antioxidant (D), with the proviso that (D) the antioxidant and (C) the metal dithiophosphate are not the same. For instance, (C) and (D) may both be metal dithiophosphat~s provided that the metal of (C) is not the same as the metal of (D). In one embodiment, the antioxidants are selected from the group WO ~3/23~0q 1'~T/US92/~718 ~
% 'i ~ J ti '''~
consisting of: sulfur-containing composltions, alkylated aromatic amines, phe-nols, and oil-soluble transition metal containing compounds. When present, the lubricating oil co~npositions may contaln from about 0.01 to about 2% or even 5%of at least one antioxidant.
The antioxidant may be one or more sulfur-containing compositicns.
Materials which may be sulfurized to form the sulfurized organic compositions of the present inventlon include oils, fatty aclds or esters, olefirls or polyoleflns made thereof or Dlels-Alder adducts.
Olls which may be sulfurlzed are natural or synthetlc oils including 10 mineral oils, lard oil, carboxylic ~cid esters derived from aliphatic alcohols and fat~y acids vr aliphatic carboxylic acids ~e.g., myrlstyl oleate and oleyl; oleate~
sperm wbale oil, synthetic sperm whale oil subs~itutes and syrlthetic unsaturated esters or glycerides.
Fatty acids generally contaln from about 8 to about 30 car~on 15 atoms. The unsaturated fatty acids generally contained ln the naturally occurring vegetable or animal fats and such acids include palmi~oleic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, and el~cic acid. The fatty acids may comprise mixtures of acids, such as those obtained frorn naturally occurring animal ar~d vegetable oils, including beef tallow, depot fat, îard oil, tall oil, peanut o}l, corn 20 oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, poppy-seed oil, soybean oil, cottonseed oiî, sunflower seed oil, or wheat germ oil. Tall oil is a mixture oî rosin acids, mainly abietic acid, and unsaturated fatty acids1 mainly o1eic and linoleic acids. Talloil is a by-product of the sulfate process for the manufaGture of wood pulp.
The fatty acid esters also may be prepared from aliphatic olefinic 25 acids of the type described above by reaction with any of the above-descri~edalcohols and polyols. Examples of aliphatic alcohols include monohydrjc alcoholssuch as methanol, ethanol; n- or isopropanol; n-, iso, sec-, or tertbutanol, etc.;
and polyhydric alcohols including ethylene glycol, propylene gîycol, trimethylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, glycerol, etc.
WO 93/23504 P~/US92/0871X
~; ,, ;'' ''.,: J ,., s'J
The olefinic compounds which may be sulfurized are diverse in nature. They contain at least one olefinic double bond1 which is defined as a non-aromatic double bond; that is, one connec~ g two aliphatic carbon atoms.
In lts bro~dest sense, ~he olefln may b13 ~ef~ned by the fonnula R*1R*~C=CR~3-R 4, whereln each of R*1, R*2, R~3 and R~4 ~s hydrogen or an organic group. In genernl, the R groups in the aboYe f~rmula which are not hydrogcn may be s~isfied by such groups as -C~K 5)3,-CooR~5,-CoN~R 5)2,-CooN~R 5)4, -COOM, -CN, ~X, -YR 5 or -Ar, wherein:
each R 5is independently hydro~en, ~Ikyl, ~lkenyl, azyl, substitu~ed alkyl, substituted alkenyl or substituted s~rl, witb the proYlso that any two R 5 groups can be alkylene or substituted alkylene whereby a ring of up to about 12 c~rbon atorns is formed;
M is one equlvalent of a metal cation ~preferably Group I or 11, e.g., sodium, potassium, bariurn, c~lcium);
X is halogen (e~g., chloro9 bromo, or iodo);
Y is oxygen or divalent sulfur;
Ar is an aryl or substituted aryl group of up to about 12 carbon atoms.
Any two of R 1, R 2, R 3 and R 4 may also together form an alkylene OF substituted alkylene ~roup; i.e., the olefinic compound may be alicyclic.
The olefinic compound is u~ually one in which each R group which i5 not hydrogen is independently alkyl, alkenyl or aryl group. Monoolefinic and diole~inic compounds, particularly the fo~ner, are preferred, and especially terminal monool&finic hydrocarbons, that is, those compvunds in which R 3 and R 4 are hydrogen and R 1 and R 2 are alkyl or aryl, especially alkyl (that is, the olefin is aliphatic) having 1 tO about 30, preferably I to about 16, more preferably 1 to about 8, and more preferably 1 to about 4 carbon atoms. Olefiniccompounds having about 3 to 30 and especially about 3 to 16 (most often less than 9) carbon atoms are partlcularly desirable.
WO 93/23504 PCr/US92/08718 2 ~ J '-~ '' lsobutene, propylene and the~r dlrners, trimers and tetramers, and mixtures thereaf are especially preferred olefinic con~pounds. Of these compowlds, Isobutylene and diisobutylene are partlcularly des~rable because of their svailability and th~ p~;l~ularly high sulfur containing compositlons whlchcan be prepared therefrom.
In another embodiment, the sulfurized organic c:ornpound is sulfurl~ed terpene cozIlpound. The term "terpene compound" as used in the specification and claims is intended tc~ Include the various isorneric terpene hydrocarbons having tbe empirlcal formula CloHl6, such as contained In turpen~ine, pine oil and dipentenes, ~nd the ~arious synthe~lc and naturally occurring oxygen-ccntaining derlvat1ves. Mixtures of these various sompounds generally will be utillzed, especially when natural produc~s such as pine oil and turpsntine are used~ Pine oil, for e~ple, comprises a mlxture of alpha-terpineol, beta-terpineol, alpha-fenchol, camphor, borneol/isoborneol, fenchone,tS estragole, dilhydro alpha-terpineol, anethole, and other mono-terpene hydrocar-bons. The specific ratios and amounts of the various components in a given plne oil will depend upon the p~rticular source and the degree of purification. A
group of pine oil-derived products are available comsnerclally from Hercules lncorporated. It has been found that the pine oil products genera11y knowrl as terpene alcohols avallable from Hercules Incorporated are particularly useful inthe preparation of the sulfurized products of the in~ention~ Pine oil products are available from Hercules under such designations as alpha-Terpineol, Telpineol 318 Prime, Yarmor 3027 Hcrco pine oil, Yarrnor 302W, Yarmor F and Yarrnor 60.
In another embodiment, ttle sulfurized organic composition is at lea~t one sulfur-containing material which comprises the reaction product of a sulfur source and at least one Diels-Alder ~dduct. Generally, the molar ratio ofsulfur source to Diels-Alder adduct is in a range of from about 0.75 to about 4.0, preferably about I to about 3.0, more preferably about I to about 2.5.
The Dlels-Alder adducts are a well-krlown, art-recognized class of compounds prepared by the diene synthesis or Diels-Alder reaction. A summary WO 93/23504 rc~/us92/()87lx ,~,f ~ J /~J ~
of the prior art relating to this class of campounds is found in the Russian rnonogr~ph, Dienowl Sintes, Izdatelstwo Akade~ lauk SSSR, 19~3 by A.S.
Onlschenko. (Translated in~:o the Engllsh language by L. Mandel as A.S.
Onischenlco, Piene Synthesis, I~.Y., I:)ani~l D~vey a~d Co., Inc., 1964.) Thls monograph and references cited thzrein are incorporated by referencc into the present specification.
Basically, ~he dlene synthesis (l~lels-Alder reaction) involves the reaction of at least one conjugated dlene with at least one ethylenically or acetylenlcally unsaturated compound, thes~ latter compounds being known as dienophiles. Piperylene, isoprene, methylisoprene, chloroprene, and 1 ,3-butadiene are among the preferred dienes for us~ in preparing the Diels-Alder adducts.
Examples of cycl~c dienes are the cyclopentadienes, fulvenes, 1,3-cyclohexa-dienes, 1 ,3-cycloheptadienes, 1 ,3,5-cycloeptatrienes, cyclooctatetraene, ~nd 1 ,3,5-cyclononatrienes.
A preferred class of dienophiles are those having at least one electron-accepting groups selected from groups such as forrnyl, cy~no, n~tro, carboxy, carbohydrocarbyloxy, etc. Usually the hydrocarbyl and substituted hydrocarbyl groups, if not present, will not contain more than 10 carbon atoms each.
One preferred class o f disnophiles are those wherein at ~east one carboxylic es~er group represented by -C(O)O-Ro where Ro is the residue of a saturated aliphatic alcohol of up to about 40 carbon atoms, the aliphatic alcohol from which -Ro is derived can be any of the above-described mono or polyhydric alcohols. Preferably the alcohol as a lower aliphatic alcohol, more preferably methanol, ethanol, propanol, or butanol.
In addition to the ethylenically unsaturated dienophiles, there are rnany useful ac~tylenically unsaturated dienophi}es such as propiolaldehyde, methyl-ethynylketone, propylethynylketone, ~ propenylethynylketone, propiolic acid, propiolic acid nitrile, ethyl~propiolate, tetrolic acid, propargylaldehyde, WO 93/23504 PCr/US92/~7871X
2 fi ~3 r~f (J J J
acetylene-dicarboxylic acid, the dimethyl ester of acetylenedicarboxylic acid, dibenzoylacetylene, and the like l~orrnally, the adduc~i invol~e the reactlon of equirnolar amounts of dlene and dlen~phile. HoweYer, ~f the dienophile has more than one e~hylenic link~ge, it is posslble for addltional diene to react if present in 1;he reaction mlxture.
It is frequently ad~antageous to incorporate materlals uscful as sulfurization promoters in the reac~ion mix~ure~ These materlals may be acidicl basic or neutral. Useful neutral and acidic materlals include acidified clays such as "Super Filtrol'l (sulfurlc acid treated diatomaceous earth), p-toluenesulfonic a~id, phosphorus-containing resgents such as phosphorus acids (e.g., dialkyl~phos-phorodithioic acids, phosphorus acid esters ~e.g., trlphenyl phosphate), phosphorus sulfides such as phosphorus pentasulfide and su~rface acti~re agents such as lecithin.
The preferred prvmoters are basic materials~ These may be inorganic oxides and salts such as sodium hydroxide, calciuzn oxide and sodium sulflde. The most desirable basic promoters, however, are nitro~en bases including ammonla and ~nines.
The amount of promoter material used is generally a~out 0.0005-2û 2.0% of ~he combined weight of the teI~ene and olefinic compounds. In the case of the preferred ammonia and amine catalysts, about 0.0005-0.5 mole per mole of the combined weight is preferred, and about 0.001-0.1 is especially desirable.
Water is also present in the reaction mixture either as a promoter orl as a diluent for one or more of the promoters recited hereinabove. The amount of water, when present, is usually about 1-25% ~y weight of the olefinic compound. The presence of water ls, however, not essential and when certain types of reaction equlpment are used it may be advantageous to conduct the reaction under substantially anhydraus conditions.
WO ~3/23~;0q ~ P(~r/USg~/08718 ,; J
When promoters are incorparated into the reaction mixture as described hereinabove, lt is generally observed ;hat the reaction can be conducted at lower temperatures, and the product generally is lighter in color.
The sulfur source or reagent used for preparing any of the sulfur-containing materials of this inverl~iQrl m3y be, for exarnple, sulfur, a sulfur halide such as sulfur monochlorlde or sulfur dichloride, a mixture of hydrogen sulfide and sulfur ar sulfur dioxidef or the like. Sulfur, or mlxtures of sulfur and hydrogen sulfide often are preferred. However, it will be understuod that other sulfurization rsagents may, when appropriate, be substituted therefor.
~0 Comnlercial sources of all the sulfurlzing re~gents are normally used for ~he p~ose of thi~ invention, asld ir~purities normslly associated with these comrner-cial products may be present without adverse results.
When the sulfurlzation reactlon is effected by the use of sulfur alone, the reaction is effected by merely heatlng the reagents with the sulfur at temperatures of from about 50 to 250C, usually, from about 150 to abou~ 2I0C.
The weigh~ r~tio of the materials to be sulfurized t~ sulfur is between about 5:1 and about 15:1, generally between about 5:1 and a~out 10:1. The sulfurization reaction is conducted with efficient agitation and generally in an inert atmosphere (e.g.~ ni~rogen~. If any of the compos~ents or reagents ~re apprecia-bly volatile at ~he reactiosl temperature, the reaction Yessel may be sealed andmaintained under pressure. It is frequently advantageous to add the sulfur portionwise to the mixture of the other components.
When mlxtures of sulfur and hydrogen sulfide are utilized in the , ~ process of thei invention, the amounts of sulfur and hydrogen sulfide per mole of component(s) eo be sulfurized nre5~respectively~ usually about 0.3 to about 3 gram-atoms and about 0.1 to about~l.5 moles. A preferredrange is from about 0.5 to about 2.0 gram-atoms and about 0.4 to about 1.25 moles, respectively, andthe most desirable ranges are about 0.8 to about 1.8 gram-atoms, and about 0.4 to about 0.8 mole, respectively. In reaction mixture operations, the components are introduced at levels to provide these ranges. In semi-continuous operations, .
WO 93/23504 PCI /US92/5~871 ~
2 ~ ( they may be admixed at any ratio, but on a mass balance basis, they are present so as to be consumed in amoun~s within ~hese r~tlos. Thus, for example, if the re~ction vessel ls initially charged with sulfur alone, the terpene and/or olefinic compound and hydrogen sulflde sre added incrementally at a rste such that the desired ratio is ob~ained.
When mixtures of sulfur and hydrogen sulfide are utilized in the sulfurlzation reactioo, the temperature range of the sulfurization reaction is generally from about 50 to about 350C. The pref~rred range is about 100 to about 200C with about 120 ~o ~bout 180~ being e~peclally su~able. The reaction often is conducted under super atmospheric pressure which may be ~nd usually is sutogenous pressure ~i.e., pressure whlch ~aturally developed during ~he course of 1:he reaction), but may also be exter~ally applied pressure. The exactpressure developed during the reaction is dependent upon such factors as design and operation of th¢ system~ the resction temperature, snd the vapor pressure of the reactants and products, and it may vary during the course of the reaction.
While }t is preferred generally that th~ reaction mixture conslsts entireb of ~ the components and reagents described aboYe, the reaction also may be effected in the presence of an inert solvent (e.g., an alcohol, ether, este~, :
aliphatic hydrocarbon, halogenated aromatic hydrccarbon, etc.) which is liquid within the temperature range employed. ~ When the reacti3n temperature is relatively high, for example, st about 200C, there may be some evolution of ; ~ sulfur from the product which is avoided is a lower reaction temperature such as from about 15U-170C is used.
In some~ instances, it may be d~sirable to treat the sulfurized product obtained in accordance with the procedures described herein to reduce ac:tive~sulfur. The terrn "active sulfur" includes sulfur in a form which can cause staining of copper~ and similar materials, and~standard tests are available to determine~sulfur activity. As an alternatlve to the treatment to reduce active sulfur, metal deactivators can be used with the lubricants containing sulfurizedcompositions.
.
.
WO 93/23504 PCl/US92/08718 ,~ . , ,, ..~ ., . '..f ;~ J t,/
The fol}owing examples relate to sulfurized compositiolls usieful in the present invention.
Exiample D-l A reaction ~e~sel is charged with 780 parts isopropyl alcohol, 752 p~rts water, 35 parts of a 50% by weight aqueous solu~ion of sodlum hydroxlde, 60 parts of sulfuric acid treated diatomaceous ear~h (Super Filtrol a~railable from Engelhard ~orporatlon, Menlo P~rk, New Je~sey) snd 239 parts of sodiwn sulfide.
The mixture is stirred ~nd heated to 77-R0C. The reaction temperature i5 main-tained for ~wo hours. Themixt~e is cooled to 71C whcreupon 1000 part~ of the sulfurized olefin prepared by reactlng 337 parts of sulfur monochlorlde with 1000 parts of a mixture of 733 parts of l-dodecene and 100~ pa~ts af Neodene 1618, a C16_18 olefin mixture ava~lable fro~n Shell Chemical, are added to the mixture.
The re~ction mixture 1~ heated to 77-80C and the temperature Is maintained until the chlorine content is a mal~imuun of 0.5. The reactiorl mixture is vacuum stripped to 80C and 20 mlllimeters of mercury. The residue is filtered through diatomaceous earth. The filtrate has 19~0% sulfur and a specific gravity of 0.95.
Example D-2 A mkture of 100 parts of soybean oil and 50 parts of commerci~l C16 -olefins is heated to 175C. under nitrogen and 17.4 parts ~f sulfur are added gradually, whereupon an exothermic reaction causes the temperature to rise to 205C. The mixturc is h~ated at 188-200C. for 5 hours, allowed to coolgradually to 90C. arld filtered to yield the desired product contaîning 10.13%
sulfur. ~ ~
Ex~nple D-3 2S A mixture~ of lOO parts of so~besn oil, 3.7 parts of tall oil acid and 46.3 par~s of commercial Cls ~8 a-olefins is heated to 165C. under nitrogen and17.4 parts of sulfur are added~ The temperature of the mixture rises to 191C.
It is maintained at 165-200C. for 7 hours and is then cooled to 90C. and filtered. The product contains 10.l39~ sulfur.
WO 93/23504 pcr/us92/o8718 ','"., -7~ -Example D-4 A mixture of 93 parts (0.5 equivalent) of pine oil and 48 parts (1.5 equivalents) of sulfur is charged to ~ reactlon vessel equipped with condenser, thermometer and stirrer. The mlx~ure i5 heated to about 140C wlth nitrogen blowing and malnt~ined at this temperature ~or ~bout 28 hours. After cooling, 111 p~cs of a C16 alpha-olefin ~vallable from Culf Oil Chemlcals Cornpany under the general trade name Gulfterle 16) ~re added through an addltion funnel,and after addition is cotnplete, th~ addltion funnel Is replaced with a nitrogentube. The reaction mixture is he~ted to 170C with nitrogen blowing and 1() maintained at the temperature for about 5 hours. The mixture is cooled and filtered through a fllter ald. The flltra~e Is the desired product having a sulfur content of 19.01~6 ~theory 19.04%).
Example D-5 (a) A mixture comprising 400 grams of toluene and 66.7 grams of alumimlrn chloride is charged to a two- liter flask fltted with a stirrer, nitrogen inlet tube, and a solid carbon dioxide-cooled reflux condenser. A second m~xture comprising 640 grams (5 moles~ of butylacrylate and 240.8 grams of toluene is added to the AtC13 slu~Ty over a 0.25-hour period while maintaining the temperature within the range of 37-58C. Thereafter, 313 grams (5.8 moles) of butadiene ~re added to the slurry over a 2.75-hour period while maintaining the temperature of the reaction mass at 60-61C b~ means of external cooling.
The reaction mass is blown with nitrogen for about 0.33-hour and then trans-ferred to a four-liter separatory funnel and washed wlth a solution of 150 grarns of concentrated hydr~chloric acid in 1100 gr~ns of water. Thereafter, the product is subjected to two additional water washings using 1000 ml of water foreach wash. The washed reaction product is subsequently distilled to remove unreacted butylacrylate and toluene. The residue of this first distillation step is subje~ted to further distillation at a pressure of 9-10 millimeters of mercury whereupon 785 grams of ~he desired adduct are collected over the t~mperature of 105-115C.
.
WC)93/23504 f; y ~ ?~ PCl/US92/nX71 (b) The above-prepared butadiene-butylacrylate Diels-Alder adduct (4~50 grams, 25 moles) and 1600 grarns (50 moles) of sulfur flowers are charged to a 12 liter flask, fit~ed with stirrer, reflwY condenser, and nitrogeninlet tube. I he reaction mixture is heated at a temperature within the range of150-155C for 7 ho~us while p~ssing nI~rogen therethrough at ~ rate of about 0.5cubic feet p~r hour. After heatlng~ ~e mass is perml~ted to cool to room temperature and filtered, the sulfur-containing product being the flltrate.
The antioxidant (D) may also be ~n alkylated aromatic amine.
Alkylated aromatic ~nines include compounds repre~ented by the formula Ar3-h-Ar4 wherein Ar3 and Ar4 ~re independently mononuclear or polynuclear, substituted or unsubstituted aromatic groups; and R6 ls hydlrogen, halogen, OH, NH2, SH~
N02 or a hydrocarbyl group of from 1 to about 50 carbon atoms. Ar3 and Ar4 may be any of the above-described aromatic groups. When Ar3 and/or Ar4 are substituted aromatic groups, the number of substltuents on Ar3 and/or Ar4 range independently up to the nwnber of positions ~vailable on Ar3 an~/or Ar4 for substitution. T~ese substi~uents ~re independently selected from the group consisting of halogen (e.g., chlorine, bromine, etc.), OH, NH2, SH, N02 or hydrocarbyl groups of from 1 to about 50 ~arbon atoms.
In a preferred embodiment, antîoxidant ~D~ is represented by the formula H
~ f _ N---~\( (XIV) ~7 ~_ wo 93/23504 pcr/us92/o~718~ .
wherein R7 and R~ are independently hydrogen or hydrocarbyl groups of from 1 to about 50 carbon atoms, preferably hydrocarbyl graups af from about 4 to about 20 carbon atoms. Examples of sroms~ic amines include p,p'-dioctyldi-phenylamine;octylphenyl-beta-naphthylamlne;octylphenyl-alpha-naphthylamine, phenyl-alpha~rlaphthylamine; phenyl-beta-naphthylamine; p-octylphenyl-alpha-naphthylamine and 4-octylphenyl-1-octyl-beta~naphthyliamine and di(nonyl-phenyl~amine, with di~nonylphenyl)amine preferred.
V.S. Patents 2~558,285; 3,601,632; 3~3~B,975; and 3,S05,225 disclose diaryl~nines within ~he scope of component (J:)~. These patents are incorporatedherein by reference.
The antioxidants (D) used in the present invention may be one or more of several ~ of phenolic compounds which may be metal-free phenolic compounds.
In one embodiment, the antioxid~nt of the present imention includes at least one metal-free hindered phenol. Alkylene coup}ed derivatives of said hindered phenols also can be used. Hindered phenols are defined (in the specification and claims) as those containing a sterically hindered hydroxyl group, and these ~nclude those deriYatives of dihydroxy aryl compounds wherein tl5e hydroxyl groups are in the o- or p-position to each other.
The snetal-~ree hindered phenols ma~ be represented by the following Formulae XY, XVI and XVII.
OH
R9 ~ (XV~
_, ~
WO 93/23504 Ps~/us92/o871~ ~
~-,s " ~?, ~
OH OH
R9~ R9 ~XVI) OH OH
R9 ~ C(R12)~ R~ (XVII) ~ O ~?,10 whereln eac:h R9 is independently an alkyl group cantaining from 3 to about 9 carbon atoms, each R10 is hydrogen or an alkyl group, Rll ls hydrogen or an slkyl group containi~;g from 1 to about 9 carbon atoms, and ~ach Rl~ is independently hydrogen or ~ methyl group. In the preferred embodiment, R10 is an alkyl group conts~ning from about 3 ~o about 50 carbon atoms, preferably ahout 6 to about 20, more prefer~bly from about 6 to about 12. Exarnples of such groups include hexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl, tripropenyl~ tetrapropen-yl, etc. E:xamples of I?9, R10 and Rll ~groups include propyl, isopropyl, but~l,secondaly butyl, tertiary butyl, heptyl, octyl, and nonyl. Preferablyf each R9 and Rll are tertiary groups such as tertiar~ butyl, tertiary amyl, etc. The phenoli~compounds of ~the type represented by ~ormula XV may be prepared by various tech~iques, ansd in one~ embodiment~ such phenols are prepared in stepwise ~: manner by first preparing the para-substituted ~Ikyl phenol, and thereafter ~ alkylating the j para-substituted phenol ~ in the 2- and/or 6-position as desired.
When it is desired to prepare coupled phenols of the type represented by ~: Fonnulae ~CVI and XVII, the second step alkylation is conducted under conditions which result in the: alkylation of only one of the positions ortho to the hydroxyl group. ~
Examplès of useful phenolic materials of the type represented by ~ormula XV inciude: 2-t-butyl-4-heptyl phenol; 2-t-butyl-4-octyl phenol;
WO 93/~3504 PCl/US9~iO871~s ~,L ~ J ~
2-t-butyl-4-dodecyl phenol; 2,6-di-~butyl-4-butylphenol; ~,6-dl-t-butyl-4-heptylphenol; 2,6-di t-butyl-4-dodecyl phenol; 2-methyl-6-dl-t-butyl-4-heptyl phenol;
2,4-dimethyl-6-t-butyl phenol; 2,6-t-butyl-~-ethyl phenol; 4-t-butyl catechol; 2,4-di-t-butyl-p-cresol; 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methyl phenol; and 2-methyl-6-di-t-S butyl~4-dodec~rl phenol.
Examples of the ortho coupled phenols of the type represented by Forrnula ~CVI include: 2,2'-bis(6-~-butyl-4-heptyl phenol); 2,2'-bis(6-t-butyl-4-octyl phenol); 2,6-bis-~lt-methylcyclohexyl~-4-methyl phenol; and 2l2'-bls(6-t-butyl-4-dodecyl phenol).
Alkylene-coupled phenolic compounds of the type represented by Formula XVII can be prepared from ~he phenols represented by Formula XV
wherein R1 1 is hydrogen by reaction of the l~henolic cornpound with an ~ldehydesuch as forrnaldehyde, acetaldehyde, etc. or a ketone such as acetone.
Procedures for coupling of phenolic compounds with aldehydes and ketones are lS well knGwn in the art, and the procedures do not need to be described in d~tail herein. To illustrate the process, a phenolic compound cf the type represented by Forrnula XY wherein R1 1 is hydrogen is heated with a base or an acid, such as sulfuric acid, in a diluent such as toluene or xylene, and this mixture is then contacted with an aldehyde or ketone while heating the mixture tp reflux ~nd removing water as the reaction progresses.
Exarnples of phenolic compounds of the type represented by Formula XVII include 2,2'-methylene-bis~6-t-butyl 4-heptyl phenol3; 2,2'-methyl-ene-bis(~t-butyl~octyl phenol); 292'-methylene-bis-(4-dode~yl-6-t-butyl phenol);2,2'-methylene-bis-(4-octyl-6-t-butyl phenol); 2,2'-methylene-bis-(4-octyl phenol);
2,2'-methylene-bis-(4-dodecylphenol); 2,2'-me~hylene-bis-(4-heptyl phenol); 2,2'methylene-bisl6-t-butyl-4-dodecyl phenol~; 2,2'-rnethylene-bis(6-t-bu~yl-4-tetrapropenyl phenol), and 2,2'methylene-bis(6-t-butyl-4-butyl phenol).
The alkylene-coupled phenols may be obtained by reacting a phenol ~2 equivalents) with 1 equivalent of an aldehyde cr ketone. Lower molecular weight aldehydes are preferred and particularly preferred examples of useful W0 g3/2351)4 P(~/US92/0~71~s (, i , ,.; .~ . ,, aldehydes include formaldehyde, a reversible polyrner thereof such as paraform-aldehyde, trioxane, acetaldehyde, etc. AS used In this specification and claims,the word "formaldehyde" shall be deem~d to include such reversible polyrners.
The alkylene-coupled phensls can be derived from phenol or substituted alkyl phenols, and substituted slkyl phenols are preferred. The phenol must have an ortho or para pusitiorl ava~lable for reaction with the aldehyde~
In une embod~ment, the phenol w~ll contain one or more alkyl groups which may or may not resul~ ln a sterically hindered hydroxyl group.
Examples of hindered phenols which can be used in the formation of the alkylene-coupledphenols include: 2,4-dimethylphenol; 2,4-di-t-butyl phenol, 2,6-di-t-butyl phenol; 4-octyl-6-t-butyl phenol; etc.
In one preferred mbodiment, the phenol from which the alkylen~-coupled phenols are prepared are phenols substltuted in the para posi~ion with aliphatic groups containing at least 6 carbon atoms as described above Generally, the alkyl groups contain from 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Pr~ferred alkyl groups are derived from polymers of ethylene, propylene, 1-butene and isobutene7preferably propylene tetramer or trlmer.
The reaction between the phenol and the aldehyde, polymer there~f or ketone is usually carried out between room temperature and about 150C, 2û preferably about 50-125C. Th~ reaction preferably is carried out in ~he presence of an acidlc or basic material such as hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, sulfuric acid, amrnonium hydroxide, sodil hydroxide or potassiwn hydroxide.
The relative amounts of the reagents used are not critical, but it is generaJly convenient ~o juse about 0.3 to about 2.0 moles of phenol per equivalent df formaldehyde or other aldehyde.
The following exarnples illustrate the preparation of phenolic compounds of the type represented by Formulae XV and XVII.
Example D-6 A reaction vessel is charged with 3192 parts (12 moles) of a 4-tetrapropenyl phenol. The phenol is heated to 800e in 30 minutes and 21 parts WO 93/23504 Pcr/Us92/08718 2 ~ ~s~
-8~-(0.2 mole) of a g3% sulfuric acid solution are added to the vessel. The mixture is heated to 85C and 1344 parts (24 moles) of lsobutylene are added over 6 hours. The temperature is maintained between 85~91C. Af~er introduction of the Isobutylene, the reaction Is blown with nltrogen at 2 standard cubic feet per hour for 30 minutes at 85C. Calcium hydroxlde (6 parts, 0.2 mole) along with 12 p~rts of water are added to the re~ctlon ~vessel. The mlxture is heated to 130C under nitrogen for 1.5 hours. The reaction is vacuum stripped at 130C
and 20 millimeters of mer~ury for 30 minutes. The residue is cooled to gaoc and the residue is filtered through diatomaceous earth to give the desired product.
The desired product filtrat~ has a specific gra~ity of 0.901 and a percent hydroxyl (Grignard) equals 4.25 (theoretical 4.49).
Example D-7 A reaction vessel ls charged with 798 parts (3 moles) of 4-tetrapropenyl phenol. The phenol ~s heated to 95-100C whereupon 5 parts oF a 93% solution of sulfuric acid are added to the vessel. Isobutylene (168 parts, 3moles) is added to the vessel over 1.7 hours at 100C. After introduction of theisobutylene ~he reaction is blown with nitrogen at 2 standard cubic feet per hour for one-half hour at 100C. An additional 890 parts of the above-describ~d phenol (2.9~ moles) are added to a reaetion vessel and heated to 34-40~C. A 37%
aqueous formaldehyde solution ~137 grams, 1.7 moles) is added to the vessel. Themixture is heated to 135C with removal of water. Nitrogen blowing at 1.5 scfh begins at 105-110C. The reac~ion mixture is held at 120C for 3 hours under nitrogen and cooled to 83C whereupon 4 parts (0.05 mole) of a 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution are added to the vessel. The reaction mixture is heated to 135C under nitrogen. The reacsion mixture is vacuum stripped to 135C and 20 millimeters of mercury for 10 minutes, cooled to 95C, and the residue is filtered through diatom~ceous earth. The product has a percent hydroxyl (Grignard) of 5.47 (~heoretical 5.5) and a molecular weight (vapor phase osmometry) of 682 (theoretical 667~.
WO g3/Z35~)~ PCr/US92/~8718 Example 1)-8 The general procedure of Example D-6 is repeated except that the 4-heptyl pherol is replaced by ~n equivalent ~nount of tri-prop~rlene phenol. The substltuted phenol obtained in this mamler ccntairls S.94% hydroxyl.
Example D-9 The general procedure of Example D-7 is repeated except that the phenol of Example D-6 is replaced by the phenol of l~cample D 8. The methylene coupled phenol prepared in this manner contaills 5.74% hydroxyl.
In another embodlment, the lubricànt connpositlons of the present invention may contain a metal-free ~or ashless) ~Ikyl phenol sulfide. The alkyl phenols from which the sulfides are prepared also may comprise phenols of the type discussed above and represented by Formula XV wherein R1 1 is hydrogen.
For example, ~he alkyl phenols which can be converted to allcyl phenol sulfides include: 2-t~but3rl-4-heptyl phenol; 2-t-butyl-4-octyl phenol; and 2-t-butyl-4-do-decyl phenol.
The term "alkylphenol sulfides" is meant ~o include s~i-(alkylphenol)-monosulfides, disulfides, polysulfides, and other products obtained by the reaction of the alkylphenol with su}fur monochloride, sulfur dichloride or elernental sulfw'.
One mole of phenol is reacted with about 0.5-1.5 moles, or higher, or sulfur compound. For example, thé alkyl phenol sulfides are readily ~btained by rnixing, one rnole of an alkylphenol and 0.5-1.0 mole af sulfur dichloride. The reaction mixture is usually maintained at about 150-160F for about 2-5 hours, after which time the resulting sulfide is drled and filtered. When elemental sulfur isusçd, one mole of alkyl phenol is reacted with 0.5 to 2.0 moles of elemental sulfur, and temperatures of about 150-250C or higher are typically used It is also desirable tha~ the drying operation be conducted under nitrogen or a similar inert gas.
Suitable basic alkyl phenol sulfides are disclosed, for example, in U.S Patents 3,372,116; 3,411),798; and 4,021,419, which are hereby incorporated by reference These sulfur~containing phenolic compositions described in U.S.
Patent 4,021,419 are obtained by sulfurizing a substituted phen~l with sulfur ora sulfur halide and thereafter reac~ing the sulfurized phenol with formaldehyde or a reversible polymer thereof. Alternatively the substituted phenol can be first reacted with formaldehyde and thereafter reacted with sulfur or a sulfur halide to produce the desired alkyl phenol sulflde. The disclosure of U.S. Patent 4,021,419 is hereby incorporated by reference for its disclosure of such compounds~ and methods for preparlng such compuunds. A synthetic oil of the type described below is used in place of any mineral or natural oils used in ~hepreparation of the salts for use in this invention.
In another embodiment, the antioxidant (D) may be phenothiazine, substituted phenothiazines, or derivatives such as represented by ~ormula XVIII
R 1 3S(o)aR 14 ~ N ~ (XYIII) (1?15)b~ ~(R15)b wherein R14 is selected from the group consis~ing of higher alkyl groups, or an alkenyl, aryl, alkaryl or aralkyl group and mixtures thereof; R13 is an alkylene, alkenylene or an aralkylene group, or mixtures tbereof; each R1 5 is independently alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, alkaryl, aryialkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, arylthio, or fused aromatic rings, or mixtures thereof; a and b are each independently 0 or greater.
In another embodiment, the phenothiazine derivatives may be represented by Formula XIX
WO 93/23504 ~ ~ fr~ ~ ~; . Pcr/uss2~os 15)b ~ R15)b ~ 13 S(~a ~XIX) (R15)~ ~ (R )b S()a~' wherein R13, R14, R15, a and b are as defined with respect to Fo~nula XVIII.
The above-described phenothiazine derivatit~es, and methods for their preparation ~re described in U.S. Patent 4,785,095, and the disclosure of this patent is hereby incorporated by reference for its teachings of such methods and compounds. In one embodiment, a diallcyldiphenylamine is treated with sulfur at an elevated temperature such as in ~he range of 145C to 205C for a suffi~ient time to complete the reaction. A catalyst such as iodine may be utilized to establish tbe sulfur bridge.
Phenothiazine and its varîous derivatives can be converted to compounds of Formula ~CVIII by contacting the phenothiazine compound 20 ~ containing the free NH group wlth a thio alcohol of the formula R14SR13OH
where R14 and R13 are defined with respect to Formula XVIII. The thio alcohol ; may be obtained by the reaction of a mercaptan R14SH with an alkyJene oxide under basic conditions. ~lternatively, the thio alcohol may be obtained by reacting a terminal olefin with mercaptoethanol under free r~dical conditions.
: ~ 25 The reaction between the thio alcohol and the phenothiazine compound generally : is conducted in the presence of an inert solvent such as toluene, benzene, etc.
A strong acid catalyst such as sulfuric acid or para-toluene sulfonic acid at about 1 part to about 50 parts of catalyst per 1000 parts of phenothiazine is preferred.
~ , WO 93/23504 PCltUS92/1)871~ ~ ~
2 ~ "v ~
The reaction is conducted generally at reflw~ temperature with removal of water as It is formed. Conveniently, the reaction temperature may be maintained between 80C and 170C.
When it is desired to prepare compounds of the type represented by Formulae XYIII and XIX wherein x is 1 or 2, i.e., sulfones or sulfoxides, thederivatlves ~rep~red by the reactian wl~h the ~hio alcohols descrlbed above are oxidized with an oxidizing ~gent such as hydrogen peroxide in a solYent such as gl~cial acetic acid or ethanol under an inert gas blanket. The partial oxida~iontakes place conveniently at from about 20QC to about 150C. The following examples illustrate the preparation of phenothiazlnes which may be utilized as the non-phenolic an~ioxidant (D) In the lubricants of the present invention.
Ex~rnple ~-10 One mole of phenothiazine is placed In a one- liter, rsund bottom flask with 300 ml. of ~oluene. A nltrogen blanket ls maintained in the reactor.
To the mixture of phenothiazine and toluene is added 0.05 mole of sulfuric acid catalyst. The mixture is then beated to reflux temperature and 1.1 moles of n-dodecylthioethanol is added ~ropwise over a period of approximately 90 minutes. Water is continuously removed as it is fo~Tled in the reaction process!The reactlon mixture is continuously stirred under ~eflux until substantially no further wa~er is eYolved. The reaction mixture is then allowed to cool to 90C. The sulfuric acid catalyst is neutralized with sodium hydroxide.
The solvent is then removed under 8 vacuum of 2 KPa at 110C. The residue is filtered giving a 95% yield of the desired product.
In another embodiment, the antioxidant (D~ is a transition metal-containing compos~tion. The transition metal-containing antioxidant is oil-soluble. The compositions generally contain at least one transition metal selected from titanium, manganese, cobalt, nickel, copper, and zinc, preferably manganese, copper, and zinc, more preferably cop~er. The metals may be in the form of nitrates, nitrites, halides, oxyhalides, carboxylates, borates, phosphates, phosphites, sulfates, sulfites, carbonates and oxides. The transition metal-WO 93/23504 ~ 2 ~ .;'~ !" 1 PCI /lJS92/0871 X
containing composltion is generally in the form of a me~al-organic compound ccmplex. The organ~c compounds include carboxylic acids and esters, mono- and dlthlophosphsric acids, dlthiocarbamic acids and dispersants. Gerlerally, the trarsition metal- ::ontaining compositions contain at least about 5 carbon atomsto render the compositlons oll-soluble.
In one embodiment, the organic compound is a carboxylic acld. The carboxylic acid may be n mono- or pnlycarboxylic acid contalning frcm 1 to about 10 carboxylic ~roups and 2 to about 75 carbon atorns, preferably 2 to about 30, more preferably 2 to about 24. Examples of monocarboxylic acids include 2-ethylhexanoic acid, octanoic scid, decanoic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, stearic acid and gluconic acid. Examples of polycarboxyl~c acids include succinic, malonic, citraconic aclds as well as substltuted versions of these acids. The carboxylic acid may be one of the above-described hydrocarbyl-subs~ituted carbQxylic acylat~ng agents.
In another embodim~nt, the organlc compound is a mono- or dithiophosphoric acid. The dithiophosphoric acids may be any of the above-described phosphoric acids ~see dihydrocarbyl dithio~hosphate). A monothiophos-phoric acid is prepared by treating a dithioph~sphoric acid with steam or water.In another embodiment, the organic compound is a mono- or dithiocarbamic acid. Mono- or dithiocarbamic acids are prepared by reacting carbon disulfide or car~on oxysulfide with ~ primary or secondary amine. The amines may be any of the amines described above.
In another embodiment, the organic compound may be any of the phenols, aroma~ic amines, or dispersants described above. In a préferred embodiment, the transition metal~ontaining composition is a lower carboxylic acid-transition metal-dispersant complex. The lower alkyl carboxylic acids contain from 1 to about 7 carbon atoms and include fo~nic acid, acetic, propionic, butanoict 2-ethylhexanoic, benzoic acid, and salicylic acld. The dispersant may be any of the dispersants described above, preferably the dispersant is a nitrogen-containing carboxylic dispersant~ The transition metal W(~ 93/23~04 PCr/US92/0~71~ ~
2 1 'i~
so-complex is prepared by blending a lower carboxylic acid sal~ of a t:ransi~ion metal with a dispersant at a temperature frozn about 25C up to the decomposition temperature of the reaction mixture, usually frorn about 25C up to about 100C.A solvent such a xylene, toluene, naphtha or mineral oll may be used.
E:xaznple D-11 The metal complex is obtained by heating at 160~C for 32 hours 50 par~s of copper diacetate monohydrate, 283 par~ Q'~ 11)0 neu~ral rnineral oll, 2S0 milliliters of xylen~ and 507 par~s of ~n acylated nitr()gen in~ermediate prepared by reacting 4,392 parts of a polybutene-substl~uted succinic anhydride (prepared10 by the reaction of a chlorinated polybutene having a number average molecularweight of 1000 and a chlorlne content of 4 39~ and Z0% molar excess of maleic anhydride) with 540 parts of an alkylene amine polyæmine mixture of 3 parts ~y weight of triethylene tetramine snd 1 part by we1ght of diethylene tri~mineJ and3240 parts of 100 neutral mineral oi1 at 130C-2~0C for 3.5 hours. The reaction15 is vacuum stripped to 110C and 5 millimeters of mercury. The reaction is filtered chrough diatomaceous earth to yield a filtrate which has 59% by weight 4il, 0~3% by weight colpper snd 1.2% by weight nltrogen.
Example D-12 (a) A mixture of 420 parts [7 moles) of isopropyl alcohol and 518 20 parts (7 moles) of n-butyl alcohol ~s prepared and heated to 60C under a nitrogen atmosphere. Phosphorus pentasulfide (647 parts, 2.91 moles) is added over a period of one hour while snaintaining the temperature at 65-~7C~ The mixture is stirred an additional hour while cooling. The material is filtered through a filter aid, and the filtrate is the desired phosphorodithioic acid.
(h) A mixture of 69 parts (0.97 èquivalent) of cuprous oxide and 38 parts of mineral oil is prepared, and 239 parts (0.88 equivalent) of the phosphorordithioic acid prepared in (a) are added over a period of about 2 hours.
The r~action is slightly exothermic during the addition, the mixture is thereafter stirred for an additional 3 hours; while maintaining the temperature at about :
WO 93/2350~3 Pcr/us92/08718 t.J ~ ;'J ~
-91- :, 70C. The mixture is stripped to 105C/10 srlrn.Hg. and filtered. The fil~rate is a dark green liquid containing 17.3~ copper.
Example D-13 A ~nixture of 285 parts of 100 neutral mineral oil and 260 parts ~1.8 equivalents) of copp~r (1) oxide is prepared and heated to 93C. Isopropyl, me1:hylamyldithiophosphoric acid ~1000 parts, 3.3 equivalen~), prepared frorn phosphorus pentasulflde and a ~0:40 molar mixture of methylarnyl alcohol and Isopropyl alcohol, is added over 3 hours to the mixture, while the temperature is maintained at 95-95C. The reaction mLxture is steam blown a~ 105-110C for 3 hours. The reaction m~xture is then nitrogen blowrl at 82-88C for one hour.
The res3idue is filtered through diatomaceous earth. The filtrate is the desiredproduct and contains 20~ oil and 15~35% copper.
(E) Neutral and Basic ~lkaline Earth M tal Sal~.
The lubricating oil compositiuns of the present invention also may 1~ contain at least one neutral or basi~ alkaline earth metal salt of at least one acidic orgarlic compound. Such salt cornpounds generally are referred to as ash-containing detergents. The acidic organic compound may be at least one sulfur acid, carboxylic acid, phosphorus acid, or phenol, or mixtures thereof., Calch~n~ magnesium, bariwn and strontiurn are the preferred alkaline ~earth metals with magnesium preferred in some lubricating oil compositions. Salt~ containing a mixture of ions of two or more of these alkaline earth metals can be used.
l`he salts which are useful as component (E3 can be neutral or basic.
The neutral sal~s contain an amount of alkaline earth metal which is jUst ` 25 sufficient t~ neu~ralize the acidic groups present in the salt anion, and the basic salts contain an cxcess of the alkaline earth metal cation. Generally, the basicor overbased salts are preferred. The basic or overbased sal~s w~ll have metal ratios ~MR) of up to about 40 and more particularly from about 2 to about 30 or 40. ~ ~
` ~ :
WO g3t235û4 PCI /IJS9Z/OX7J 8 " ~ 2 (:, ~ d ide, carbonate, bicarbonate, sulfide, etc., at temperatures above abou~ 50C. Inaddition, various promoters may be used in the neutralizing process to aid in the incor~oration of the large excess of metal. These promoters include such compounds as the phenolic substances, e.g., phenol and naphthol; alcobols such S as m~thanol, 2-propanol, octyl alcohol and Cellosolve carbitol, amines such as aniline, phenylenediamine, and dodecyl amine, etc. A particularly effective process for preparing ~he basic barlum salts comprises mixing the acid with an excess of bariwn in the presence of the phenolic promoter and a small amount of water and carbonatlng the mixture at an elevated temperature, e.g., ~0C to about 200C.
As mentioned above, the ~cidic organic compound from which the salt of component (E) is derived may be at least one sulfur acid, carboxylic acid, phosphorus acid, or phenol or mixtures thereof. The sulfur acids include sulfonic acids, tbiosulfonic, sulfinic, sulfenic, partial ester sulfuric, sulfurous and thiosul-furic acids.
The sulfonic ac~ds which are useful in preparlng component (E) include those represented by the formulae RxT~S03H)y , (XX) and ~ R'(S03H)r ~XXI) In these formulae, R' is an aliphatic or aliphatic-substituted cycloallphatic hydrocarbon or essentially hydrocarbon group free frorn acetylenic unsaturation and containing up to about 60 carbon atoms. When R' is aliphatic, it usually contains at least about 15 carbon atoms; when it is an aliphatic-substituted cycloaliphatic group, the aliphatic substituents usually contain a total of at least about 12 carbon atoms. Examples of R' are alkyl, alkenyl and alkoxyalkyl WO 93/23~4 P~r/lJs92/0871 contains at least about 15 carbon atoms; when it is an aliphatic-substituted cycloaliphatic group, the atiphatic substltuents usually contain a total of at least about 12 ?arbon atoms. Examples of R' are alkyl1 alkenyl and alkoxyalkyl radicals, and allphatic-substituted cyclcialiphatic groups wherein the aliphaticsubstituents are slkylt alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, carboxy~lky1 and the like.Generally, the s~ycloaliphatic nucleus is derlved from a cycloalkane or a cycloalkene such as cyclopen~ane, cyclohex~ne, cyclohexene or cyclopentene.
Speciflc example~ of R' are cetylcyclohexyl, lau~ yclohexyl, cetyloxyethyl, octadecenyl~ and groups derived from pe~roleurxl~ saturated and unsaturated lQ paraffin wax, and olefin polymers including polymerized monoolefins containing about 2-8 carbon atoms per olefinic monomer unit and diolefins containing 4 to 8 carbon atoms per monomer unit. R' can also contaln other substituents such as phenyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxy, mercapto, halo, n~tro, ~nino, nitroso, lower alkoxy, lower alkylmercapto, carboxy, carbalkoxy, oxo or thio, or interrupting groups such as -NH-, -O~ or -S-, as long as the essentially hydrocarbon character is not destroyed.
R in Forrnula XX is generally a hydrocarbon or essentially hydrocarbon group, preferably free from acetylenic unsaturation, and containing from about 4 to about ff0 allphatic carbon atoms, preferably an alipha~ic hydrocarbon group such as alkyl or a!kenyl. It may also, however, contain substituents or interrupting groups such as those enumerated above provided the essentially hydrocarbon character thereof is retained. In general, any non-carbon atoms present in R' or R do not accoun~ for more than 10% of the total weight thereof.
2s T is a cyclic nucIeus whicb may be derived from an arornatie hydrocarbon such as~ benzene, naphthalene, anthracene or biphenyl, or from a ` heterocyclic compound~such as pyridine, indole or isoindole. Ordinarily, T is an aroma~ic hydrocarbon nucleus, espec~ially benzene or naphthalene nucleus.
W{~ ~33/235~4 Pcr/US92/0871 ~" ,5~ J ( ) ' ' -94-The subscript x is at least 1 and is generally 1-3. The subscripts r and y have an average value of sbout 1-2 per molecule and are generally also 1. ~
The sulfonic acids are generally petrsleurn sulfonic acids or synthetically prep~red alkaryl sulfonlc acids. Among the petroleurn sulfonic acids, ~he most useful products ~re those prep~red by the sulfonatlon of sultable petroleum fractio~ls wlth a subsequent removal of ~cld sludge, and purifica~ion.Synthetic alkaryl sulfonic acids are prepared ususlly from alkylated ben%enes such ~s the Friedel~ rafts reaction products of benzene and polymers such as tetrapropylene. The following are specific examples of sulfonic acids useful in preparing the salts (E:). It is to be understood that such examples se~ve also to illustrate the salts of such sulfonic acids useful ~s component ~E). In o~her words, for every sulfonic acid enwnera~ed, it ls intended that the c~rrespondingbasic alkali metal salts thereof are also understood to be illustrated. (The sarne applies to the lists of other acid material~ listed below.) Such sulfonic acids include mahogsny sulfonic acids, bright stock sulfonic acids, petrolatum sulfonic acids, mono- and polywax-substituted naphthalene sulfonic ~cids, cetylchloro-benzene sulfonic acids, cetylphenol sulfonic acids, cetylphenol disulfide sulfonic acids, cetoxycap~yl benzene sulfonic acids, dicetyl thianthrene sulfonic acids, dilauryl beta~naphthol sulfonic acids, dicapryl nitronaphthalene sulfonic acids,saturated paraffin wax:sulforlic aclds, unsaturated paraffin wax sulfonic acids,hydroxy-substituted paraffin wax sulfonic acids, tetraisobutylene sulfonic ~cids, tetraamylene s~lfonic :acids, chiorine substltuted paraffin wax sulfonic acids, nitroso substituted paraffin wax sulfonic acids, petroleum naphthene sulfonic ~5 ~ acids, cetylcyclopentyl si~lfonic acids, lauryl cycinhexyl sulfonic acids, mono- and poJywax substituted cyclohexyl sulfonic acids, dodecylbenzene sulfonic acids, "dimer alkylate" sulfonic acids, and the like.
Alkyl-substituted benzene sulfonic acids wherein the alkyl group contains at least ~ carbon atoms including dodeGyl benzene "bottoms" sulfonic 3û acids are particularly useful. The latter are acids derived from benzene which WO 93/23504 PCr/US92/08718 has be~n alkylated w~th propylene tetramers or isobutene trimers to introduce 1, 2, 3, or more branched-chain C12 subs~ituents on the benzene ring. Dodecyl benzene bottoms, principally mixtures of mon~ and di-dodecyl benzenes, are available as by produc~s from the manufacture of household detergents. Slmilar products obtalned from slkylation bottoms formed during manufacture of linear alkyl sulfonates (LAS) are also useful in making the sulf~nates used in this invention.
The production of sulfonates from detergent mamlf~cture by-products by reactlon with, e g.? SO3, ls well known to those skilled in the art.
See, for exa~nple, the article "Sulfonstes" in Kirk-Othmer '1Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology", Second Edition, Vol. 19, pp. ~91 et seq~ published by JohnWiley & Sons, N.Y. (1969).
Other de~criptions of basic sulfonate salts which can be inco~porat ed in~o the lubricating oil compositions of this inventivn as component (E), andtechnique~ for making them can be found in the following U.S. Patents:
2,174,110; 2,202,781; 2,239,974; 29319,121; 2,337,552; 3,488,284; 3,595,790; and3,798,012. These are hereby incorporated by reference for their disclosures in this regard.
Suitable carboxylic acids from which useful alkaline earth metal salts (E) can be prepared include aliphatic, cycloaliphatic and aromatic mono-and polybasic caxboxylic acids including naphthenic acids, alkyl- or alkenyl-sub-stituted cyclopentanoic acids, alkyl- or alkenyl-substituted cyclohexanoic acids, and alkyl- or alkenyl-substituted aromatic carboxylic acids. The aliphatic acidsgenerally contain from about 8 to about 50, and preferably from about 12 to 2 5 about 25 carbon atoms. The cycloaliphatic and aliphatic carboxylic acids are preferred, and they can be ssturated or unsaturated. Specific examples include 2-ethylhexanoic acid, linolenic acid, propylene tetramer-substituted maleic acid, behenic acid, isostearic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, palmitoleic acid, linoleic acid, lauric acid, oleic acid, ricinoleic acid, undecyclic acid, dioctyl-cyclopentanecarboxylic acid, myristic acid, dilauryldecahydronaphthalene-carbox-WO 93/2351~4 PCr/US92/0871 r~ 96--ylic acid, stearyl-octahydrolndenecarboxylic acld, palmltic acid, alkyl- and alkenylsuccinic acids, acids forrned by oxidation of petrolaturn or of hydrucarbon waxes, and comrnercially available mixtures of two or more carboxylic acids suchas tall oil acids, rosin acids~ and the llke.
The equiv~lent weight of the acidic organic compound is its molecular weight dlvlded by the number of acidic groups [i.e., sulfonic acid or carboxy groups) pr~sen~ per molecule.
The pentavalent phosphorus acids usefu} in the preparation of component ~E:) may be an organophosphoric, phosphonic or phosphinic acid, or a thio analog of any of these.
Component ~E) may also be prep~red frorn phenols; tbat is, compounds containing a hydroxy group bound dlrectly ~o an ~romatic ring. The term "phenol" as used herein lncludes compounds having more than one hydrvxy group bound to an aromatic ring, such as catechol9 resorcinol and hydroquino~e~
It also includes alkylphenols such as the cresols and ethy;phenols, and alkenyl-phenols. Preferred are phenols contai~aing at least one alkyl substituent containing about 3-100 and especially about 6-50 carbon atoms, such as heptylphenol, octylphenol, dodecylphenol, tetrapropene-allsylated phenol, octadecylphenol and polybutenylphenols. Phenols containing more than one alkyl substituent may also be used, but the monoalkylphenols are preferred because of their avallability and ease of production.
Also useful ~re condensation products of the above-described phenols with at least one lower aldehyde or kctone, the term "lower" deno~ing aldehydes and ketones containing not more than 7 carbon atoms. Suitable :` 25 al~ehydes include formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, propionaldehyde~ etc.The e~ui~ralent weight of the acidic organic compound .is its molecular weight divided by the number of acidic groups (i.e., sulfonic acid or carboxy groups) present per molecule. ~ ~
The amount of component (E) included in the lubricants of the present invention also may be varied over a wide range, and useful amounts in .. ... , .. . ~ .~ .. , .. .. , .. , j= ~
WO93/235û~ PCl/US9~/0~718 ~k j 3 ., inv~ntion may ~ary from about 0% or abou~ 0.01~6 up to about 5% or more.
Generally, component (E) is present in an amount of from about 0.1 to about 2%.
The following examples illustrate the preparation of neu~ral and ba~ic alkaline earth metal salts useful as component ~E).
Example E-1 A mixture of 9û6 grarns of an oil solu~ion of arl alkyl phenyl sulfonic acid (having an average molecular weight of 450, vapor phase nsmome-try), 564 grams mineral oll, 600 grams tolwene, ~.7 grams magnesiurn oxide and 120 grams water is blown wlth c~rbon dioxide at a tempera~ure of 78-85C for 7 hours at a rate of about 3 cubic feet of carbon diuxide per hour. The reactionmixture is constantly agitated throughout the carbonation. After carbonation, the reaction mixture is stripped to 165CC/20 torr and the residue flltered. The filtrate is an oil solution (34% oil) of the desired overbased magn~sium sulfonate ha~ring a metal ratio of about 3.
Example E-2 A polyisobutenyl succin~c anhydride is prepared by reacting a mole of chlorinated poly~isobutene) (haYing an avera~e chlorine content of 4.3% and an average of 82 carbon atoms) with a rnole of maleic anhydride at ~bout 200C;
The resulting polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride has a saponification number of 90. To a mixture of 1246 grams of this succinic anhydride and 1000 grams of toluene there is added at 25C, 76.6 ~rarns of bariu~sl oxide. The mixture is heated ~o 115C and 125 grams of water is added drop-wise over a period of one hour. The mixture is then allowed to reflux at 1 50C: until all the barium oxide is reacted. Stripping and filtration provides a filtrate containing the desired p~bduc~.
Example E-3 A mixture of 160 grams of blend oil, 111 grams of polyisobutenyl (number average Mw=950) succinic anhydride, 52 grams of n-butyl alcohol, 11 grams of water, 1.98 grams of Peladow (a product of Dow Chemical identified as containing 94-97% CaC12) and 90 grams of hydrated lime are mixed together.
WO 93/23504 PC}`/lJSg2/0~71X
" r!, Additional hydrated lime is added to neu~ralize the subsequently added sulfonic acid, ~he amount of said additional lime being dependent upon the acid nurnber of the sulfonic acid. An oil solu~ion (1078 grams, 58~ by weight of oil) of a straight chain dlalkyl benzene sulfonic acid (Mw=430) is added with the temperature of the reaction mix~ure not exceeding 79C. The temperature is adjusted to 60C. The reaction prs~duct of heptyl phenol, lime and formaldehyde (64.5 grams), and 217 grarns of methyl alcohol are added. The reactlon mlxture is blown with carbon dioxide to a base number ~bromophenol blue) of 20-30.
Hydra~ed lime (112 grams) ls added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture is blown with carbon dioxide to a base number ~bromophenol blue~ of 45-60, while maintaining the temperature of the reaction mixture a~ 46-52C. The la~ter step of hydrated lime addition followed by carbon dioxide blowing is repeated three more times with the exception with the last repetition the reaction mixture Is carbonated to a base mlrnber (bromophenol hlue) of 45-55. The reaction mixture is flasll dried at 93-104C, kettle dried at 143-160C, filtered and adjusted with oil to a 12.0% Ca level. The product is an overbased calcium sulfonate having a base nurnber (bromophenol blue) of 300, a metal content ot 12.0~ by weight, a metal ratio of 129 a sulfate ash content of 40.7% by weight, and a sulfur content of 1.5% by wçight. The oil content is 53% by weight.
2Q Example E-4 A reaction mixture comprising 135 grams mineral oil, 330 grams xylene, ~00 grams (n.235 equivalent) of a mineral oil solution of an alkylphenyl-sulfonic acid (average molecular weight 425), 19 grams (0.068 equivalent) of tall oil acids, 60 grams (about 2~75~equivalents) of magnesium oxide, 83 grams , methanol, and 62 grams water is carbonated at a rate of 15 grams of carbon dioxide per hour for about two hours at the ~methanol reflux temperature. ~he carbon dioxide inlet rate is then reduced to about 7 grams per hour, and the methanol is removed by raising the temperature to about 98C over a three hour period. Wa~er (47 grams) is added and carbonation is continued for an additional3.5 hours at a temperature of about 95C. The carbonated mixture is then WO 93/23504 PC-r/US92/0871~
f ~
stripped by heating to a temperature of 140-145C over a 2.5 hour period. This results in an oil solution of a basic magnesiu n salt characterized by a metal ratio of about 10.
The carbonated mixture Is cooled to about 60-65~C, and 208 grarns S xylene, 60 grams magnesium oxide, B3 gr~ns methanol and 62 grams water are added thereto. Carbonation is resumed at a rate of 1~ grams per hour for two hours at the methanol reflux ternperature. l`he carbon dioxide addition rate is reduced to 7 grams per hour and the me~hanol is removed by raising the temperature to about 95C over a three hour perlcd. An ~dditional 41.5 grams of water are added and carbonation is coDtinued at 7 grams per hour at a temperature of about 90-95C for 3.5 hours. The carbonated mass is then heated to about 150~160C over a 3.5 hour period and then further stripped by reducing the pressure to 20 mm. (Hg.) at this temperature. The ~arbonated reaction product is filtered, and the filtr~te is an oil-solution of the desired basic magnesium salt characterized by a metal ratio of 20.
Example E-5 A mixture of 835 grams of 100 neutral minerai oil, 118 grams of a polybutenyl (Mw,950)-substituted succ~nic anhydride, 140 grams of a 65:3~
molar mixture of isobutyl alcohol and arnyl alcohol, 43.2 grams of a 15% calciumchloride aqueous solution and 86.4 grams of lime is prepared. YVhile m~intainingthe temperature below 80C, 1000 grams of an 85% solution of a primary bright stock mono-alkyl benzenle sulfonate, having a molecular weight of about 480, a neutralization acid number of 110, and 15% by weight of an organic diluen~ is added to the mixture. The mixture is dried at 150C to about 0.79~ water. The 2~ mixture is cooled to 46-52C where 127 grams of the isobutyl-amyl alcohol mixture described above, 277 grams of methanol and 87.6 grams of a 31%
solution of calcium overbased, formaldehyde-coup!~d? heptylphenol having a metal ratio of 8 and 2~2h calcium are added to the mixture. Three increments of 171 grams of lime are added separately and carbonated to a neutrali7ation base number in the range ol 50-60. ~ A fourth lime increment of 171 grams is WO 93/2350~ pcr/us92/o871~
t,f ~ , ~ f " 7, '~J
~ - -100-added and carbonated to a neutralization base nurnber of 45-55. Approximately 331 grams of carbon dioxide are used. The mixture is dried at 150C to approximately 0.5% water. The reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is the desired product. The product contain~s 41% oil, 12% calcium and has a metal ratio of 11.
(F) Friction Modiflers.
The lubricating oil composltlons of the present inYention also may contain friction modlfiers which provide the lubricating oil wlth additisnal desirable frictional characteristics~ Generally from about 0.01 to about 2 or 3%10 by weight of the friction modifiers is sufficient to provide improved perfor-mance. Various amides and amines, partlcularly tertlary arni~es sre effective friction modifiers. Examples Df tertiary arnine frlction modifiers include N-fatty alkyl-N,N-~,iethanol amines, N-fatty alkyl-N,N-diethoxy ethanol amines, etc.
Such tertiary amines can be prepared by reactin~ a fatty alkyl amine wlth an 15 appropriate number of moles of ethylene oxide. Tert~ary amines derived from naturally occurring substances such as coconut oil and oleoamine are available from A~nour Chemical Company under the trade designation "Ethomeen".
Particular examples are the Et~lomeen-C and the Ethomeen-O series. Amides include fatty acid amides wherein the fatty acid contains from 8 to 22 carbon 20 atoms. Examples include oleylsmides, stearylamides~ laurylamides, etc.
Par~ial fatty acid ~ters of polyhydric alcohols also are useful as friction modifiers. The fatty acids generally contain from about 8 to about 22 carbon atoms, and the esters may be obtained by reaction with dihydric or polyhydric alcohols containing 2 to about 8 or 10 hydroxyl groups. Suitable fatty 25 acid esters include sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan dioleate, glycerol monooleate, glycerol dioleate, and mixtures thereof including commercial mixtures such as Emerest 2421 (Emery Industries Inc.), etc. Other examples of partial fatty acid esters of polyhydric alcohols may be found in IC.S. Markley, Ed., "Fatty Acids",second edition, par~s I and V, Interscience Publishers (1968).
W093/7,35~4 'f ~ f~ ?~ PC~/IJS9?~/~8718 Sulfur containing compounds such as sulfurized C12_24 fats, alkyl sulfides and polysulfides wherein the alkyl groups contain from 1 to 8 carbsn atoms, and sulfurlzed polyolefins also may function as friction modifieirs in the lubrica~ing oil compositions of ~he invention.
The lubricating compositions of the present invention may include other additives such as supplemer~tary dispersants, antiwear agents, extreme pressure agents, emulsifiers, demulslfiers, ~ntlrust agents, corrosion inhibitorsj~
viscosity improvers, pour point depressantst dyes, and foam inhibitors. These additives may be present in ~arious amounts depending on the needs of the final product.
The supplementary dispersants may be selected from the group consisting of: (a) amine disperssnts other than the carboxylic derivatives (A) de~cribed above, (b) ester dlspersants, (c) Mallnich dispersants, (d) dlspersantviscosity improvers and (e) mixtures thereof. In one embodiment, the dispersantsmay be post-trested with such reagen~s as urea, thiourea, carbon disulfide, alde-hydest ketones, carboxylic acids, hydrocarbon-substituted succinic anhydrldes, ni-triles, epoxides, boron compounds, phosphorus compounds, etc.
Amine dispersants are hydrocarbyl-substituted amines. The~e hydrocarbyl-substituted amines are well known to those skilled in the art. Theseamines are disclosed In U.S. patents 3,275,554; 3,438,757; 3,454,555; 3,565,804;3,755,433; and 3,822,289. Thes~i patents are hereby incorporated by reference for their disclosure of hydrocarbyl amines and methods of making the same.
Typical!y, amine dispersants are prepared by reacting olefins and ~ oleifin polymers (polyalkenes) with amines (mono ~ or polyamines~. The polyalkene may be any of the polyalkenes described above. The amines may be any of the amines described above. Examples of amine dispersants include poly(propyl-ene~amine; N,N-dimethyl-N-poly(ethylene/propylene)amine, (50:50 mole ratio of monomers); polybutene amine; N,N-di~hydroxyethyl)-N-polybutene amine; N-(2-hydroxypropyl)-N-polybuteneamine;N-polybutene-aniline;N-polybutenemorphol-ine; N-poly(butene)ethylenediamine; N-poly(propylene)trimethylenediamine; N-:
WO ~3/23504 Pcr/usg2/o871X
2 1 v . ~, i poly(butene)diethylenetriamine;N',N'-poly(butene)tetraethylenepentamine;N,N-dirnethyl-N1-poly(propylene)-1,3-propylenediaIrline and the like.
In another embodiment, the supplementary dispersant may be an ester dispersant. The ester dispers~nt is prepared by reacting at lesst one of the hydrocarbyl~substituted carboxyllc acylat~ng agents descrlbed abov~ as ~A-1~ wlth at least one organic hydroxy compound and optlonally an amlne. In another embodiment, the ester dispersant Is prepared by reacting the a~rla~ing agent w~th at least one of the above-described hydroxy amine.
The organic hydroxy compound includes compounds of the general formula R1'~OH)m wherein ~" is a monovalent or polyvalent organic group 30ined to the -OH groups through a carbon bond, ~nd m is anlnteger of from 1 to about 10 wherein the hydrocarbyl group contains at least about 8 allphatic carbon atoms. The hydroxy compounds may be aliphatic compounds such as monohydric and polyhydric alcohols, or aromatic compounds such as phenols and naphthols.
The aromatic hydrcxy compounds from which ~he esters may be deri-ved are illustrated by the following specific examples: phenol, beta-naphthol, alpha-naphthol, cresol9 resorcinol, catechol, p,p'-dihydroxybiphenyl, ~-chlorophenol, 2,4-dibu~ylphenol, etc.
The alcohols frorn which the esters may be derived preferably contain up to about 40 aliphatic carbon atoms, preferably from 2 to about 30, more preferably 2 to about IO. They may be monohydric alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isooctanol, dodecanol, cyclohexanol, etc. In one embodiment, the hydroxy compounds are polyhydric alcohols, such as alkylene polyols.
Preferably, the polyhydric alc~hols contain from 2 to about 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to about 20; and preferably from 2 to about IO hydroxyl groups, more preferably 2 to about 6.~ Polyhydric alcohols include ethylene glycols, including di-, tri- and tetraethylene ~Iycols; propylene glycols, including di-, tri- and tetrapropylene glycols; glycerol; bu~ane diol; he~cane diol; sorbitol;
arabieol; mannitol; sucrose; fructose; glucose; cyclohexane diol; erythritol; and pentaerythritols, including: dl- and tripentaerythritol; preferably, diethylene WO 93/23504 ;~ 2 .3 .i~ r.J PCrtUS92/08718 glycol, triethylene glycol, glycerol, sorbitol, pentaerythritol and dipentaeryth-ritol.
The polyhydric alcohols may be esterifled with monocarboxylic acids haYiDg from 2 to about 30 c~rbon atoms, preferably about 8 to about 18, proYided that at least one hydroxyl group remains unesterifled. Exa~nples of monocarboxylic acids include acetic, propionic, bu~yric and fatty carboxylic acids. The fat~y monocarboxylic acids Ihave from ab~ut 8 ~o about 30 carbon atoms and include octanoic9 oleic~ stearic, llnoleic, dodec~noic and tall oi~ acids.
SpecUic examples of these esterified polyhydric alcohols irlclude sorbitol oleate, including mono- and dioleate, sorbltol stearatet including mono- and distearate,glycerol oleate, including glyc~rol mono-, dl- snd trioleate ~nd erythritol octano-ate.
The carboxylic ester dispersants may be prep~red by any of seYeral known methods. The method which is preferred because of conYenience and the superior properties of the esters it produces, involves the reaction of a the carboxylic acylating agents described above with one or more alcohols or pheno}sin ratios of from about 0.5 equivalent to about 4 equivàlents of hydroxy compound per equivalent of acylating agent. The esterification is usually carried out at a tempera~ure above about 100C, preferably between 150C and 300C.
The water formed as a by-product is removed by distillation as the esterification proceeds~ The preparation of useful carboxylic ester dispersant is described in U.S. Pa~ents 3,522,17~ and 4,234,435.
The carboxylic ester dispersants may be further reacted with at ieast one of the abave described amines and ~referably at least one of the abo~e~5 described polyamines The amine is added in aD amount sufficient to neu~ra}ize any nones~erifed carboxyl groups. In one preferred embodiment, the nitrogen-containing carboxylic ester di~persants are prepared by reacting about 1.0 to 2.0 equivalents, preferably about l.0 to 1.8 equivalents of hydroxy compounds, and up to about 0.3 equivalent, preferably about 0.0'2 to about 0.25 equivalent of ~0 polyamine per equivalent of acyla~lng agent.
WO 93/23S04 PCr/US92~8718 In another embodirnent, the carboxylic acid acylating agent may be reacted simultaneously with both the alcohol and the amine. There is generally at least about 0.01 equivalent of the alcohol and at least 0.01 equivalent of the amine although the to~al ~nount of equivalents of the comblnation should be at least about O.S equivalent per equivalent vf acylatlng agent. These ni~rogen-containing carboxylic ester dlspersant compositions are known ln the art, and the prepar~tion of a number of these deriYatives is described in, for example, U.S. Patents 3,957,854 and 4,234,43$ which have been incorporated by reference previously.
The carboxylic ester dispersan~s and methods of making the same are known in ~he art and are disclosed In O~S. Patents 3,219,6G6; 3,381,022;
3,522,179; and 4t234,435 which are hereby incorporated by reference for their disclosures of the preparation of carboxylic ester dispersants.
The following examples {llustrate the ester dispersants and the processes for preparing such esters.
Example SD-l A subs~antially hydrocarbon-substituted succirlic anhydride is prepared ~y chlorinating a polybutene having a number average molecular weight of lQ00 to a chlorine content of 4.5% and then heating the chlorinated poly-butene wlth 1.2 molar proportions of maleic anhydride at a temperature of 150-220C. A mixture of 874 gr~ns (1 mole) of the succinic anhydride and 104 grams (1 mole) of neopentyl glycol is maintained at 240-250C/30 mrn for 12 hours. The residue is a mixture of the esters resulting from the esterification of one and both hydroxy groups of the glycol.
Exarnple SD--2 A mixture of 3225 parts (5.0 equivalents) of the polybutene-substi-tu~ed succinic acylating agent prepared in Example 11, 289 parts (8.5 equivalents) of pentaerythritol and 5204 parts of mineral oil is heated at 224-235~C for 5.5 hours. Ttle reaction mixture is filtered at 130C to yield an oil solution of ~he d~sired product.
WO 93/23504 ~ ? f~ ~ 7~ 9 PCI`/ US92/087 1 The: carboxylic ester derivati~es which are described above resulting from the reaction of an acylating agent with a hydroxy-containing compound such as an alcohol or a phenol may be further reacted with any oif the above-described amines, and particularly polyarnines in the manner descrîbed S previously for the ni~rogen-containing dispersants.
In another embodiment, the carboxylic acid acylating agent may be reacted simultaneously with both the alcohol and the amine. There i5 generally at least about 0.01 equi~alent of the alcohol and at least 0.01 equivalen~ of the ~nine although the total arnount of equi1ralents of the combination should be at least about 0.5 equivalent per equivalent of acyla~ing agent. These carboxylic ester derivative compositions are known in the art, and the preparation of a number of these derivatives is described in, for example, U.S. Patents 3,957,854 and 4,234,435 which are hereby incorporated by reference.The following specific example illustrates the preparation of the esters whereinboth an alcohol and an amine are reacted with the acylating agent.
f~carnple SD-3 A mixture of 1000 parts of polybutene having a number average molecular weight Gf about 1000 and 108 parts (1.1 moles) of maleic anhydride is heated to about l9DC and 100 parts (1.43 mole~s) of chlorine ar~ added beneath the surface over a period of about 4 hours while maintaining the temperature at about 185-190Co The~ mixture then is blown with nitrogen at this temperature for several hours, and the residue is the desired polybutenyl-substituted succinic acylating agent.
A solution of 1000 parts of the above-pr~p~red acylating agent ill 857 parts of mineral oil is heated to about 150C with stirring, and 109 parts (3~2 equivalents) of pentaerythritol are added wlth stirring. The mixture ~s blown with nitrogen and heated ~o about 200C over a period of about 14 hours to form an oil solution of the desired carboxylic ester intermediate. To the intermediate, there are added 19.25 parts (.46 equivalent) of a commercial rrlixture of ethylene polyamines having an average of abaut 3 to about 10 nitrogen a~oms per .
WO 93/23504 Pcr/US92/0~718 -~J ','~1, C~ ?. '(, ~
molecule. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 205C with nitrogen blowing for 3 hours and filtered. The filtrate is an oil solution (45% 100 neutral min~ral oil~ of the desired amine-modified carboxylic ester which contains 0.35%nitrogen.
The supplementary dlspersant may al~o be a Mannich dispersant.
Mannicb dispersants are generally formed by the re~ction of at least one aldehyde, at least one of the above described ~nine and at least one alkyl substituted hydroxyaromatic compound. The reaction may occur from room temperature to ~25C, usually from 50 to about 200C (75C-15û~C most preferred), with the arnounts of the reagents being such that the molar ratio ofhydroxyaromatic compound to formaldebyde to ~mine is in the range from about (1:1:~1) to about (1:3:3).
The first reagent is an alkyl substituted hydr~xyaromatic c~mpaund. This term includes phenols (which are preferred), carbon-, oxygen-, sulfur- and nitrogen-bridged phenols and the like as well as phenols directly linked through covalent bonds (e.g. 4,4'-bis~hydroxy)biphenyl), hydroxy compounds deri~ed from fused-ring hydrocarbon (e.g., naphthols and the like); and polyhydroxy compounds such as catecho!, resorcinol and hydroquinone. Mixtures of one or more hydroxyaromatic compounds can be used as the firs~ reagent.
The hydroxyaromatic compounds are those substituted with at least one, and preferably not more than two, aliphatic or alicyclic groups having at least about 6 (usually at least about 30, more preferably at least 50) carbon atoms and up to about 400 carbon atoms~ preferably 300, more preferably 200.
These groups may be derived from the above described polyalkenes. In one ;~ 25 embodiment, the hydro~y aromatic compound is a phénol substituted with an aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbon-based group having an Mn of about 420 to :. .
about 10,000. ~ ~
The second reagent is a hydrocarbon-based aldehyde, preferably a ~` lower aliphatic aldehyde. Suitable aldehydes include formaldehyde, benzalde-hyde, acetaidehyde, the butyraldehydes, hydroxybutyraldehydes and heptanals, WO 93/2350~ PC~/VS92/0871X
as well as aldehyde precursors which react as aldehydes under the conditions of the reaction such as paraformaldehyde, paraldehyde, formalin and methal.
Formaldehyde and its precursors ~e.g., paraforrnaldehyde, trioxane) are preferred.
Mixtures of aldehydes may be used as the second reagent.
The third reagent is any amine descrlbed abuve. Preferably the amine ls a polyamine ~s described above.
Mannnich dispersants are descrlbed in the following patents: tJ.S.
Patent 37980,569; U.S. Patent 3,877,899; and U.S. Patent ~,~54,059 ~herein incorporated by reference for their disclosure to Mannich d~spcrsants).
The supplementary dispessant may also be a dispersant-viscosity improver. The dispersan~-viscosity improvers include polymer backbones which are functionalized by reacting with an a~nine source. A true or norrnal blcck copolymer or a random block copolymel, or combinations of both are utilizcd.
They ~re hydrogenated before use in this invention to remove Yirtually all of their olefinl~ double bonds. Techniques for accomplishillg this hydrogenation are well known to those of skill in ~he art. Brlefly, hydrogenation is accomplished by contscting the copolymers vrith hydrogen at superatmospheric pressures in thepresence of a metal catalyst ~uch as colloidal nickel, palladium supported on charcoal, etc.
In general, it is preferred that these block copolyrners, for reasons of oxidative stability, contain no more than about S percent and preferably no more tha~ about Q.5 percent resi~ual olefinic unsaturation on the b~sis of the total n~nber of carbon-to-carbon coralent linkages within the average molecule.
Such unsaturation can be measured by a number of means well known to those ` 2~ of skill in the art, such; as infrared, NMR, etc. Most preferably, these copoly-mers contain no discernible unsaturatlon, as determined by the aforementioned analytical techniques.
The block copolymers typically have number average molecular weigh~s (Mn) in the range of about 10,000 to about 500,000 preferably about 30tO00 to about 200,000. The weigh~ average molecular weight (Mw) for these copolymers is generally in ~he range of about 50,000 to abollt 500,0~0, preferably about 30,000 to abou~ 300,000.
The amine source may be an unsaturated amine compound or an unsaturated carboxylic reagent which is capable of reacting with an amine. The unsaturated carboxylic reagents and ~nines are described above.
E7camples oP saturated amine compounds ~nclude N-(3,6-dioxahep-tyl)maleimide, N-~3-dimethyl~minopropyl)-maleimide, and N-~2~me~hoxyet.hoxy-ethyl)maleimide~ Preferred amines ~re ~nmonia and primary amine containing compounds. Exempla2y of such primary arnine-contairling compounds include arr~nonia, N,N-dimethylhydrazine, me~hy}amine, ethylamine, butylaminf~, 2-meth-oxyethylamine, N,l~l-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine, N-ethyl-N-methyl-1,3-pro-panediamine, N-methyl-1,3-propanediamine, N-~3~aminopropyl)morpholine, 3-methoxypropylamine, 3-isobutyoxypropylamine and 4,7-di4xyoc~ylamine, N-(3-aminopropyl~-N-l-methylpiper~zine,N~(2-aminoethyl)piperazine,(2-amino-ethyl)pyridines, aIIIinopyridines, 2-aminoethylpyridines, 2-aminomethylfursrl, ~amin~2~xotetrahy~rofuran, N-~2-arninoethyl)pyrolidine, 2-aminome~hylpyrrol-idine, 1-me~hyl-2-arninomethylpyITolidine, 1-amino-pyrrolidine, 1-(3-amino-propyl)-2-methylpiperidine, 4-aminomethylpiperidine, N-(2-aminoethyl)morpho-line, l-ethyl-3-aminopiperidine, l-aminopiperidine, N-aminomorpholine, and the like. Of these compounds, N-(3-aminopropyl)morpholine and N-ethyl-N-methyll ,-3-propanediamine are preferred with N,I~J-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine being highly preferred.
Another group of primary ~nine-containing compounds are the various amine terminated polyethers. The amine terminated polyethers are available cornmiercially from Texaco hemical Cornpany under the general trade designation "Jeffamine~'. Specific examples of these materials include Jeffamine~ M-600; M-1000; M-2005; and M-2070 amines.
Examples of dispersant-viscosity improvers are given in, for example, EP 171,167; 3,687,849; 3,756,954; and 4,320,01g, which are herein incorporated by reference for their disclosure to dispersant-viscosity improvers.
WV~3t23504 2~ $~ PCr/US92/0871~
-10~-1he above dispersants may be post-treated with one or more post-treating reagents selected from the group consisting of boron compounds (discussed above), ciarbon disulfide, hydrogen sulfide, sulfur, sulfur chlorides, alkenyl cyanides, carboxylic acid acylating agen~, aldehydes, ketones, urea, thi-ourea, guanidine, dicyanodiiamide, hydrocarbyl phosphates, hydrocarbyl phosphites, hydrocarbyl thiophosph~tes, hydrociarbyl thiophnsphites, phosphorus sulfides, phosphorus oxides, phosphoric acid, hydrocarbyl thiocyanates, hydrocarbyl isocyanates, hydrocarbyl isothiocyanates, epoxides, ¢pisulfides, forrnaldehyde or formaldehyde-producing compounds wlth pherlols, and sulfur with phenols.
The following U.S. Patents are expressly incorporated herein by reference for their disclosure of post-treating processes and post-treating reagents applicable to the carboxylic derivative compositions of this invention:U.S. PatentNos. 3,087,936; 3,254,025; 3,256,185; 3,278,550; 3,282,955; 3~284,410;
3,338,832; 3,533,94~; 3,639,242; 3,708,522; 3,~59?318, 3,865,~13; 4,234,435; ~c.U.~C. Patent Nos. 1,085,903 and 1,162,436 also describe such processes.
In one embodiment, the dispersants are post-trèated with at least one boron compound. The reaction of the dispersant with the boron compound~
can be effected simply by mixing the reactants at the desired temperature.
Ordinarily it is preferably between about 50C and about 250C. In some instances it may be 25C or even lower. The upper limit of the temperature is the decomposition point of the particular reaction mixture and/or product.
The arnount of boron compound reacted with the dispersant generally is sufficient to ~rovide from about 0.1 to about 10 atomic proportionsof boron for each mole of dispersant, i.e., the atomic proportion of nitrogen orhydroxyl group contained~ in the dispersant. The preferred amounts of reac~nts are such as to provide Erom about 0.5 to about 2 atomic proportions of boron foreach mole of dispersant To illustrate, the amount of a boron compound having one boron a~om per molecule to be ased with one mole of an arnine dispersant WO 93/23504 PCr/VS92/0871~
having five nitrogen atoms per molecule is within the range from about 0.1 mole to about 50 moles, preferably frnm about 0~5 mole to about 10 moles.
~orrosion inhibitors, extrerne pressure and antiwear agents include but are not limited to metal saltsi of a phosphorus acid, chlorinated aliphatic hydrociarbons; phosphos usi esters including dlhydrociarbyl and trihydrocarbyl phosphites; boron-containing compound~ including borate esters; dimercaptothia-diazole derivatives; benzotriazole derivatives; amino-mercaptothiadiazole derivatives; and molybdenum cornpounds.
Viscosity impr~vers include l~ut are not lirnited to polyisobutenes, polymethyacrylate acid ~sters, polyacrylate acid es~ers, diene polymers, polyalkyl styrenes, alkenyl aryl conjug~ted diene copvlymers ~preferably styrene-maleic anyhydride copolymer esters), polyolefins and multifunctional viscosity improvers.
Pour poin~ depressants are a particularly usieful type of additive often included in the lubricating oils described herein. See for example, page 8of "Lubricant Additives" by C.V. Smalheer and R. Kennedy Smith (Lesius-Hiles Company Publishers, Cleveland, Ohio, 1967).
Anti-foam agents used to reduce or prevent the formation of stable foam include silicones or orgarlic polymers. Examples of these and additional anti-foam compositions are described in "Foam Corltrol Agents", by Henry T.
Kerner (Noyesi Data Corporation, 1976), pages 125-162.
These and other additives are desicribed in greater detail in U.S.
Patent 4,582,618 (Col. 14, line S2 through Col. 17, line 1~, inclusive), herein - incorporated by reference for its disclosure of other additives that may be used 2~ inicombination~with the present invention.
The lubricating compositions of the present invention may be prepared by blending components ~A~ and (B) as described above with or without addltional optional additives such as components (C)-(F) and others described above in an oil of lubricating vlscosity. More often, one or more of the chemical components of the present invention are diluted with a substantially inert, wo 93/2350q 2 ~, i~ s'.b PCr/US92/08718 normally liquid organic diluent/solvent such as mineral oil, to form an additiv concentrate. These concentrates usually comprise frorn about 20-90%, preferably 10-50% of connponent (A), 20 to 80%, preferably 0.1 to 20~6 of component (B) and optionally one or more of the components ~C) through (F).
Chemical concentrations such a~ 15~, 2096, 30~ or 50~ or higher may be employed. For example, concentrates may contain on a chemical basis, from about 10 to about 50% by ~eight of the carboxylic derivative composition ~A) andfrom 0.1 to about 10% of ~E~). The concen~rates may also contain about 0.001 to about 15% of ~C), ~.V01 to about 15% of ~D) and/or about 1 ~o about 20% of (E).
Blending is accomplished by mixing (usually by stirring) the ingredients from room temperature up ~o the decomposition temperature of the mixture or individual components. General}y, the ingredients are blended at a temperature from sbout 25C up to abol~t 250C, preferably up to about 200C, more preferably up to about 150C, still more preferably up to about 100C.
The following examples illustrate the concentrates and lubricants of the present invention. "Bal.i' or "remainder" in the table represents that the balance or remainder of the composition is oil. Unless otherwise indicated, the amount of each component in the examples is in percent by volume and reflects the amount of the oil-containing products used in the lubricants.
WO 93/~3504 PCr/lJS92/t~871~s Concentrate Examples Concentrate I
Product of Example A-l 3 45 Product of Example ~1 12 Mineral Oil ~3 Concentrate II
Product of Example ~-2B40 Product of E:xamp}e B-115 Mineral Oil 45 1 û Concentrate III
Product of Example A-2160 Product of Example ~2 15 Prnduct of Example C-1 5 Mineral Oil 20 Concent ate 1~
Product of Example A-2140 Product of Example B-2 10 Product of Example C-2 5 Product of Example D-5 5 Mineral Oil 40 Concenuate V
Product of Example A-2140 Product of Example B-2 10 Product of Example C-2 5 : 25 hoduct of Example D-7 5 Product of Ex~mple E-l 5 Mineral Oil 35 wc) g3/235n4 ~,~, '?~ J; 2 PCI'/US9~/0871X
~1 13-Lubricant Examples Lubricant A
Product of Example A-13 6.0 Product of Exarnple ~2 1.2 100 Neutral Paraffinic Oi} Remainder Lubricant B
Product of Example A-13 6.2 Product of F,xample B-2 1.2 Product of Example C-l 0.5 100 Neutral Paraffinic (:)il Remainder Lubricant C
Product of Example A-21 5.8 Product of Example B-l 1.0 Product of Exarnple C-2 0.5 Product of Example D-5 0.5 100 Neutral P~raffinic Oil Remainder Lubricant D
Product of Example A-20 5.0 Product of E:xample ~1 0.8 Product of Example C-2 0.4 Product oî Example D-5 0.5 Product of Example E-l û.4 100 Neutral Paraffinic Oil Remainder ,~ . , WO 93/23504 PCI /US92/~71 ,J -1 1 4-TABl E I
Product of Lubricant (% bv volurne) Example E F G 5 A-1 6.3 6.3 6.0 ---A-13 ~ _ 5,5 ~1 0.~2 0.8~ 0.75 0.80 C-1 0.~S ~.85 l.l 0.~0 D-6 ~~~ ~'37 D-7 0.32 --- ~- ---D-13 ~ 0.13 0.13 --- 0.10 Di~nonylphenyl)a~nine ~ -- 0.5 ---Oleyl amide 0.01 0.ûl 0.01 0.01 89~ Hydrogenated styrene-butadiene copolymer in 100 neutral mineral oil 8.5 6~5 6.5 6.5 Silicone antifoam agent 80 ppm 80 ppm 80 pprn 80 ppm Oil Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal.
: :
WO 93/23504 ~ 2 ~ PC~/US92/0871 oils also can be formulated in accordance with this invention which result in improved fuel economy when used in the crankcase of a passenger automobile.
While the invention has been explained in rela~ion to its prefe~Ted embodiments, it is to be understood that various modifications thereof will 5become apparent to those skilled in the art upon reading the specificatlon.
Therefore, it is ta be understood that ~he invention dlsclosed hereln is intended to co~er such modlfications as fall withln the scope of the appended clain~.
, , .: i I ~ ,:
and 20 millimeters of mer~ury for 30 minutes. The residue is cooled to gaoc and the residue is filtered through diatomaceous earth to give the desired product.
The desired product filtrat~ has a specific gra~ity of 0.901 and a percent hydroxyl (Grignard) equals 4.25 (theoretical 4.49).
Example D-7 A reaction vessel ls charged with 798 parts (3 moles) of 4-tetrapropenyl phenol. The phenol ~s heated to 95-100C whereupon 5 parts oF a 93% solution of sulfuric acid are added to the vessel. Isobutylene (168 parts, 3moles) is added to the vessel over 1.7 hours at 100C. After introduction of theisobutylene ~he reaction is blown with nitrogen at 2 standard cubic feet per hour for one-half hour at 100C. An additional 890 parts of the above-describ~d phenol (2.9~ moles) are added to a reaetion vessel and heated to 34-40~C. A 37%
aqueous formaldehyde solution ~137 grams, 1.7 moles) is added to the vessel. Themixture is heated to 135C with removal of water. Nitrogen blowing at 1.5 scfh begins at 105-110C. The reac~ion mixture is held at 120C for 3 hours under nitrogen and cooled to 83C whereupon 4 parts (0.05 mole) of a 50% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution are added to the vessel. The reaction mixture is heated to 135C under nitrogen. The reacsion mixture is vacuum stripped to 135C and 20 millimeters of mercury for 10 minutes, cooled to 95C, and the residue is filtered through diatom~ceous earth. The product has a percent hydroxyl (Grignard) of 5.47 (~heoretical 5.5) and a molecular weight (vapor phase osmometry) of 682 (theoretical 667~.
WO g3/Z35~)~ PCr/US92/~8718 Example 1)-8 The general procedure of Example D-6 is repeated except that the 4-heptyl pherol is replaced by ~n equivalent ~nount of tri-prop~rlene phenol. The substltuted phenol obtained in this mamler ccntairls S.94% hydroxyl.
Example D-9 The general procedure of Example D-7 is repeated except that the phenol of Example D-6 is replaced by the phenol of l~cample D 8. The methylene coupled phenol prepared in this manner contaills 5.74% hydroxyl.
In another embodlment, the lubricànt connpositlons of the present invention may contain a metal-free ~or ashless) ~Ikyl phenol sulfide. The alkyl phenols from which the sulfides are prepared also may comprise phenols of the type discussed above and represented by Formula XV wherein R1 1 is hydrogen.
For example, ~he alkyl phenols which can be converted to allcyl phenol sulfides include: 2-t~but3rl-4-heptyl phenol; 2-t-butyl-4-octyl phenol; and 2-t-butyl-4-do-decyl phenol.
The term "alkylphenol sulfides" is meant ~o include s~i-(alkylphenol)-monosulfides, disulfides, polysulfides, and other products obtained by the reaction of the alkylphenol with su}fur monochloride, sulfur dichloride or elernental sulfw'.
One mole of phenol is reacted with about 0.5-1.5 moles, or higher, or sulfur compound. For example, thé alkyl phenol sulfides are readily ~btained by rnixing, one rnole of an alkylphenol and 0.5-1.0 mole af sulfur dichloride. The reaction mixture is usually maintained at about 150-160F for about 2-5 hours, after which time the resulting sulfide is drled and filtered. When elemental sulfur isusçd, one mole of alkyl phenol is reacted with 0.5 to 2.0 moles of elemental sulfur, and temperatures of about 150-250C or higher are typically used It is also desirable tha~ the drying operation be conducted under nitrogen or a similar inert gas.
Suitable basic alkyl phenol sulfides are disclosed, for example, in U.S Patents 3,372,116; 3,411),798; and 4,021,419, which are hereby incorporated by reference These sulfur~containing phenolic compositions described in U.S.
Patent 4,021,419 are obtained by sulfurizing a substituted phen~l with sulfur ora sulfur halide and thereafter reac~ing the sulfurized phenol with formaldehyde or a reversible polymer thereof. Alternatively the substituted phenol can be first reacted with formaldehyde and thereafter reacted with sulfur or a sulfur halide to produce the desired alkyl phenol sulflde. The disclosure of U.S. Patent 4,021,419 is hereby incorporated by reference for its disclosure of such compounds~ and methods for preparlng such compuunds. A synthetic oil of the type described below is used in place of any mineral or natural oils used in ~hepreparation of the salts for use in this invention.
In another embodiment, the antioxidant (D) may be phenothiazine, substituted phenothiazines, or derivatives such as represented by ~ormula XVIII
R 1 3S(o)aR 14 ~ N ~ (XYIII) (1?15)b~ ~(R15)b wherein R14 is selected from the group consis~ing of higher alkyl groups, or an alkenyl, aryl, alkaryl or aralkyl group and mixtures thereof; R13 is an alkylene, alkenylene or an aralkylene group, or mixtures tbereof; each R1 5 is independently alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, alkaryl, aryialkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, arylthio, or fused aromatic rings, or mixtures thereof; a and b are each independently 0 or greater.
In another embodiment, the phenothiazine derivatives may be represented by Formula XIX
WO 93/23504 ~ ~ fr~ ~ ~; . Pcr/uss2~os 15)b ~ R15)b ~ 13 S(~a ~XIX) (R15)~ ~ (R )b S()a~' wherein R13, R14, R15, a and b are as defined with respect to Fo~nula XVIII.
The above-described phenothiazine derivatit~es, and methods for their preparation ~re described in U.S. Patent 4,785,095, and the disclosure of this patent is hereby incorporated by reference for its teachings of such methods and compounds. In one embodiment, a diallcyldiphenylamine is treated with sulfur at an elevated temperature such as in ~he range of 145C to 205C for a suffi~ient time to complete the reaction. A catalyst such as iodine may be utilized to establish tbe sulfur bridge.
Phenothiazine and its varîous derivatives can be converted to compounds of Formula ~CVIII by contacting the phenothiazine compound 20 ~ containing the free NH group wlth a thio alcohol of the formula R14SR13OH
where R14 and R13 are defined with respect to Formula XVIII. The thio alcohol ; may be obtained by the reaction of a mercaptan R14SH with an alkyJene oxide under basic conditions. ~lternatively, the thio alcohol may be obtained by reacting a terminal olefin with mercaptoethanol under free r~dical conditions.
: ~ 25 The reaction between the thio alcohol and the phenothiazine compound generally : is conducted in the presence of an inert solvent such as toluene, benzene, etc.
A strong acid catalyst such as sulfuric acid or para-toluene sulfonic acid at about 1 part to about 50 parts of catalyst per 1000 parts of phenothiazine is preferred.
~ , WO 93/23504 PCltUS92/1)871~ ~ ~
2 ~ "v ~
The reaction is conducted generally at reflw~ temperature with removal of water as It is formed. Conveniently, the reaction temperature may be maintained between 80C and 170C.
When it is desired to prepare compounds of the type represented by Formulae XYIII and XIX wherein x is 1 or 2, i.e., sulfones or sulfoxides, thederivatlves ~rep~red by the reactian wl~h the ~hio alcohols descrlbed above are oxidized with an oxidizing ~gent such as hydrogen peroxide in a solYent such as gl~cial acetic acid or ethanol under an inert gas blanket. The partial oxida~iontakes place conveniently at from about 20QC to about 150C. The following examples illustrate the preparation of phenothiazlnes which may be utilized as the non-phenolic an~ioxidant (D) In the lubricants of the present invention.
Ex~rnple ~-10 One mole of phenothiazine is placed In a one- liter, rsund bottom flask with 300 ml. of ~oluene. A nltrogen blanket ls maintained in the reactor.
To the mixture of phenothiazine and toluene is added 0.05 mole of sulfuric acid catalyst. The mixture is then beated to reflux temperature and 1.1 moles of n-dodecylthioethanol is added ~ropwise over a period of approximately 90 minutes. Water is continuously removed as it is fo~Tled in the reaction process!The reactlon mixture is continuously stirred under ~eflux until substantially no further wa~er is eYolved. The reaction mixture is then allowed to cool to 90C. The sulfuric acid catalyst is neutralized with sodium hydroxide.
The solvent is then removed under 8 vacuum of 2 KPa at 110C. The residue is filtered giving a 95% yield of the desired product.
In another embodiment, the antioxidant (D~ is a transition metal-containing compos~tion. The transition metal-containing antioxidant is oil-soluble. The compositions generally contain at least one transition metal selected from titanium, manganese, cobalt, nickel, copper, and zinc, preferably manganese, copper, and zinc, more preferably cop~er. The metals may be in the form of nitrates, nitrites, halides, oxyhalides, carboxylates, borates, phosphates, phosphites, sulfates, sulfites, carbonates and oxides. The transition metal-WO 93/23504 ~ 2 ~ .;'~ !" 1 PCI /lJS92/0871 X
containing composltion is generally in the form of a me~al-organic compound ccmplex. The organ~c compounds include carboxylic acids and esters, mono- and dlthlophosphsric acids, dlthiocarbamic acids and dispersants. Gerlerally, the trarsition metal- ::ontaining compositions contain at least about 5 carbon atomsto render the compositlons oll-soluble.
In one embodiment, the organic compound is a carboxylic acld. The carboxylic acid may be n mono- or pnlycarboxylic acid contalning frcm 1 to about 10 carboxylic ~roups and 2 to about 75 carbon atorns, preferably 2 to about 30, more preferably 2 to about 24. Examples of monocarboxylic acids include 2-ethylhexanoic acid, octanoic scid, decanoic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, stearic acid and gluconic acid. Examples of polycarboxyl~c acids include succinic, malonic, citraconic aclds as well as substltuted versions of these acids. The carboxylic acid may be one of the above-described hydrocarbyl-subs~ituted carbQxylic acylat~ng agents.
In another embodim~nt, the organlc compound is a mono- or dithiophosphoric acid. The dithiophosphoric acids may be any of the above-described phosphoric acids ~see dihydrocarbyl dithio~hosphate). A monothiophos-phoric acid is prepared by treating a dithioph~sphoric acid with steam or water.In another embodiment, the organic compound is a mono- or dithiocarbamic acid. Mono- or dithiocarbamic acids are prepared by reacting carbon disulfide or car~on oxysulfide with ~ primary or secondary amine. The amines may be any of the amines described above.
In another embodiment, the organic compound may be any of the phenols, aroma~ic amines, or dispersants described above. In a préferred embodiment, the transition metal~ontaining composition is a lower carboxylic acid-transition metal-dispersant complex. The lower alkyl carboxylic acids contain from 1 to about 7 carbon atoms and include fo~nic acid, acetic, propionic, butanoict 2-ethylhexanoic, benzoic acid, and salicylic acld. The dispersant may be any of the dispersants described above, preferably the dispersant is a nitrogen-containing carboxylic dispersant~ The transition metal W(~ 93/23~04 PCr/US92/0~71~ ~
2 1 'i~
so-complex is prepared by blending a lower carboxylic acid sal~ of a t:ransi~ion metal with a dispersant at a temperature frozn about 25C up to the decomposition temperature of the reaction mixture, usually frorn about 25C up to about 100C.A solvent such a xylene, toluene, naphtha or mineral oll may be used.
E:xaznple D-11 The metal complex is obtained by heating at 160~C for 32 hours 50 par~s of copper diacetate monohydrate, 283 par~ Q'~ 11)0 neu~ral rnineral oll, 2S0 milliliters of xylen~ and 507 par~s of ~n acylated nitr()gen in~ermediate prepared by reacting 4,392 parts of a polybutene-substl~uted succinic anhydride (prepared10 by the reaction of a chlorinated polybutene having a number average molecularweight of 1000 and a chlorlne content of 4 39~ and Z0% molar excess of maleic anhydride) with 540 parts of an alkylene amine polyæmine mixture of 3 parts ~y weight of triethylene tetramine snd 1 part by we1ght of diethylene tri~mineJ and3240 parts of 100 neutral mineral oi1 at 130C-2~0C for 3.5 hours. The reaction15 is vacuum stripped to 110C and 5 millimeters of mercury. The reaction is filtered chrough diatomaceous earth to yield a filtrate which has 59% by weight 4il, 0~3% by weight colpper snd 1.2% by weight nltrogen.
Example D-12 (a) A mixture of 420 parts [7 moles) of isopropyl alcohol and 518 20 parts (7 moles) of n-butyl alcohol ~s prepared and heated to 60C under a nitrogen atmosphere. Phosphorus pentasulfide (647 parts, 2.91 moles) is added over a period of one hour while snaintaining the temperature at 65-~7C~ The mixture is stirred an additional hour while cooling. The material is filtered through a filter aid, and the filtrate is the desired phosphorodithioic acid.
(h) A mixture of 69 parts (0.97 èquivalent) of cuprous oxide and 38 parts of mineral oil is prepared, and 239 parts (0.88 equivalent) of the phosphorordithioic acid prepared in (a) are added over a period of about 2 hours.
The r~action is slightly exothermic during the addition, the mixture is thereafter stirred for an additional 3 hours; while maintaining the temperature at about :
WO 93/2350~3 Pcr/us92/08718 t.J ~ ;'J ~
-91- :, 70C. The mixture is stripped to 105C/10 srlrn.Hg. and filtered. The fil~rate is a dark green liquid containing 17.3~ copper.
Example D-13 A ~nixture of 285 parts of 100 neutral mineral oil and 260 parts ~1.8 equivalents) of copp~r (1) oxide is prepared and heated to 93C. Isopropyl, me1:hylamyldithiophosphoric acid ~1000 parts, 3.3 equivalen~), prepared frorn phosphorus pentasulflde and a ~0:40 molar mixture of methylarnyl alcohol and Isopropyl alcohol, is added over 3 hours to the mixture, while the temperature is maintained at 95-95C. The reaction mLxture is steam blown a~ 105-110C for 3 hours. The reaction m~xture is then nitrogen blowrl at 82-88C for one hour.
The res3idue is filtered through diatomaceous earth. The filtrate is the desiredproduct and contains 20~ oil and 15~35% copper.
(E) Neutral and Basic ~lkaline Earth M tal Sal~.
The lubricating oil compositiuns of the present invention also may 1~ contain at least one neutral or basi~ alkaline earth metal salt of at least one acidic orgarlic compound. Such salt cornpounds generally are referred to as ash-containing detergents. The acidic organic compound may be at least one sulfur acid, carboxylic acid, phosphorus acid, or phenol, or mixtures thereof., Calch~n~ magnesium, bariwn and strontiurn are the preferred alkaline ~earth metals with magnesium preferred in some lubricating oil compositions. Salt~ containing a mixture of ions of two or more of these alkaline earth metals can be used.
l`he salts which are useful as component (E3 can be neutral or basic.
The neutral sal~s contain an amount of alkaline earth metal which is jUst ` 25 sufficient t~ neu~ralize the acidic groups present in the salt anion, and the basic salts contain an cxcess of the alkaline earth metal cation. Generally, the basicor overbased salts are preferred. The basic or overbased sal~s w~ll have metal ratios ~MR) of up to about 40 and more particularly from about 2 to about 30 or 40. ~ ~
` ~ :
WO g3t235û4 PCI /IJS9Z/OX7J 8 " ~ 2 (:, ~ d ide, carbonate, bicarbonate, sulfide, etc., at temperatures above abou~ 50C. Inaddition, various promoters may be used in the neutralizing process to aid in the incor~oration of the large excess of metal. These promoters include such compounds as the phenolic substances, e.g., phenol and naphthol; alcobols such S as m~thanol, 2-propanol, octyl alcohol and Cellosolve carbitol, amines such as aniline, phenylenediamine, and dodecyl amine, etc. A particularly effective process for preparing ~he basic barlum salts comprises mixing the acid with an excess of bariwn in the presence of the phenolic promoter and a small amount of water and carbonatlng the mixture at an elevated temperature, e.g., ~0C to about 200C.
As mentioned above, the ~cidic organic compound from which the salt of component (E) is derived may be at least one sulfur acid, carboxylic acid, phosphorus acid, or phenol or mixtures thereof. The sulfur acids include sulfonic acids, tbiosulfonic, sulfinic, sulfenic, partial ester sulfuric, sulfurous and thiosul-furic acids.
The sulfonic ac~ds which are useful in preparlng component (E) include those represented by the formulae RxT~S03H)y , (XX) and ~ R'(S03H)r ~XXI) In these formulae, R' is an aliphatic or aliphatic-substituted cycloallphatic hydrocarbon or essentially hydrocarbon group free frorn acetylenic unsaturation and containing up to about 60 carbon atoms. When R' is aliphatic, it usually contains at least about 15 carbon atoms; when it is an aliphatic-substituted cycloaliphatic group, the aliphatic substituents usually contain a total of at least about 12 carbon atoms. Examples of R' are alkyl, alkenyl and alkoxyalkyl WO 93/23~4 P~r/lJs92/0871 contains at least about 15 carbon atoms; when it is an aliphatic-substituted cycloaliphatic group, the atiphatic substltuents usually contain a total of at least about 12 ?arbon atoms. Examples of R' are alkyl1 alkenyl and alkoxyalkyl radicals, and allphatic-substituted cyclcialiphatic groups wherein the aliphaticsubstituents are slkylt alkenyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, carboxy~lky1 and the like.Generally, the s~ycloaliphatic nucleus is derlved from a cycloalkane or a cycloalkene such as cyclopen~ane, cyclohex~ne, cyclohexene or cyclopentene.
Speciflc example~ of R' are cetylcyclohexyl, lau~ yclohexyl, cetyloxyethyl, octadecenyl~ and groups derived from pe~roleurxl~ saturated and unsaturated lQ paraffin wax, and olefin polymers including polymerized monoolefins containing about 2-8 carbon atoms per olefinic monomer unit and diolefins containing 4 to 8 carbon atoms per monomer unit. R' can also contaln other substituents such as phenyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxy, mercapto, halo, n~tro, ~nino, nitroso, lower alkoxy, lower alkylmercapto, carboxy, carbalkoxy, oxo or thio, or interrupting groups such as -NH-, -O~ or -S-, as long as the essentially hydrocarbon character is not destroyed.
R in Forrnula XX is generally a hydrocarbon or essentially hydrocarbon group, preferably free from acetylenic unsaturation, and containing from about 4 to about ff0 allphatic carbon atoms, preferably an alipha~ic hydrocarbon group such as alkyl or a!kenyl. It may also, however, contain substituents or interrupting groups such as those enumerated above provided the essentially hydrocarbon character thereof is retained. In general, any non-carbon atoms present in R' or R do not accoun~ for more than 10% of the total weight thereof.
2s T is a cyclic nucIeus whicb may be derived from an arornatie hydrocarbon such as~ benzene, naphthalene, anthracene or biphenyl, or from a ` heterocyclic compound~such as pyridine, indole or isoindole. Ordinarily, T is an aroma~ic hydrocarbon nucleus, espec~ially benzene or naphthalene nucleus.
W{~ ~33/235~4 Pcr/US92/0871 ~" ,5~ J ( ) ' ' -94-The subscript x is at least 1 and is generally 1-3. The subscripts r and y have an average value of sbout 1-2 per molecule and are generally also 1. ~
The sulfonic acids are generally petrsleurn sulfonic acids or synthetically prep~red alkaryl sulfonlc acids. Among the petroleurn sulfonic acids, ~he most useful products ~re those prep~red by the sulfonatlon of sultable petroleum fractio~ls wlth a subsequent removal of ~cld sludge, and purifica~ion.Synthetic alkaryl sulfonic acids are prepared ususlly from alkylated ben%enes such ~s the Friedel~ rafts reaction products of benzene and polymers such as tetrapropylene. The following are specific examples of sulfonic acids useful in preparing the salts (E:). It is to be understood that such examples se~ve also to illustrate the salts of such sulfonic acids useful ~s component ~E). In o~her words, for every sulfonic acid enwnera~ed, it ls intended that the c~rrespondingbasic alkali metal salts thereof are also understood to be illustrated. (The sarne applies to the lists of other acid material~ listed below.) Such sulfonic acids include mahogsny sulfonic acids, bright stock sulfonic acids, petrolatum sulfonic acids, mono- and polywax-substituted naphthalene sulfonic ~cids, cetylchloro-benzene sulfonic acids, cetylphenol sulfonic acids, cetylphenol disulfide sulfonic acids, cetoxycap~yl benzene sulfonic acids, dicetyl thianthrene sulfonic acids, dilauryl beta~naphthol sulfonic acids, dicapryl nitronaphthalene sulfonic acids,saturated paraffin wax:sulforlic aclds, unsaturated paraffin wax sulfonic acids,hydroxy-substituted paraffin wax sulfonic acids, tetraisobutylene sulfonic ~cids, tetraamylene s~lfonic :acids, chiorine substltuted paraffin wax sulfonic acids, nitroso substituted paraffin wax sulfonic acids, petroleum naphthene sulfonic ~5 ~ acids, cetylcyclopentyl si~lfonic acids, lauryl cycinhexyl sulfonic acids, mono- and poJywax substituted cyclohexyl sulfonic acids, dodecylbenzene sulfonic acids, "dimer alkylate" sulfonic acids, and the like.
Alkyl-substituted benzene sulfonic acids wherein the alkyl group contains at least ~ carbon atoms including dodeGyl benzene "bottoms" sulfonic 3û acids are particularly useful. The latter are acids derived from benzene which WO 93/23504 PCr/US92/08718 has be~n alkylated w~th propylene tetramers or isobutene trimers to introduce 1, 2, 3, or more branched-chain C12 subs~ituents on the benzene ring. Dodecyl benzene bottoms, principally mixtures of mon~ and di-dodecyl benzenes, are available as by produc~s from the manufacture of household detergents. Slmilar products obtalned from slkylation bottoms formed during manufacture of linear alkyl sulfonates (LAS) are also useful in making the sulf~nates used in this invention.
The production of sulfonates from detergent mamlf~cture by-products by reactlon with, e g.? SO3, ls well known to those skilled in the art.
See, for exa~nple, the article "Sulfonstes" in Kirk-Othmer '1Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology", Second Edition, Vol. 19, pp. ~91 et seq~ published by JohnWiley & Sons, N.Y. (1969).
Other de~criptions of basic sulfonate salts which can be inco~porat ed in~o the lubricating oil compositions of this inventivn as component (E), andtechnique~ for making them can be found in the following U.S. Patents:
2,174,110; 2,202,781; 2,239,974; 29319,121; 2,337,552; 3,488,284; 3,595,790; and3,798,012. These are hereby incorporated by reference for their disclosures in this regard.
Suitable carboxylic acids from which useful alkaline earth metal salts (E) can be prepared include aliphatic, cycloaliphatic and aromatic mono-and polybasic caxboxylic acids including naphthenic acids, alkyl- or alkenyl-sub-stituted cyclopentanoic acids, alkyl- or alkenyl-substituted cyclohexanoic acids, and alkyl- or alkenyl-substituted aromatic carboxylic acids. The aliphatic acidsgenerally contain from about 8 to about 50, and preferably from about 12 to 2 5 about 25 carbon atoms. The cycloaliphatic and aliphatic carboxylic acids are preferred, and they can be ssturated or unsaturated. Specific examples include 2-ethylhexanoic acid, linolenic acid, propylene tetramer-substituted maleic acid, behenic acid, isostearic acid, pelargonic acid, capric acid, palmitoleic acid, linoleic acid, lauric acid, oleic acid, ricinoleic acid, undecyclic acid, dioctyl-cyclopentanecarboxylic acid, myristic acid, dilauryldecahydronaphthalene-carbox-WO 93/2351~4 PCr/US92/0871 r~ 96--ylic acid, stearyl-octahydrolndenecarboxylic acld, palmltic acid, alkyl- and alkenylsuccinic acids, acids forrned by oxidation of petrolaturn or of hydrucarbon waxes, and comrnercially available mixtures of two or more carboxylic acids suchas tall oil acids, rosin acids~ and the llke.
The equiv~lent weight of the acidic organic compound is its molecular weight dlvlded by the number of acidic groups [i.e., sulfonic acid or carboxy groups) pr~sen~ per molecule.
The pentavalent phosphorus acids usefu} in the preparation of component ~E:) may be an organophosphoric, phosphonic or phosphinic acid, or a thio analog of any of these.
Component ~E) may also be prep~red frorn phenols; tbat is, compounds containing a hydroxy group bound dlrectly ~o an ~romatic ring. The term "phenol" as used herein lncludes compounds having more than one hydrvxy group bound to an aromatic ring, such as catechol9 resorcinol and hydroquino~e~
It also includes alkylphenols such as the cresols and ethy;phenols, and alkenyl-phenols. Preferred are phenols contai~aing at least one alkyl substituent containing about 3-100 and especially about 6-50 carbon atoms, such as heptylphenol, octylphenol, dodecylphenol, tetrapropene-allsylated phenol, octadecylphenol and polybutenylphenols. Phenols containing more than one alkyl substituent may also be used, but the monoalkylphenols are preferred because of their avallability and ease of production.
Also useful ~re condensation products of the above-described phenols with at least one lower aldehyde or kctone, the term "lower" deno~ing aldehydes and ketones containing not more than 7 carbon atoms. Suitable :` 25 al~ehydes include formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, propionaldehyde~ etc.The e~ui~ralent weight of the acidic organic compound .is its molecular weight divided by the number of acidic groups (i.e., sulfonic acid or carboxy groups) present per molecule. ~ ~
The amount of component (E) included in the lubricants of the present invention also may be varied over a wide range, and useful amounts in .. ... , .. . ~ .~ .. , .. .. , .. , j= ~
WO93/235û~ PCl/US9~/0~718 ~k j 3 ., inv~ntion may ~ary from about 0% or abou~ 0.01~6 up to about 5% or more.
Generally, component (E) is present in an amount of from about 0.1 to about 2%.
The following examples illustrate the preparation of neu~ral and ba~ic alkaline earth metal salts useful as component ~E).
Example E-1 A mixture of 9û6 grarns of an oil solu~ion of arl alkyl phenyl sulfonic acid (having an average molecular weight of 450, vapor phase nsmome-try), 564 grams mineral oll, 600 grams tolwene, ~.7 grams magnesiurn oxide and 120 grams water is blown wlth c~rbon dioxide at a tempera~ure of 78-85C for 7 hours at a rate of about 3 cubic feet of carbon diuxide per hour. The reactionmixture is constantly agitated throughout the carbonation. After carbonation, the reaction mixture is stripped to 165CC/20 torr and the residue flltered. The filtrate is an oil solution (34% oil) of the desired overbased magn~sium sulfonate ha~ring a metal ratio of about 3.
Example E-2 A polyisobutenyl succin~c anhydride is prepared by reacting a mole of chlorinated poly~isobutene) (haYing an avera~e chlorine content of 4.3% and an average of 82 carbon atoms) with a rnole of maleic anhydride at ~bout 200C;
The resulting polyisobutenyl succinic anhydride has a saponification number of 90. To a mixture of 1246 grams of this succinic anhydride and 1000 grams of toluene there is added at 25C, 76.6 ~rarns of bariu~sl oxide. The mixture is heated ~o 115C and 125 grams of water is added drop-wise over a period of one hour. The mixture is then allowed to reflux at 1 50C: until all the barium oxide is reacted. Stripping and filtration provides a filtrate containing the desired p~bduc~.
Example E-3 A mixture of 160 grams of blend oil, 111 grams of polyisobutenyl (number average Mw=950) succinic anhydride, 52 grams of n-butyl alcohol, 11 grams of water, 1.98 grams of Peladow (a product of Dow Chemical identified as containing 94-97% CaC12) and 90 grams of hydrated lime are mixed together.
WO 93/23504 PC}`/lJSg2/0~71X
" r!, Additional hydrated lime is added to neu~ralize the subsequently added sulfonic acid, ~he amount of said additional lime being dependent upon the acid nurnber of the sulfonic acid. An oil solu~ion (1078 grams, 58~ by weight of oil) of a straight chain dlalkyl benzene sulfonic acid (Mw=430) is added with the temperature of the reaction mix~ure not exceeding 79C. The temperature is adjusted to 60C. The reaction prs~duct of heptyl phenol, lime and formaldehyde (64.5 grams), and 217 grarns of methyl alcohol are added. The reactlon mlxture is blown with carbon dioxide to a base number ~bromophenol blue) of 20-30.
Hydra~ed lime (112 grams) ls added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture is blown with carbon dioxide to a base number ~bromophenol blue~ of 45-60, while maintaining the temperature of the reaction mixture a~ 46-52C. The la~ter step of hydrated lime addition followed by carbon dioxide blowing is repeated three more times with the exception with the last repetition the reaction mixture Is carbonated to a base mlrnber (bromophenol hlue) of 45-55. The reaction mixture is flasll dried at 93-104C, kettle dried at 143-160C, filtered and adjusted with oil to a 12.0% Ca level. The product is an overbased calcium sulfonate having a base nurnber (bromophenol blue) of 300, a metal content ot 12.0~ by weight, a metal ratio of 129 a sulfate ash content of 40.7% by weight, and a sulfur content of 1.5% by wçight. The oil content is 53% by weight.
2Q Example E-4 A reaction mixture comprising 135 grams mineral oil, 330 grams xylene, ~00 grams (n.235 equivalent) of a mineral oil solution of an alkylphenyl-sulfonic acid (average molecular weight 425), 19 grams (0.068 equivalent) of tall oil acids, 60 grams (about 2~75~equivalents) of magnesium oxide, 83 grams , methanol, and 62 grams water is carbonated at a rate of 15 grams of carbon dioxide per hour for about two hours at the ~methanol reflux temperature. ~he carbon dioxide inlet rate is then reduced to about 7 grams per hour, and the methanol is removed by raising the temperature to about 98C over a three hour period. Wa~er (47 grams) is added and carbonation is continued for an additional3.5 hours at a temperature of about 95C. The carbonated mixture is then WO 93/23504 PC-r/US92/0871~
f ~
stripped by heating to a temperature of 140-145C over a 2.5 hour period. This results in an oil solution of a basic magnesiu n salt characterized by a metal ratio of about 10.
The carbonated mixture Is cooled to about 60-65~C, and 208 grarns S xylene, 60 grams magnesium oxide, B3 gr~ns methanol and 62 grams water are added thereto. Carbonation is resumed at a rate of 1~ grams per hour for two hours at the methanol reflux ternperature. l`he carbon dioxide addition rate is reduced to 7 grams per hour and the me~hanol is removed by raising the temperature to about 95C over a three hour perlcd. An ~dditional 41.5 grams of water are added and carbonation is coDtinued at 7 grams per hour at a temperature of about 90-95C for 3.5 hours. The carbonated mass is then heated to about 150~160C over a 3.5 hour period and then further stripped by reducing the pressure to 20 mm. (Hg.) at this temperature. The ~arbonated reaction product is filtered, and the filtr~te is an oil-solution of the desired basic magnesium salt characterized by a metal ratio of 20.
Example E-5 A mixture of 835 grams of 100 neutral minerai oil, 118 grams of a polybutenyl (Mw,950)-substituted succ~nic anhydride, 140 grams of a 65:3~
molar mixture of isobutyl alcohol and arnyl alcohol, 43.2 grams of a 15% calciumchloride aqueous solution and 86.4 grams of lime is prepared. YVhile m~intainingthe temperature below 80C, 1000 grams of an 85% solution of a primary bright stock mono-alkyl benzenle sulfonate, having a molecular weight of about 480, a neutralization acid number of 110, and 15% by weight of an organic diluen~ is added to the mixture. The mixture is dried at 150C to about 0.79~ water. The 2~ mixture is cooled to 46-52C where 127 grams of the isobutyl-amyl alcohol mixture described above, 277 grams of methanol and 87.6 grams of a 31%
solution of calcium overbased, formaldehyde-coup!~d? heptylphenol having a metal ratio of 8 and 2~2h calcium are added to the mixture. Three increments of 171 grams of lime are added separately and carbonated to a neutrali7ation base number in the range ol 50-60. ~ A fourth lime increment of 171 grams is WO 93/2350~ pcr/us92/o871~
t,f ~ , ~ f " 7, '~J
~ - -100-added and carbonated to a neutralization base nurnber of 45-55. Approximately 331 grams of carbon dioxide are used. The mixture is dried at 150C to approximately 0.5% water. The reaction mixture is filtered and the filtrate is the desired product. The product contain~s 41% oil, 12% calcium and has a metal ratio of 11.
(F) Friction Modiflers.
The lubricating oil composltlons of the present inYention also may contain friction modlfiers which provide the lubricating oil wlth additisnal desirable frictional characteristics~ Generally from about 0.01 to about 2 or 3%10 by weight of the friction modifiers is sufficient to provide improved perfor-mance. Various amides and amines, partlcularly tertlary arni~es sre effective friction modifiers. Examples Df tertiary arnine frlction modifiers include N-fatty alkyl-N,N-~,iethanol amines, N-fatty alkyl-N,N-diethoxy ethanol amines, etc.
Such tertiary amines can be prepared by reactin~ a fatty alkyl amine wlth an 15 appropriate number of moles of ethylene oxide. Tert~ary amines derived from naturally occurring substances such as coconut oil and oleoamine are available from A~nour Chemical Company under the trade designation "Ethomeen".
Particular examples are the Et~lomeen-C and the Ethomeen-O series. Amides include fatty acid amides wherein the fatty acid contains from 8 to 22 carbon 20 atoms. Examples include oleylsmides, stearylamides~ laurylamides, etc.
Par~ial fatty acid ~ters of polyhydric alcohols also are useful as friction modifiers. The fatty acids generally contain from about 8 to about 22 carbon atoms, and the esters may be obtained by reaction with dihydric or polyhydric alcohols containing 2 to about 8 or 10 hydroxyl groups. Suitable fatty 25 acid esters include sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan dioleate, glycerol monooleate, glycerol dioleate, and mixtures thereof including commercial mixtures such as Emerest 2421 (Emery Industries Inc.), etc. Other examples of partial fatty acid esters of polyhydric alcohols may be found in IC.S. Markley, Ed., "Fatty Acids",second edition, par~s I and V, Interscience Publishers (1968).
W093/7,35~4 'f ~ f~ ?~ PC~/IJS9?~/~8718 Sulfur containing compounds such as sulfurized C12_24 fats, alkyl sulfides and polysulfides wherein the alkyl groups contain from 1 to 8 carbsn atoms, and sulfurlzed polyolefins also may function as friction modifieirs in the lubrica~ing oil compositions of ~he invention.
The lubricating compositions of the present invention may include other additives such as supplemer~tary dispersants, antiwear agents, extreme pressure agents, emulsifiers, demulslfiers, ~ntlrust agents, corrosion inhibitorsj~
viscosity improvers, pour point depressantst dyes, and foam inhibitors. These additives may be present in ~arious amounts depending on the needs of the final product.
The supplementary dispersants may be selected from the group consisting of: (a) amine disperssnts other than the carboxylic derivatives (A) de~cribed above, (b) ester dlspersants, (c) Mallnich dispersants, (d) dlspersantviscosity improvers and (e) mixtures thereof. In one embodiment, the dispersantsmay be post-trested with such reagen~s as urea, thiourea, carbon disulfide, alde-hydest ketones, carboxylic acids, hydrocarbon-substituted succinic anhydrldes, ni-triles, epoxides, boron compounds, phosphorus compounds, etc.
Amine dispersants are hydrocarbyl-substituted amines. The~e hydrocarbyl-substituted amines are well known to those skilled in the art. Theseamines are disclosed In U.S. patents 3,275,554; 3,438,757; 3,454,555; 3,565,804;3,755,433; and 3,822,289. Thes~i patents are hereby incorporated by reference for their disclosure of hydrocarbyl amines and methods of making the same.
Typical!y, amine dispersants are prepared by reacting olefins and ~ oleifin polymers (polyalkenes) with amines (mono ~ or polyamines~. The polyalkene may be any of the polyalkenes described above. The amines may be any of the amines described above. Examples of amine dispersants include poly(propyl-ene~amine; N,N-dimethyl-N-poly(ethylene/propylene)amine, (50:50 mole ratio of monomers); polybutene amine; N,N-di~hydroxyethyl)-N-polybutene amine; N-(2-hydroxypropyl)-N-polybuteneamine;N-polybutene-aniline;N-polybutenemorphol-ine; N-poly(butene)ethylenediamine; N-poly(propylene)trimethylenediamine; N-:
WO ~3/23504 Pcr/usg2/o871X
2 1 v . ~, i poly(butene)diethylenetriamine;N',N'-poly(butene)tetraethylenepentamine;N,N-dirnethyl-N1-poly(propylene)-1,3-propylenediaIrline and the like.
In another embodiment, the supplementary dispersant may be an ester dispersant. The ester dispers~nt is prepared by reacting at lesst one of the hydrocarbyl~substituted carboxyllc acylat~ng agents descrlbed abov~ as ~A-1~ wlth at least one organic hydroxy compound and optlonally an amlne. In another embodiment, the ester dispersant Is prepared by reacting the a~rla~ing agent w~th at least one of the above-described hydroxy amine.
The organic hydroxy compound includes compounds of the general formula R1'~OH)m wherein ~" is a monovalent or polyvalent organic group 30ined to the -OH groups through a carbon bond, ~nd m is anlnteger of from 1 to about 10 wherein the hydrocarbyl group contains at least about 8 allphatic carbon atoms. The hydroxy compounds may be aliphatic compounds such as monohydric and polyhydric alcohols, or aromatic compounds such as phenols and naphthols.
The aromatic hydrcxy compounds from which ~he esters may be deri-ved are illustrated by the following specific examples: phenol, beta-naphthol, alpha-naphthol, cresol9 resorcinol, catechol, p,p'-dihydroxybiphenyl, ~-chlorophenol, 2,4-dibu~ylphenol, etc.
The alcohols frorn which the esters may be derived preferably contain up to about 40 aliphatic carbon atoms, preferably from 2 to about 30, more preferably 2 to about IO. They may be monohydric alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, isooctanol, dodecanol, cyclohexanol, etc. In one embodiment, the hydroxy compounds are polyhydric alcohols, such as alkylene polyols.
Preferably, the polyhydric alc~hols contain from 2 to about 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to about 20; and preferably from 2 to about IO hydroxyl groups, more preferably 2 to about 6.~ Polyhydric alcohols include ethylene glycols, including di-, tri- and tetraethylene ~Iycols; propylene glycols, including di-, tri- and tetrapropylene glycols; glycerol; bu~ane diol; he~cane diol; sorbitol;
arabieol; mannitol; sucrose; fructose; glucose; cyclohexane diol; erythritol; and pentaerythritols, including: dl- and tripentaerythritol; preferably, diethylene WO 93/23504 ;~ 2 .3 .i~ r.J PCrtUS92/08718 glycol, triethylene glycol, glycerol, sorbitol, pentaerythritol and dipentaeryth-ritol.
The polyhydric alcohols may be esterifled with monocarboxylic acids haYiDg from 2 to about 30 c~rbon atoms, preferably about 8 to about 18, proYided that at least one hydroxyl group remains unesterifled. Exa~nples of monocarboxylic acids include acetic, propionic, bu~yric and fatty carboxylic acids. The fat~y monocarboxylic acids Ihave from ab~ut 8 ~o about 30 carbon atoms and include octanoic9 oleic~ stearic, llnoleic, dodec~noic and tall oi~ acids.
SpecUic examples of these esterified polyhydric alcohols irlclude sorbitol oleate, including mono- and dioleate, sorbltol stearatet including mono- and distearate,glycerol oleate, including glyc~rol mono-, dl- snd trioleate ~nd erythritol octano-ate.
The carboxylic ester dispersants may be prep~red by any of seYeral known methods. The method which is preferred because of conYenience and the superior properties of the esters it produces, involves the reaction of a the carboxylic acylating agents described above with one or more alcohols or pheno}sin ratios of from about 0.5 equivalent to about 4 equivàlents of hydroxy compound per equivalent of acylating agent. The esterification is usually carried out at a tempera~ure above about 100C, preferably between 150C and 300C.
The water formed as a by-product is removed by distillation as the esterification proceeds~ The preparation of useful carboxylic ester dispersant is described in U.S. Pa~ents 3,522,17~ and 4,234,435.
The carboxylic ester dispersants may be further reacted with at ieast one of the abave described amines and ~referably at least one of the abo~e~5 described polyamines The amine is added in aD amount sufficient to neu~ra}ize any nones~erifed carboxyl groups. In one preferred embodiment, the nitrogen-containing carboxylic ester di~persants are prepared by reacting about 1.0 to 2.0 equivalents, preferably about l.0 to 1.8 equivalents of hydroxy compounds, and up to about 0.3 equivalent, preferably about 0.0'2 to about 0.25 equivalent of ~0 polyamine per equivalent of acyla~lng agent.
WO 93/23S04 PCr/US92~8718 In another embodirnent, the carboxylic acid acylating agent may be reacted simultaneously with both the alcohol and the amine. There is generally at least about 0.01 equivalent of the alcohol and at least 0.01 equivalent of the amine although the to~al ~nount of equivalents of the comblnation should be at least about O.S equivalent per equivalent vf acylatlng agent. These ni~rogen-containing carboxylic ester dlspersant compositions are known ln the art, and the prepar~tion of a number of these deriYatives is described in, for example, U.S. Patents 3,957,854 and 4,234,43$ which have been incorporated by reference previously.
The carboxylic ester dispersan~s and methods of making the same are known in ~he art and are disclosed In O~S. Patents 3,219,6G6; 3,381,022;
3,522,179; and 4t234,435 which are hereby incorporated by reference for their disclosures of the preparation of carboxylic ester dispersants.
The following examples {llustrate the ester dispersants and the processes for preparing such esters.
Example SD-l A subs~antially hydrocarbon-substituted succirlic anhydride is prepared ~y chlorinating a polybutene having a number average molecular weight of lQ00 to a chlorine content of 4.5% and then heating the chlorinated poly-butene wlth 1.2 molar proportions of maleic anhydride at a temperature of 150-220C. A mixture of 874 gr~ns (1 mole) of the succinic anhydride and 104 grams (1 mole) of neopentyl glycol is maintained at 240-250C/30 mrn for 12 hours. The residue is a mixture of the esters resulting from the esterification of one and both hydroxy groups of the glycol.
Exarnple SD--2 A mixture of 3225 parts (5.0 equivalents) of the polybutene-substi-tu~ed succinic acylating agent prepared in Example 11, 289 parts (8.5 equivalents) of pentaerythritol and 5204 parts of mineral oil is heated at 224-235~C for 5.5 hours. Ttle reaction mixture is filtered at 130C to yield an oil solution of ~he d~sired product.
WO 93/23504 ~ ? f~ ~ 7~ 9 PCI`/ US92/087 1 The: carboxylic ester derivati~es which are described above resulting from the reaction of an acylating agent with a hydroxy-containing compound such as an alcohol or a phenol may be further reacted with any oif the above-described amines, and particularly polyarnines in the manner descrîbed S previously for the ni~rogen-containing dispersants.
In another embodiment, the carboxylic acid acylating agent may be reacted simultaneously with both the alcohol and the amine. There i5 generally at least about 0.01 equi~alent of the alcohol and at least 0.01 equivalen~ of the ~nine although the total arnount of equi1ralents of the combination should be at least about 0.5 equivalent per equivalent of acyla~ing agent. These carboxylic ester derivative compositions are known in the art, and the preparation of a number of these derivatives is described in, for example, U.S. Patents 3,957,854 and 4,234,435 which are hereby incorporated by reference.The following specific example illustrates the preparation of the esters whereinboth an alcohol and an amine are reacted with the acylating agent.
f~carnple SD-3 A mixture of 1000 parts of polybutene having a number average molecular weight Gf about 1000 and 108 parts (1.1 moles) of maleic anhydride is heated to about l9DC and 100 parts (1.43 mole~s) of chlorine ar~ added beneath the surface over a period of about 4 hours while maintaining the temperature at about 185-190Co The~ mixture then is blown with nitrogen at this temperature for several hours, and the residue is the desired polybutenyl-substituted succinic acylating agent.
A solution of 1000 parts of the above-pr~p~red acylating agent ill 857 parts of mineral oil is heated to about 150C with stirring, and 109 parts (3~2 equivalents) of pentaerythritol are added wlth stirring. The mixture ~s blown with nitrogen and heated ~o about 200C over a period of about 14 hours to form an oil solution of the desired carboxylic ester intermediate. To the intermediate, there are added 19.25 parts (.46 equivalent) of a commercial rrlixture of ethylene polyamines having an average of abaut 3 to about 10 nitrogen a~oms per .
WO 93/23504 Pcr/US92/0~718 -~J ','~1, C~ ?. '(, ~
molecule. The reaction mixture is stripped by heating at 205C with nitrogen blowing for 3 hours and filtered. The filtrate is an oil solution (45% 100 neutral min~ral oil~ of the desired amine-modified carboxylic ester which contains 0.35%nitrogen.
The supplementary dlspersant may al~o be a Mannich dispersant.
Mannicb dispersants are generally formed by the re~ction of at least one aldehyde, at least one of the above described ~nine and at least one alkyl substituted hydroxyaromatic compound. The reaction may occur from room temperature to ~25C, usually from 50 to about 200C (75C-15û~C most preferred), with the arnounts of the reagents being such that the molar ratio ofhydroxyaromatic compound to formaldebyde to ~mine is in the range from about (1:1:~1) to about (1:3:3).
The first reagent is an alkyl substituted hydr~xyaromatic c~mpaund. This term includes phenols (which are preferred), carbon-, oxygen-, sulfur- and nitrogen-bridged phenols and the like as well as phenols directly linked through covalent bonds (e.g. 4,4'-bis~hydroxy)biphenyl), hydroxy compounds deri~ed from fused-ring hydrocarbon (e.g., naphthols and the like); and polyhydroxy compounds such as catecho!, resorcinol and hydroquinone. Mixtures of one or more hydroxyaromatic compounds can be used as the firs~ reagent.
The hydroxyaromatic compounds are those substituted with at least one, and preferably not more than two, aliphatic or alicyclic groups having at least about 6 (usually at least about 30, more preferably at least 50) carbon atoms and up to about 400 carbon atoms~ preferably 300, more preferably 200.
These groups may be derived from the above described polyalkenes. In one ;~ 25 embodiment, the hydro~y aromatic compound is a phénol substituted with an aliphatic or alicyclic hydrocarbon-based group having an Mn of about 420 to :. .
about 10,000. ~ ~
The second reagent is a hydrocarbon-based aldehyde, preferably a ~` lower aliphatic aldehyde. Suitable aldehydes include formaldehyde, benzalde-hyde, acetaidehyde, the butyraldehydes, hydroxybutyraldehydes and heptanals, WO 93/2350~ PC~/VS92/0871X
as well as aldehyde precursors which react as aldehydes under the conditions of the reaction such as paraformaldehyde, paraldehyde, formalin and methal.
Formaldehyde and its precursors ~e.g., paraforrnaldehyde, trioxane) are preferred.
Mixtures of aldehydes may be used as the second reagent.
The third reagent is any amine descrlbed abuve. Preferably the amine ls a polyamine ~s described above.
Mannnich dispersants are descrlbed in the following patents: tJ.S.
Patent 37980,569; U.S. Patent 3,877,899; and U.S. Patent ~,~54,059 ~herein incorporated by reference for their disclosure to Mannich d~spcrsants).
The supplementary dispessant may also be a dispersant-viscosity improver. The dispersan~-viscosity improvers include polymer backbones which are functionalized by reacting with an a~nine source. A true or norrnal blcck copolymer or a random block copolymel, or combinations of both are utilizcd.
They ~re hydrogenated before use in this invention to remove Yirtually all of their olefinl~ double bonds. Techniques for accomplishillg this hydrogenation are well known to those of skill in ~he art. Brlefly, hydrogenation is accomplished by contscting the copolymers vrith hydrogen at superatmospheric pressures in thepresence of a metal catalyst ~uch as colloidal nickel, palladium supported on charcoal, etc.
In general, it is preferred that these block copolyrners, for reasons of oxidative stability, contain no more than about S percent and preferably no more tha~ about Q.5 percent resi~ual olefinic unsaturation on the b~sis of the total n~nber of carbon-to-carbon coralent linkages within the average molecule.
Such unsaturation can be measured by a number of means well known to those ` 2~ of skill in the art, such; as infrared, NMR, etc. Most preferably, these copoly-mers contain no discernible unsaturatlon, as determined by the aforementioned analytical techniques.
The block copolymers typically have number average molecular weigh~s (Mn) in the range of about 10,000 to about 500,000 preferably about 30tO00 to about 200,000. The weigh~ average molecular weight (Mw) for these copolymers is generally in ~he range of about 50,000 to abollt 500,0~0, preferably about 30,000 to abou~ 300,000.
The amine source may be an unsaturated amine compound or an unsaturated carboxylic reagent which is capable of reacting with an amine. The unsaturated carboxylic reagents and ~nines are described above.
E7camples oP saturated amine compounds ~nclude N-(3,6-dioxahep-tyl)maleimide, N-~3-dimethyl~minopropyl)-maleimide, and N-~2~me~hoxyet.hoxy-ethyl)maleimide~ Preferred amines ~re ~nmonia and primary amine containing compounds. Exempla2y of such primary arnine-contairling compounds include arr~nonia, N,N-dimethylhydrazine, me~hy}amine, ethylamine, butylaminf~, 2-meth-oxyethylamine, N,l~l-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine, N-ethyl-N-methyl-1,3-pro-panediamine, N-methyl-1,3-propanediamine, N-~3~aminopropyl)morpholine, 3-methoxypropylamine, 3-isobutyoxypropylamine and 4,7-di4xyoc~ylamine, N-(3-aminopropyl~-N-l-methylpiper~zine,N~(2-aminoethyl)piperazine,(2-amino-ethyl)pyridines, aIIIinopyridines, 2-aminoethylpyridines, 2-aminomethylfursrl, ~amin~2~xotetrahy~rofuran, N-~2-arninoethyl)pyrolidine, 2-aminome~hylpyrrol-idine, 1-me~hyl-2-arninomethylpyITolidine, 1-amino-pyrrolidine, 1-(3-amino-propyl)-2-methylpiperidine, 4-aminomethylpiperidine, N-(2-aminoethyl)morpho-line, l-ethyl-3-aminopiperidine, l-aminopiperidine, N-aminomorpholine, and the like. Of these compounds, N-(3-aminopropyl)morpholine and N-ethyl-N-methyll ,-3-propanediamine are preferred with N,I~J-dimethyl-1,3-propanediamine being highly preferred.
Another group of primary ~nine-containing compounds are the various amine terminated polyethers. The amine terminated polyethers are available cornmiercially from Texaco hemical Cornpany under the general trade designation "Jeffamine~'. Specific examples of these materials include Jeffamine~ M-600; M-1000; M-2005; and M-2070 amines.
Examples of dispersant-viscosity improvers are given in, for example, EP 171,167; 3,687,849; 3,756,954; and 4,320,01g, which are herein incorporated by reference for their disclosure to dispersant-viscosity improvers.
WV~3t23504 2~ $~ PCr/US92/0871~
-10~-1he above dispersants may be post-treated with one or more post-treating reagents selected from the group consisting of boron compounds (discussed above), ciarbon disulfide, hydrogen sulfide, sulfur, sulfur chlorides, alkenyl cyanides, carboxylic acid acylating agen~, aldehydes, ketones, urea, thi-ourea, guanidine, dicyanodiiamide, hydrocarbyl phosphates, hydrocarbyl phosphites, hydrocarbyl thiophosph~tes, hydrociarbyl thiophnsphites, phosphorus sulfides, phosphorus oxides, phosphoric acid, hydrocarbyl thiocyanates, hydrocarbyl isocyanates, hydrocarbyl isothiocyanates, epoxides, ¢pisulfides, forrnaldehyde or formaldehyde-producing compounds wlth pherlols, and sulfur with phenols.
The following U.S. Patents are expressly incorporated herein by reference for their disclosure of post-treating processes and post-treating reagents applicable to the carboxylic derivative compositions of this invention:U.S. PatentNos. 3,087,936; 3,254,025; 3,256,185; 3,278,550; 3,282,955; 3~284,410;
3,338,832; 3,533,94~; 3,639,242; 3,708,522; 3,~59?318, 3,865,~13; 4,234,435; ~c.U.~C. Patent Nos. 1,085,903 and 1,162,436 also describe such processes.
In one embodiment, the dispersants are post-trèated with at least one boron compound. The reaction of the dispersant with the boron compound~
can be effected simply by mixing the reactants at the desired temperature.
Ordinarily it is preferably between about 50C and about 250C. In some instances it may be 25C or even lower. The upper limit of the temperature is the decomposition point of the particular reaction mixture and/or product.
The arnount of boron compound reacted with the dispersant generally is sufficient to ~rovide from about 0.1 to about 10 atomic proportionsof boron for each mole of dispersant, i.e., the atomic proportion of nitrogen orhydroxyl group contained~ in the dispersant. The preferred amounts of reac~nts are such as to provide Erom about 0.5 to about 2 atomic proportions of boron foreach mole of dispersant To illustrate, the amount of a boron compound having one boron a~om per molecule to be ased with one mole of an arnine dispersant WO 93/23504 PCr/VS92/0871~
having five nitrogen atoms per molecule is within the range from about 0.1 mole to about 50 moles, preferably frnm about 0~5 mole to about 10 moles.
~orrosion inhibitors, extrerne pressure and antiwear agents include but are not limited to metal saltsi of a phosphorus acid, chlorinated aliphatic hydrociarbons; phosphos usi esters including dlhydrociarbyl and trihydrocarbyl phosphites; boron-containing compound~ including borate esters; dimercaptothia-diazole derivatives; benzotriazole derivatives; amino-mercaptothiadiazole derivatives; and molybdenum cornpounds.
Viscosity impr~vers include l~ut are not lirnited to polyisobutenes, polymethyacrylate acid ~sters, polyacrylate acid es~ers, diene polymers, polyalkyl styrenes, alkenyl aryl conjug~ted diene copvlymers ~preferably styrene-maleic anyhydride copolymer esters), polyolefins and multifunctional viscosity improvers.
Pour poin~ depressants are a particularly usieful type of additive often included in the lubricating oils described herein. See for example, page 8of "Lubricant Additives" by C.V. Smalheer and R. Kennedy Smith (Lesius-Hiles Company Publishers, Cleveland, Ohio, 1967).
Anti-foam agents used to reduce or prevent the formation of stable foam include silicones or orgarlic polymers. Examples of these and additional anti-foam compositions are described in "Foam Corltrol Agents", by Henry T.
Kerner (Noyesi Data Corporation, 1976), pages 125-162.
These and other additives are desicribed in greater detail in U.S.
Patent 4,582,618 (Col. 14, line S2 through Col. 17, line 1~, inclusive), herein - incorporated by reference for its disclosure of other additives that may be used 2~ inicombination~with the present invention.
The lubricating compositions of the present invention may be prepared by blending components ~A~ and (B) as described above with or without addltional optional additives such as components (C)-(F) and others described above in an oil of lubricating vlscosity. More often, one or more of the chemical components of the present invention are diluted with a substantially inert, wo 93/2350q 2 ~, i~ s'.b PCr/US92/08718 normally liquid organic diluent/solvent such as mineral oil, to form an additiv concentrate. These concentrates usually comprise frorn about 20-90%, preferably 10-50% of connponent (A), 20 to 80%, preferably 0.1 to 20~6 of component (B) and optionally one or more of the components ~C) through (F).
Chemical concentrations such a~ 15~, 2096, 30~ or 50~ or higher may be employed. For example, concentrates may contain on a chemical basis, from about 10 to about 50% by ~eight of the carboxylic derivative composition ~A) andfrom 0.1 to about 10% of ~E~). The concen~rates may also contain about 0.001 to about 15% of ~C), ~.V01 to about 15% of ~D) and/or about 1 ~o about 20% of (E).
Blending is accomplished by mixing (usually by stirring) the ingredients from room temperature up ~o the decomposition temperature of the mixture or individual components. General}y, the ingredients are blended at a temperature from sbout 25C up to abol~t 250C, preferably up to about 200C, more preferably up to about 150C, still more preferably up to about 100C.
The following examples illustrate the concentrates and lubricants of the present invention. "Bal.i' or "remainder" in the table represents that the balance or remainder of the composition is oil. Unless otherwise indicated, the amount of each component in the examples is in percent by volume and reflects the amount of the oil-containing products used in the lubricants.
WO 93/~3504 PCr/lJS92/t~871~s Concentrate Examples Concentrate I
Product of Example A-l 3 45 Product of Example ~1 12 Mineral Oil ~3 Concentrate II
Product of Example ~-2B40 Product of E:xamp}e B-115 Mineral Oil 45 1 û Concentrate III
Product of Example A-2160 Product of Example ~2 15 Prnduct of Example C-1 5 Mineral Oil 20 Concent ate 1~
Product of Example A-2140 Product of Example B-2 10 Product of Example C-2 5 Product of Example D-5 5 Mineral Oil 40 Concenuate V
Product of Example A-2140 Product of Example B-2 10 Product of Example C-2 5 : 25 hoduct of Example D-7 5 Product of Ex~mple E-l 5 Mineral Oil 35 wc) g3/235n4 ~,~, '?~ J; 2 PCI'/US9~/0871X
~1 13-Lubricant Examples Lubricant A
Product of Example A-13 6.0 Product of Exarnple ~2 1.2 100 Neutral Paraffinic Oi} Remainder Lubricant B
Product of Example A-13 6.2 Product of F,xample B-2 1.2 Product of Example C-l 0.5 100 Neutral Paraffinic (:)il Remainder Lubricant C
Product of Example A-21 5.8 Product of Example B-l 1.0 Product of Exarnple C-2 0.5 Product of Example D-5 0.5 100 Neutral P~raffinic Oil Remainder Lubricant D
Product of Example A-20 5.0 Product of E:xample ~1 0.8 Product of Example C-2 0.4 Product oî Example D-5 0.5 Product of Example E-l û.4 100 Neutral Paraffinic Oil Remainder ,~ . , WO 93/23504 PCI /US92/~71 ,J -1 1 4-TABl E I
Product of Lubricant (% bv volurne) Example E F G 5 A-1 6.3 6.3 6.0 ---A-13 ~ _ 5,5 ~1 0.~2 0.8~ 0.75 0.80 C-1 0.~S ~.85 l.l 0.~0 D-6 ~~~ ~'37 D-7 0.32 --- ~- ---D-13 ~ 0.13 0.13 --- 0.10 Di~nonylphenyl)a~nine ~ -- 0.5 ---Oleyl amide 0.01 0.ûl 0.01 0.01 89~ Hydrogenated styrene-butadiene copolymer in 100 neutral mineral oil 8.5 6~5 6.5 6.5 Silicone antifoam agent 80 ppm 80 ppm 80 pprn 80 ppm Oil Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal.
: :
WO 93/23504 ~ 2 ~ PC~/US92/0871 oils also can be formulated in accordance with this invention which result in improved fuel economy when used in the crankcase of a passenger automobile.
While the invention has been explained in rela~ion to its prefe~Ted embodiments, it is to be understood that various modifications thereof will 5become apparent to those skilled in the art upon reading the specificatlon.
Therefore, it is ta be understood that ~he invention dlsclosed hereln is intended to co~er such modlfications as fall withln the scope of the appended clain~.
, , .: i I ~ ,:
Claims (14)
[received by the International Bureau on 26 March 1993 (26.03.93);
original claims 1-72 replaced by amended claims 1-14 (5 pages)]
1. A lubricating oil composition comprising a major amount of an oil of lubricating viscosity and (A) at last about 1% by weight of at least one carboxylic derivative composition produced by reacting (A-1) at least one substituted succinic acylating agent containing at least about 50 carbon atoms in the substituent with (A-2) from about 0.5 equivalent up to about 2 moles, per equivalent of acylating agent (A-1), of at least one amine compound characterized by the presence within its structure of at least one HN< group; and (B) at least one alkali metal overbased salt of a hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid or a mixture of a hydrocarbyl carboxylic acid and a hydrocarbyl-substituted sulfonic acid having a metal ratio of greater than 2 in an amount sufficient to provide at least about 0.002 equivalent of alkali metal per 100 grams of the lubricating oil composition wherein the hydrocarbyl substituent of the carboxylic acid contains at least about 50 carbon atoms, provided that when the alkali metal salt comprises a mixture of overbased alkali metal salts of a hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid and a hydrocarbyl-substituted sulfonic acid, then the carboxylic acid comprises more than 50% of the acid equivalents of the mixture, and provided further that when the substituted succinic acylating agent (A-1) consist of substituent groups and succinic groups and said acylating agent is characterized by the presence within its structure of an average of at least 1.3 succinic groups for each equivalent weight of substituent groups the metal ratio of the alkali metal overbased salt (B) is greater than 1, and optionally, at least one of (C) at least one metal dihydrocarbyl dithiophosphate, (D) at least one antioxidant provided that the antioxidant and the dithiophosphate (C) are not the same and (E) at least one alkaline earth metal neutral or overbased salt of an organic acid.
2. A lubricating oil composition prepared by blending a major amount of an oil of lubricating viscosity with (A) at least about 1% by weight of at least one carboxylic derivative composition produced by reacting (A-l) at least one substituted succinic acylating agent with (A-2) from about 0.5 equivalent up to about 2 moles, per equivalent of acylating agent, of at least one amine compound characterized by the presence within its structure of at least one HN? group wherein said substituted succinic acylating agents consist of substituent groups and succinic groups wherein the substituent groups are derived from polyalkene, said polyalkene being characterized by an ?n value of 1300 to about 5000 and an ?w/?n value of about 1.5 to about 4.5, said acylating agents being characterized by the presence within their structure of an average of at least 1.3 succinic groups for each equivalent weight of substituent groups; and (B) an amount of at least one alkali metal overbased salt of a hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid or a mixture of a hydrocarbyl carboxylic acid and a hydrocarbyl-substituted sulfonic acid; sufficient to provide at least about 0.002 equivalent of alkali metal per 100 grams of the lubricating oil composition wherein the hydrocarbyl substituent of the carboxylic acid contains at least 50 carbon atoms, provided that when the overbased alkali metal salt comprises a mixture of the hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid and a hydrocarbyl-substituted sulfonic acid, then the carboxylic acid comprises more than 50% of the acid equivalents of the mixture, and optionally, at least one of (C) at least one metal dihydrocarbyl dithiophosphate, (D) at least one antioxidant provided that the antioxidant and the dithiophosphate (C) are not the same, and (E) at least one alkaline earth metal neutral or overbased salt of an organic acid.
3. The oil composition of claim 1 wherein the substituent groups of the acylating agent (A-l) are derived from polyalkene, said polyalkene being characterized by an ?n value of 1300 to about 5000 and an ?w/?n value of about 1.5 to about 4.5.
4. The oil composition of claim 1 or 2 wherein the metal ratio of the alkali metal salt (B) is at least about 6.5 when the acylating agent contains less than 1.3 succinic groups for each equivalent weight of substituent groups.
5. The oil composition of claim 1 or 2 containing at least about 1.5% by weight of the carboxylic derivative composition (A).
6. The oil composition of claim 1 or 2 wherein the carboxylic derivative composition (A) is obtained by reacting from about 0.7 to about 1.5 equivalents of the amine (A-2) per equivalent of the acylating agent (A-l).
7. The oil composition of claim 2 or 3 wherein the succinic acylating agent (A-l) is characterized by the presence within its structure of at least about 1.5 up to about 2.5 succinic groups for each equivalent weight of the substituent group.
8. The oil composition of claim 1 or 2 wherein the hydrocarbon-substituted carboxylic acid of (B) is hydrocarbon-substituted succinic acid.
9. The oil composition of claim 1 or 2 wherein the alkali metal overbased salt (B) is a sodium or potassium salt of a hydrocarbyl-substituted succinic acid wherein the number average molecular weight of the hydrocarbyl substituent is from about 900 to about 5000.
10. The oil composition of claim 8 wherein the alkali metal overbased salt (B) is characterized as having a ratio of equivalents of alkali metal to equivalents of succinic acid or mixture of succinic acid and sulfonic acid of at least about 1.5.
11. The oil composition of claim 1 or 2 wherein the metal of the metal dihydrocarbyl dithiophosphate (C) is zinc, copper, or mixtures thereof.
12. The oil composition of claim 1 or 2 wherein the antioxidant (D) is at least one sulfur-containing composition, at least one alkylated aromatic amine, at least one phenol, at least one oil-soluble transition metal containing antioxidant, or mixtures thereof.
13. A concentrate for preparing lubricating oil compositions containing at least about 0.002 equivalent of alkali metal per 100 grams of lubricating oil composition comprising from about 20% to about 90% by weight of a normally liquid, substantially inert organic diluent/solvent, and (A) from about 20% to about 80% by weight of at least one carboxylic derivative composition produced by reacting (A-l) at least one substituted succinic acylating agent containing at least about 50 carbon atoms in the substituent with (A-2) from about 0.5 equivalent up to about 2 moles, per equivalent of acylating agent (A-1), of at least one amine compound characterized by the presence within its structure of at least one HN< group; and (B) from about 0.1 to about 20% by weight of at least one alkali metal overbased salt of a hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid or a mixture of a hydrocarbyl carboxylic acid and a hydrocarbyl-substituted sulfonic acid sufficient to provide at least about 0.002 equivalent of alkali metal per 100 grams of the lubricating oil composition wherein the hydrocarbyl substituent of the carboxylic acid contains at least about 50 carbon atoms, provided that when the alkali metal salt comprises a mixture of overbased alkali metal salts of a hydrocarbyl-substituted carboxylic acid and a hydrocarbyl-substituted sulfonic acid, then the carboxylic acid comprises more than 50% of the acid equivalents of the mixture, and provided further that when the substituted succinic acylating agent (A-l) consist of substituent groups and succinic groups and said acylating agent is characterized by the presence within its structure of an average of at least 1.3 succinic groups for each equivalent weight of substituent groups the metal ratio of the alkali metal overbased salt (B) is greater than 1.
14. A method comprising lubricating a spark-ignited or compression engine with the oil composition of claim 1 or 2.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US88496192A | 1992-05-15 | 1992-05-15 | |
US07/884,961 | 1992-05-15 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2102892A1 true CA2102892A1 (en) | 1993-11-16 |
Family
ID=25385822
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002102892A Abandoned CA2102892A1 (en) | 1992-05-15 | 1992-10-13 | Lubricating compositions and concentrates |
Country Status (9)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0596048A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JPH07500374A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2891592A (en) |
BR (1) | BR9206247A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2102892A1 (en) |
FI (1) | FI940193A0 (en) |
MX (1) | MX9206986A (en) |
NO (2) | NO934454D0 (en) |
WO (1) | WO1993023504A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6235688B1 (en) | 1996-05-14 | 2001-05-22 | Chevron Chemical Company Llc | Detergent containing lithium metal having improved dispersancy and deposit control |
JP5463108B2 (en) * | 2009-09-15 | 2014-04-09 | 出光興産株式会社 | Lubricating oil composition |
Family Cites Families (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CA1284145C (en) * | 1985-09-19 | 1991-05-14 | David E. Ripple | Diesel lubricants and methods |
US4952328A (en) * | 1988-05-27 | 1990-08-28 | The Lubrizol Corporation | Lubricating oil compositions |
US4938881A (en) * | 1988-08-01 | 1990-07-03 | The Lubrizol Corporation | Lubricating oil compositions and concentrates |
DE69114059T2 (en) * | 1990-06-29 | 1996-04-11 | Exxon Chemical Patents Inc | Lubricant additives. |
ATE146215T1 (en) * | 1991-04-19 | 1996-12-15 | Lubrizol Corp | LUBRICANT OIL COMPOSITIONS |
AU657988B2 (en) * | 1991-04-19 | 1995-03-30 | Lubrizol Corporation, The | Lubricating compositions |
WO1992018587A1 (en) * | 1991-04-19 | 1992-10-29 | The Lubrizol Corporation | Overbased alkali metal salts and methods for making the same |
-
1992
- 1992-10-13 JP JP5520169A patent/JPH07500374A/en active Pending
- 1992-10-13 CA CA002102892A patent/CA2102892A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1992-10-13 BR BR9206247A patent/BR9206247A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1992-10-13 EP EP92922735A patent/EP0596048A1/en not_active Ceased
- 1992-10-13 AU AU28915/92A patent/AU2891592A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1992-10-13 WO PCT/US1992/008718 patent/WO1993023504A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1992-12-03 MX MX9206986A patent/MX9206986A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
1993
- 1993-12-07 NO NO934454D patent/NO934454D0/en unknown
- 1993-12-07 NO NO934454A patent/NO934454L/en unknown
-
1994
- 1994-01-14 FI FI940193A patent/FI940193A0/en unknown
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
MX9206986A (en) | 1993-11-01 |
WO1993023504A1 (en) | 1993-11-25 |
NO934454D0 (en) | 1993-12-07 |
NO934454L (en) | 1993-12-07 |
FI940193A (en) | 1994-01-14 |
JPH07500374A (en) | 1995-01-12 |
FI940193A0 (en) | 1994-01-14 |
EP0596048A1 (en) | 1994-05-11 |
BR9206247A (en) | 1995-10-17 |
AU2891592A (en) | 1993-12-13 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US4938881A (en) | Lubricating oil compositions and concentrates | |
US4957649A (en) | Lubricating oil compositions and concentrates | |
US5486300A (en) | Lubricating compositions | |
US3367943A (en) | Process for preparing oil soluble additives which comprises reacting a c2 to c5 alkylene oxide with (a) reaction product of an alkenylsuccinic anhydride and an aliphaticpolyamine (b) reaction product of alkenylsuccinic anhydride, a c1 to c30 aliphatic hydrocarbon carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyamine | |
US5614480A (en) | Lubricating compositions and concentrates | |
US5490945A (en) | Lubricating compositions and concentrates | |
US5562864A (en) | Lubricating compositions and concentrates | |
AU657333B2 (en) | Lubricating compositions | |
AU658218B2 (en) | Improved lubricating compositions and additives useful therein | |
AU636354B2 (en) | Lubricating oil compositions and concentrates | |
US4153562A (en) | Antioxidants for low ash and medium ash lubricating oils | |
CA2102892A1 (en) | Lubricating compositions and concentrates | |
CA2102893A1 (en) | Lubricating compositions and concentrates | |
US3088911A (en) | Lubricant containing ashless antiwear additives | |
JPH0275699A (en) | Lubricating oil composition |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Discontinued |